Text

Forwards Preservice Insp Program Plan,Vols 1 & 2.
	ML17272A430
Person / Time
Site:	Columbia
Issue date:	03/28/1979
From:	Renberger D; WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
To:	Varga S; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML17272A431	List: ML17272A430;
References
	GO2-79-54, NUDOCS 7905070453
	Download: ML17272A430 (484)
	v • d • e

p'i.

g",, RECTORY INFORMATION OISTRISIfON SYSTEM (RIOS)

CCESSION NBR:7905070453 DOC,DATE: 79/03/28 NOTARIZED: NO DOCKET FACIL:50 "397 WPPSS NUCLEAR PROJECTS UNIT 2g WASHINGTON PUBLIC POKE 05000397 AUTH INANE AUTHOR AFF IL IAT ION RENBERGERED ~ L'o WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM RECIP ~ NAME RECIPIENT AFFILIATION VARGAES ~ AD L.IGHT WATER REACTORS BRANCH

SUBJECT:

FORWARDS "PRESERVI E INQP PROGRA PLANE VOLS 1 8 2N" UA. l eg DISTRIBUTION CODE: 8001 COPIES RECEIVED:LTR 4 ENCL Q SIZE'~+ J3 4 PSAR/FSAR AMDTS AND RELATED C'ITLE:

~~f CORRESPONDENCE'OTES:

'QBQ+gy~0ELD I PC.,Q .

P~R'E+5+~H;fL'ECIPIENT COPIES REC IP IENT COPIES ID CODE/NAME LTTR ENCL ID CODE/NAME LTTR 05 PM M ~'fg+ t/ASsAa.c.D ENCL'CTION:

AD 1 BC t-v) LA L~p 1 INTERNAL: Oi F IL 02 NRC PDR 1 06 8 E 08 OPERA LIC BR 1 09 GEOSC IEN BR 10 QAB 1 11 MECH ENG BR 12 STRUC ENG BR 1 13 MATL ENG BR 15 REAC SYS BR 1 16 ANALYSIS BR 17 CORE PERF BR 1 18 AUX SYS BR 19 CONTAIN SYS 1 20 I 5 C SYS BR 21 POWER SYS BR 1.

22 AD SITE. TECH 26 ACCDNT ANLYS 1 27 EFFL TRT SYS 28 RAD ASMT BR 1 29 KIRKWOOD AD FOR ENG 1 AD PLANT SYS AD REAC SAFETY 1 AD SITE ANLYSIS DIRECTOR NRR 1 MPA OELO 1 EXTERNAL: 03 LPDR 1 a~ NSIC 30 ACRS 10 1 L(R.

SVGI 7~: FiL&S QOOa<

nfR.c. PD~

&'8 >

~Pea AORg (g 6.8 9- ~g Pg

@~> s 1'OTAL NUMBER OF COPIES REQUIRED: LTTR 49 ENCL 39

v c~ >a~

P Jl f'

, 1 tq

Washington Public Power Supply System A JOINT OPERATING AGENCY P. O. BOX 9SS 3000 GCO, WACHINCTOH WAY RICHI.ANO. WASHINCTON 99352 PHONE (509) 375.5000 March 28, 1979 G02-79-54

%47 Director, Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission l e Washington, D.C. 20555 'C 4 H f14 Attention: Mr. S. A. Varga, Chief CO

~IT4

~ II 'I 4

Branch No. 4 HE Division of Project Management R fQ CO C3

Subject:

WPPSS NUCLEAR PROJECT NO. 2 PRESERVICE INSPECTION PROGRAM PLAN

Dear Mr. Varga:

The Washington Public Power Supply System (WPPSS) herewith submits five (5) copies of the Preservice Inspection Program Plan, which is transmitted to you in accordance with Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Paragraph IWA-1400(c). This Program Plan governs the preservice non-destructive examinations of the Nuclear Steam Supply System and supporting piping systems which are within the scope of Section XI, and pertinent augmented examination requirements of applicable NRC Regulatory Guides, including Regulatory Guide 1.70, Rev. 2. The WNP-2 FSAR will be revised to reference this Program Plan from FSAR Sections 5.2.4 and 6.6.

Exceptions to ASME Code examination requirements are identified and justi-fied within the Program Plan, as is the tentative schedules for the conduct of the examinations and'filing the Preservice Inspection Final Report.

Inservice Inspection Program Plan, which will govern the first 10 E

The WNP-2 year inspection interval, will be submitted to you following our submittal of the Preservice Inspection Final Report, but4no later than 6 months following the start of commercial operation.

790507048~

~c c

I Pl "

t k I h

Mr. S. A. Vargo Page 2 The Program for preservice testing of pumps 'and valves, also required by ASME Section XI, will be the subject of a separate transmittal.

Very truly yours, D. L. RENBERGER Assistant Director, Technology DLR:DWP:md Attachments: As Stated cc: JJ Verderber, B8R JJ Byrnes, B8R RC Root, B8R (site)

HR Canter, B&R D Roe, BPA J Ellwanger, B8R FA MacLean, GE (San Jose)

E Chang, GE (San Jose)

NS Reynolds, Debevoise 8 Liverman

l 0 ~ ~

l r I

i

gP" A<<iIyg.

0 UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D. C. 20555 p

k**g4 p

~i~OE4M3UM FOR: TERA Corp.

FROM: US HRC/TIDC/Distribution Services Branch

SUBJECT:

Special Document Handling Requirements 0 1. Please use the following special attached document.

distribution list for the

2. The attached document requires the following special considerations:

Do not send oversi.za enclosure to the KLC PDR.

Q Only one oversize enclosure was received - please return for Regulatory Pile storage.

Q proprietary infornation the '.KC PDR send affidavit only to Other: (spec9.fy) cc: DSB Piles TEDC/DSB Authori=ed Signature a

0 0 o ~

iP f I

I ~

I f ~ 4 t, ~ gTAO~

~Ire g

-.~.; ~PROCKSIIRKS "1 I

~ fW COPY 'i%0.,I I III A I

~ ~

fM SUPPLY::$ 7$ !II!RM'i-;i:t~e-~+~

RKGgfhTGlilt DGG>(Ef FiN f'

f 1

0 t~11 85 Revision 3 10.0 PROCEDURES This section contains..a listing of the procedures which were used to govern the preservice examination activities described in this Program Plan. The actual procedures are found in Volumes 2 and 3. The revision of each procedure, field changes, and effective dates are given in the listing. Also described. in this section are the exceptions to the reference code (see Section 4.0) which are reflected in the procedures.

10.1 PROCEDURE LIST The procedure list at the end of this section=identifies each of the procedures, revision, and field changes applicable to the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection activities. The tab number for each proce-dure location in Yolumes 2 and 3 is also given for convenience.

10.2 CODE EXCEPTIONS The procedures comply to the reference code. However, there are some exceptions to that code which are stated below, along with the justification for each exception:

l. Use of Appendix III From the Winter 1975 Addenda The ultrasonic examination procedure governing the examination of piping welds, UTP-10, reflects the guidelines of ASME Section XI, Appendix III, entitled "Ultrasonic Examination Method for Class 1 and 2 Piping Systems Made From Ferritic Steels", which was introduced with the Winter 1975 Addenda to 1974 Edition. This Appendix is assumed to be acceptable to the NRC based on the revision to TOCFR50 published by the NRc in October of 1979, which accepts the addenda to Section XI through the Summer 1978 Addenda to the 1977 Edition. The use of this Appendix has also been approved at a number of other 10-1

..L+a>,) ') i Date 12/14/81 l

I + vf,.tf Revision 1 nuclear power plants'. The Winter 1975 version of Appendix III has been referenced in the procedures. But the requirements of that addenda'5v'e been augmented such that all of the requirements of the Summer 1978 addenda of Appendix III are final) eW1'ng mBts f i 2li s ~ '<<'i ~

f ~ ='Thh use QF App'endix III for piping welds is considered by the Supply Systeou<o be more appropriate than the use of Appendix I to the ASME Section XI Code, which is applicable per the

'-" -".19/4:Edition"of Section XI through the Summer 1975 addenda, as

-.'".i'i'<: Appendix: III:"iwwritten: to be specifically applicable to a ';gripin fields:Whereas Appendix I is intended for use with thick millsdh:components such as pressure vessels, and was not fl intended for use with piping welds. Furthermore, Appendix III will apparently be applicable for subsequent inservice exami-nations, so its use during the preservice examinations will provide for a better data comparison in the future.

I

2. Use of the Evaluation Criteria From Subarticle IWB-3000 of the Winter 1975 Addenda for Evaluation of Indications in Class 1 and Class 2 Piping The Winter 1975 addenda to the 1974 edition of ASNE Section XI introduced evaluation criteria for the examination of austen-itic and ferritic piping welds, examination categories B-F and B-J, which were not previously included in Section XI. It is "anticipated that it is these evaluation criteria that will be subsequently imposed inservice. The acceptance criteria in Winter 1975 addenda is identical or more strict than the NRC approved Summer 1978 addenda. Class 2 examinations will also be evaluated to IWB-3000.
10-2
0 Revision PROCEDURE LIST, r -.
Notes to following:table -;,,o<; -.-,.<o Effective date - The date the revision or fiegrd ~@)ange is approved for use. The revision or field change remains in effect until a new revision is. approved; At. thai4ime all previous revisions and field changes areieoid'. i;i qi ~
Fiel d changes - When more than~one. (1)- fiel5;chhng8iis listed for a revision, all previous field chan'ges. rem'ain.'dH~ effect until a new revision to the procedure'.iis 1s'sue/;::~Riald changes are minor modifications- to 'the proc'edureh;-nz Lp< < Pk~' J. ~
lying C1
~ ~ w v I t
~
t C<
nnr d >sr.
a i1 9b t"!0'e '3 v ~
pg )
~ n'4I ~, va bf.6 oa ~ i~
~
g4 ilAUQ > "CUP 10-3
t'V.
> KS6',G.f. tf l) Jr'. U9- C (v ~ ~
S Cp
. Q~BAg. C4
'A
'C PJ I" Ald K1i3,
'l 3)- (. 'I C'y .'L~~\
I W j g 4
0 FIELD EFFECTIYE PROCEDURE TITLE NUMBER REVISION CHANGE DATE TAB Magnetic Particle Examination MTP-1 0 12/7/79 3/2/79 1/29/81 11/2/81 Liquid Penetr ant Examination PTP-1 0 2/7/79 3/2/79 2; 11/8/79 1/29/81 Automatic Data Recording UTP-6 0 2/7/79 3 Ultrasonic Examination of Nuclear Coolant UTP-10 3/2/79 System Piping 12/31/80 4 f J
12/31/80 6/5/79 6/13/79
ÃO fD 5 1/28/81 'C c+
fD lA 11-7-80 4 O 1/29/81
t j
I FIELD, EFFECTIVE PROCEDURE TITLE NUMBER REVISION CHANBE DATE TAB Ultrasonic Examination of Nuclear Coolant UTP-1 0 System Piping (Contd.) .
t~
10 !r; .
$ ])v~0,.jc '(f
0) i.<"..Ou)C ."-Y9U)))j)'g.=~u ci'><<l3 E) -'P~E)))t
~
!1.c.Lt-33 O'I'6'a'soii4 c- EkaiI)i!nation'nner d'f- MPH': Fodg$ hg gCI) 6%3 5p RadiUs tt t Ul't'res'dni<<c EXamination of RPV Flange Meld UTP-25 8/21/82 6
<'~)<<ltgc")"
'M g,)('.I Cp ~
f 2 10/8/82
?
UT of Hanger Lug Attachment Meld UTP-26 5 1/20/81 7 ED I
CA T/29/81 2/27/81 11/19/81
'12/1/81 7/31/82 8/11/82 Liquid Penetrant Examination gCI 3-3 0 8/22/83 Ultrason)c Examinat)on of Flange Ligaments UTP-28 16/11/82 l/I O
CO CO Vl
0 "g
e FIELD EFFECTIVE PROCEDURE TITLE NUMBER. REVISION CHANGE DATE TAB Beam Spread measurement UTP-14 1/20/81 10 6/16/81 10 Ultrasonic Examination of RPV Butt Melds UTP-30 1/20/81 and Adjacent Base tletal-1/29/81 2/27/81 1/27/81 ll 9/1 4/81 ll 9/18/81 llagnetic Particle Examination QCI 4-3 0 8/22/83 12'3 Ultrasonic Examination of RPY Studs UTP-32 12/9/81 J l.i,.
1 12/11/81 13
.'4 Ultrasonic Examination of Component Studs UTP-34 2 10/2l}/81 tahjf ~
gdltg t >'Jkll.'& fJ 'zl (t!,'} }. t!Bt: ~> t
- ~
't
~l} % ~> A r 2 10/20/81 14 g>!~J(r!. 4 J4) J! i 2
@6Mfh'i'c tk8iIWhttfdn M'Piig RN4hV~! 4N $ -33 8/22/83 .15 Ultrasonic Examination of Hain Steam UTP-33 5gP(BP Flued Head 4/8/Q ,16 N4ÃP>
<Ac" t.GUJ b}b! uf} (f on/.g' f}j f .9 ol!!c Exsi03l!z fiou oL ~tl<<.'63J. Cot'} '>>c f}l}>"a 0 jan% Oh.g]
bhOCEMHL .t. IlrE V!li'lt L.} l~LAL'c,IO'tt Ci}VeE DV~E 1 EID LLL.}.CDAi.
jl FIELD EFFECTIVE PROCEDURE TITLE, NVi~IBER REVISION CHANGE DATE TAB t ~ t ~
'I Manual UT of RHR Heat Exchanger Butt UTP-1 7 1/BB/B V-i fields )i~a sbbt...iso 17'8.io UT of 'Piping Attachment Melds QCI 6-15 Og 8/~49/(I Manual UT'of'PY Aangh'Lingam'ents1 from":. UTPLll'5> 10$ $ +821 19.;,
RPV Flange O.D. ('s 3. Meld Marking Procedure
'EP-2 0 3/6//9 22'". '3 Oh t ~>.~.!
0 3/22/7,9 22" .
~ t~ 1 0 1/17/80 22 0 1/29/81 22 3/31/81 22 4/30/81 ,22 Visual Examinations of Nuclear Power QCS and 0 1/2/79 .23 Components I-002, (Title Change) QCI 7-1 0 1/2/79 23 Document Control for the-MNP-2 Preservice QA-28 0 2/16/79 Inspection (Volumetric and Surface Examinations) 5/10/81 24 Preservice Inspection INP 3-3 8/24/79 25 Al O Examination Data INP 3-10 0 3/15/79 26 ~
(e~t rte Data Evaluation INP 3-11 0 7/23/79 27 O QCI 12-8 0 7/17/81 27 cjl
FIELD EFFECTIYE PROCEDURE TITLE NUMBER REVISION CHANGE DATE TAB Control of Inservice Inspection Activities EDP-9. 0 0 2/28/79 28 Preparation of PSI Plan EDP-9. 2 0 10/31/78 29 Conduct of Preservice Examinations EDP-9.3 0 10/31/78 30 2/28/79 30
. MNP-2 PSI Notification of Reportable QA-31 0 3/2/?9 31 Indication 5/ll/81 31 '2.
Layout of Melds QCI 12-10 0 8/3/83 Blank 33; Blank 34 Remote UT of RY Circ. and Long. Butt UTP-40 0 5/11/81 35 Melds I 0 5/13/81 35: .. ~ 0 2 Rot approved 3K'- '%i}
>v ',,'.". j A 1E i' Lov1;fur.'x 0 3 ~
8/12/81 "351 0 t0015'/81 Remote ljT of %V'tloz'zte-Co'Aessel ANUs l ~-'lPR&l ((Q8$ /Pl )
-36 gjl I<<a!IQOuf. tAf'] g~> OC" E> ~'-5kPP '4~
)i-J:J. Oh Rid jj1A"~f r 'Y.,u9uut:>. ~~,:,'* Not approved aa 0 sJ r1 'C <<+ 5)2%)81 Ell o bb'OCEDf'.UE Lil'- igni 11';g 1;I Airj~~E Dv Jr l Illfr Et:L EC L I!iF C) CNB CO
FIELD EFFECTIVE PROCEDURE TITLE HlNGER REVISION CHARGE DATE TAB Remote UT of RV Nozzle-to-Vessel Melds 4 8/12/81 36 (Contd.) Remote 'System Data Recording UTP-42 0 3/16/81 37 0 4/20/81 37 Nozzle-to-Shell. Device Assy. and UTP-44 5/5/81 38 Operating Procedures 5/15/81 38 Blank Visual Examination of Component Supports SLT-5 Later 40 303.0 Piping System Expansion and Vibration PPM 8.2.17 Later 40 Tests PPM 8.2.33 Later 40 Pole Guided Examination Device Assembly UTP-47 0 3/9/81 and Operating Procedure 0 3/30/81 41 00 CO CA
LNT-QAF-17 12/78
~i~ ~hQGF6 c".'tt ~
tt
~ )~
I~
~ ~ ~ r ~~
PÃac',=; ! t o l;on1as, linc. Testing o Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATXON RECORD Procedure No. MTP-1 Revision No. 1 Procedure Title P r i e Examina io LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval ( ality Assurance Officer) D
/fo<'k@Z'~> E'u.l ecr /dry( Pond cr 2 ) 7 wekh ed euLy 'approve F~ >r+d Authorized Nuclear Zupeector Vga'i ~rr~~,YpZ . ~~~ .p.W Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date
Ih ~ 0<< t <<<<h h >><<> I> <<<<h, >h>>,<<h hh<<hl
~gI Y AS iil~lGYON Pti3L1C POIV iR SUPPI.Y SYSTEM ~ I > '
g
~piREVIEW OF CO."I TRACTOR SUB.'I11TTALS ~ 6 ISI+NCINE R omA 5 CONTRACT NO QITLK CONTRACTOR -I<A " ]-5Z / CS R NJSS IV'6 4&//C//) II' /LIME/Bar /P~
T DOCUMENT TITI E REV. ICle PREVIOUSLY)RQV!PWKD gg mt}'PFP~I. Qt @NO tDATF IF YES) / Z5'0 PRKVIOVSLY APPROVED @YES,QNO (DATE IF YES) 7 7 REASONS POR RE.SUSMITTAL (IF PRKV IOUS I Y APPROVED) su' /I) rO V'
~ <<> ~ ~ > r C v v 'fa WcA. D OISPOS)TION O vl O D 0 O w I REVIEWER 0 w
0 zz wo W
~ O OO C 0 0,
It Ol
>E o >E a
SVPER ISOR, ISI,ANO OPERATIONS SUPPORT ENGINEER
<<XC'8 l, ":Q<> A E R, QUAl I a Y SERVICES 7
NOTES/COthtAENTSI h<< Y>P >Ill P ">.0
PROC. NO .'MTP-1 Lambert ~ MacQ ill ~ Thomas,-inc. PAGE 1 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING'AGE 2 771 East Brokaw-Road REVISION~ "1-- San Jose,Ca. 951,12 408- 297-;.97-.,66- DATE: ~2 16/79 es TITLE: ;,I ~ I ~ <,I" MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINA'ZION XL ~ e n! >I 'C.Q -. m~e r t pa~ T rr 'I ~t A4 / I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~pur ose This procedure provides instructrons For imp ementathon
'1 of the requirements of the ASME Bo'&1@ an&-Pressure"- ~"- " .
I.'~r 'e e " ' ' v, rg e <V t 0 I I ".":, Vessel Code, Sections V and a XI,.fo'r
~ q ~
magnetic (
P)Q J ISII i t' ar 'rival Vrrr ~ ~
pari.Me 's ~
., n p
examination of materials and "Icomponents'-~ I
~ ~ g ee Ir ~~
I tr B. ~sco e This procedure is applicable to- examinations~erformed r on materials and components using fluorescent or color contrast materials. f II. REFERENCES A. This procedure is in compliance with the applicable portions of the following referee'c'h;Qbcujen<g"t'"'"'
1. American Society of Mechanician, 4 <<Mr En~eers-Boiler '~
~
I Pressure Vessel Code; QUALIFICATION: Approved for use
.II
PROC. NO. MTP-1 La'mbirt ~ <<'A aca ill Thomas, Inc.
~
PAGE 2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 3 771 East Brokaw Road REVIS ION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE: 2/16/79 408-297-8766 II. A. 1. a) Section V, "Nondestructive Testing", Article 7, "Magnetic Particle Examination":, 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975. e e r %\II b) Section XI, Rules for Inservice Inspection of ~ 7 ~ I I Nuclear Power Plant Components: 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975, and Table IWB-3514.2
- of the Winter 1975 addenda.
0 P a
2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing; a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A, June 1979, "Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing."
",':;.-3.. 'a). LMT Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and I
Certifica-
=-"--'=-"*:. - 'ion of NDE Personnel."
b) LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Addendum to Revision 10, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection by WPPSS. III. DEFINITIONS None a ~ <<. ~ e e
,PPOQ.. QO.~ MTP-1 Lambert MacGill Thomas, Iris'.
o ~ y~'c) PAGE 3 elk) )')i)
~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 'esting FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 ATE 2 16/79 IV- RESPONSIBILITY V i )'L A. The Technical Manager) LMT, Inc.) is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so ')
indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, Inc.f ox his designated, Level 1II. alternate, LMT,, shall...qualify'.
,' r the procedure for a particular examination.
V. PROCEDURE
QUALIFICATION This procedure shall be qualified for specific examinations, personnel, and equipment by successfully locating known indications on a test specimen and documenting the results. VI. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of qualification as per the Procedure Qualification. ~ B~ shall be qualified and certified according to 'ersonnel
~ ~y N the requirements of ASME Section XI, SNT-TC-lA, and 1 LMT, Inc., Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certifica-tion of NDE Personnel."
PROC. NO. MTP-1 Lambert M aco ill Thomas, Inc. s
~ ~
PAGE 4 s 'v' Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 VII ~ EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A.'rods
1. Prods shall contain a remote current control switch allowing current to be turned on after the prods have
,been properly positioned.
2. Prod tips shall be clean and dressed to allow proper contact with a minimum of electrical arcing.
3.'aximum prod spacing shall not exceed eight inches. B. Yokes
... l.. Yokes shall be electromagnetic AC, DC, or AC/DC selectable, fixed or articulated leg, meeting the following requirements:
a) DC yokes shall be capable of lifting at least I pounds at the maximum pole spacing to be used. r 40 b) AC yokes shall be capable of lifting at least a 10 pound weight at the maximum pole spacing to v s be used. C.. MacCnetic Particles (oxides) Magnetic particles used for examinations governed by this procedure shall be either wet or dry colored
"PROC; NG' MTP-1 Lambert ~ Naca ill ~ Thomas, Inc., +, ~', an~,,'np, 5
a
'AGE Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 'OLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVIS ION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 VII. C. 1. oxide, or wet fluorescent oxide.
2. The oxide color used shall provide adequate contrast with the examination surface.
I D. L~illtin
1. The examination shall be conducted under white light of sufficient intensity to detect a 41/32'nch wide e black line on an 18% (reflectance) neutral, gray card.

2. When fluorescent oxides are used, the examination shall be conducted under filtered "black-light" OY l illumination. ~
a) The black light intensity at the. work surface ', shall be determined at learnt once every eight hours and whenever the worK location is change'd. H I b) The black light intensity shall be checked with I a meter sensitive to light in the ultraviolet t spectrum, centered on 365nm (3650A). I Two readings shall be taken;. the first without the filter, and the second with the ultraviolet fil-I ter (365nm) over the sensing element of the meter. The second reading is deduct'ecL&rom-the first, t and the difference shall be, at )east 80+W/cm
PROC. NO. MTP-1 Lambert->> Macoill Thomas, Inc. ~ PAGE 6 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 VII. E. Ma netizin Unit pw ~ ~ r ~ The
.unit used to produce the magnetic field shall be capable of producing magnetic fields of sufficient intensity to meet the requirements of VII.A or B, or XI B.3, as applicable.
F. E~ui ment and Material Certifications The magnetizing unit including voltage and amperage meters shall have been calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations within 90 days prior to use.
2. Light meters shall be calibrated within 90 days prior to use.
'3; "Calibration documentation shall be available for audit.
VIII ' PREPARATIONS A. Documentation
1. The following preliminary documentation requirements
~ vk ~
shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before beginning any examination program:
PROC. NO- MTP-1 Lambert M acG ill Thomas, Inc.
~ ~
PAGE 7 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sewice ~ Training FOLLOWING T'AGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 VIII. A. 1. a) Procedure and Qualification., b) Inspection Reports c) Material and Equipment Certifica'tions
'I d) Personnel Certifications
e) NRC Form 4 (Operating Nucleai Plants Only)
NRC Form 5 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) g) Status Indicators (Hold Tags) h) Radiation Work Permit (when applicable) B. Ph sical Pre aration
l. The following physical preparation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with client before specific examinations are performed:
a) Insulation removal b) OSHA requirements (ladders,, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c) Cleanup requirements d) Safety precautions (other work in~area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration
1. Responsibility It shall be the responsibility of the Level II exam-iner to determine the need for surface preparation.
PROC. NO. MTP-1 Lambert Maco ill Thomas, Inc. o ~ PAGE 8 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408- 297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 VIII. C. 2. Area The area of interest plus adjacent surfaces extending at least one inch shall be clean, dry, and free from any dirt, grease, lint, scale, welding flux, weld spatter, or other matter which would in any way impair effective examination. a) Any deviation from the above recpxirements shall be noted on the examination report. b) Materials used in surface preparation shall have no adverse effect on the component examined. IX. LIMITATIONS
'1. For dry method magnetic particle examinations, this procedure is limited to part and material temperatures less than 600 F.
B. Wet Method For wet method magnetic particle examinations, this procedure is limited to part and material temperatures less than 135 F and above the freezing point of this particle carrier.
PROC. NO. MTP-1 Lambert MacQ iil Thomas, Inc..
~ o PAGE Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS ION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2/16/7 9 X. CALIBRATION This section is not. applicable to magnetic particle exami-*,
nation. XI'ERFORMANCE A. Field Direction To ensure the most effective detection; of surface-,dis-; continuities, each area shall be examined twice, with the field in the first examination oriented at approximately right angles to the field in the second examination. B. Prod Method
1. Magnetizing Technique ~ g 'f
~
shall be accomplished, by portable prod lf t'agnetization type electrical contacts pressed against the surface of the area to be examined. To avoid arcing, a re-mote control switch, which may be built into the prod
, rg handles, shall be provided to permi't the current to be turned on after the prods have been properly positioned and to be turned off before they are re-moved.
PROC. NO. MTP-1 Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, inc. PAGE 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 11 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 Prod spacing shall be a maximum of eight inches. Shorter spacing may be used to meet the limitations of geometry or dimensions of the area being examined, or to increase the sensitivity, but prod spacing less than three inches usually is not feasible due to banding of the particles around the prods. The prod tips shall be kept clean and dressed and the contact areas of the test surface free from dirt, scale, oil, etc., to avoid electrical arcing. If a source of magnetizing current with an open circuit voltage of over 25 volts is used, lead, steel or aluminum, rather than copper tipped prods, are recommended to avoid copper penetration.
3. Magnetizing Current
~,,8 ~ Direct or rectified magnetizing current shall be used at a minimum of 100 and a maximum of 125 amps per inch of prod spacing for sections 3/4 inch thick or greater. For sections less than 3/4 inch thick, amperage shall be 90-110 amps per inch of prod spacing.
4. Direction of Magnetization At least two separate examinations shall be carried
Lambert ~ Iaco ill Testing ~
~ Thomas, Inc.
Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road PROC. PAGE 11 NO. MTP-1 FOLLOWING PAGE 12 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS ION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 XI. B. 4. out on each area, with prods placed.so the 1'ines of flux in one examination are approximately perpen-dicular to the lines of flux in the other.
5. Examination Coverage Examinations shall be conducted with sufficient over-lap to assure 100% coverage at the established test sensitivity.
C. Yoke Method
1. To ensure the most effective detection of surface discontinuities, each area shall be examined twice, with the field in the first examination oriented at approximately right angles to the field in the second examination.

2. The magnetizing field shall be produced by AC (alternating current), or DC (direct current) .

3. The magnetizing field strength shall meet the requirements of VII.B.
D. Coil Method
1. Magnetizing Technique Magnetization is accomplished by passing current
Lambert ~ IacoTesting ill Thomas, Inc.
~ ~
Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road PROC. PAGE NO. MTP-1 12 FOLLOWING PAGE 13 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS ION 1 408- 297-8766 DATE: 2 /16/79 XI. D. 1. through a multiturn coil looped through or around the part, or section of the part, to be examined. This produces a magnetic field parallel to the axis of the coil.
2. Magnetizing Current For encircling coils, direct or rectified current at 35,000 ampere-turns, divided by the sum of two plus the length-over-diameter ratio of the test part shall be used for magnetization. For example, a part ten inches long by two inches in diameter has an L/D ratio of five. Therefore, 35,000/(2 + 5) 5,000 ampere-turns; if a five-turn coil is used, the amperage required is 5,000/5 or 1,000.
a) This formula provides adequate field strength for parts with an L/D ratio greater than or equal to four. For ratios down to two and for smaller parts magnetized in a larger, fixed-size coil, the formula shall be 45,000 ampere-turns divided by the length-over-diameter ratio. For L/D ratios less than two, alternate magnetizing methods shall be used. When the magnetizing coil is made of cable wound around the test part, the coil's turns shall be closely spaced. The effec-
NO. MTP-Lambert Maco ill I Thomas, Inc. PROC. o PAGE 13 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Seeioe ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 14 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408- 297-8766 DATE: 2/16/79, XI. D. 2. a) tive field extends for about six inches on either side of the coil; longer parts shall be magne-tized in sections. b) At least two separate examinations shall be carried out on each area. The second examination shall be with the lines of magnetic flux perpen-dicular to thoseused for the first examination in that area.', A different means of magnetizing may be used for the second examination. E. Examination Se uence
1. Perform the examination in the following sequence:
a) Induce magnetizing field b) Apply oxide c) Shut off field d)'xamine surface e) Repeat steps a), b), c), and d) with field oriented approximately 90 to a) .
2. Precautions a) Because excessive amounts of oxide may mask indi-cations, apply dry oxide by lightly dusting the examination surface. In the event excessive amounts remain on the surface, remove them with
PROC. NO- MTP-1 Lambert o Maco ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 15 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408- 297-8766 DATE: 2/16/79 XI. E. 2. a) a gentle air stream. b) When performing examinations with wet oxide, including fluorescent, ensure particle suspension by thoroughly agitating or shaking the container immediately prior to oxide application. c) To maximize the examination sensitivity, apply oxide only while the field is being induced in the item under examination. F. Dema netization Due to the low intensity of remnant field produced by yoke methods, demagnetization methods shall not be performed, unless specifically requested by the client. XII. EVALUATION A. Methods
1. Dry Powder In order to recognize the broad, fuzzy, lightly held powder patterns it is essential to carefully observe the formation of indications both while the powder is being applied and while the excess is being removed.
ROC. NO. MTP-Lambert MacGill Thomas, Inc. o ~ PAGE 15 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose. Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16 79 XII. A. 1. Sufficient time for indication examination should be allowed between successive magnetization cycles.
2. Wet Particle Care must be taken to prevent high velocity flow over critical surfaces, particularly highly finished areas, to prevent washing away fine or weakly held indications. Bath. application; must be. cut.off. prior.
to removing the magnetic field. B. Evaluation Criteria
l. Evaluation and recording shall be to the criteria of ASME Section XI, 1974 edition, addenda through Winter 1975, Table IWB 3514.2, with relevant indica-tions interpreted according to the following criteria:
a) Indications with length greater- than three times their width are defined as linear and are reportable. b) Indications which are circular or elliptical with a length less than three times their width are de-fined as rounded indications. Rounded indications with any dimension greater than 3/16 inch are reportable.
PROC. NO. MTP-1 Lambert o Maco ill Thomas, Inc. o PAGE 16 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 17 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2 16/7 9 XII. B. 1. c) Four (4) or more rounded indications in line and separated by 1/16 inch or less, edge-to-edge< are reportable.
2. Report all relevant indications only as rounded or linear, recording the length or major diameter.
C. Reference S stem for Re ortin Indications
1. For piping, the reference system of Figure 1 shall be used to locate indications.
a) Indications shall be located in inches from an appropriate reference mark.
2. For vessel or other components (not pipe), the reference system shall be shown on a sketch of the item showing relative location of the indications.
Revelant indications shall be recorded and evaluated per Table 1 which contains the criteria of ASME, Section XI, 1974 edition, with addenda through Winter 1975. XIII. RECORDS A. Examination Re ort
Lambert o MacG ill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 18 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE: 2/16/79 XIII. A. l. A Report of Surface Examination (Figure 2) shall be completed identifying the component(s) examined, the materials used, examiners, procedure, and detailing the examination results. XIV. REVIEW A. Examination reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LMT Level III Examiner for conformity to,the requirements of this procedure. B. Following the final LMT review the reports will be .trans-mitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the ANI. XV ~ DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off of the ISI Field Coordi-nator. Additional reports which may include examination documentation as reference materials shall be generated from copies. B. Field Storage facilities shall provide, a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the, LMT Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.
PROC. NO. M>>-1 PAGE 18 FOLLOWING ~ '9 Material: Ferritic steels that meet the requirements of NB-2300 and a specified minimum yield strength of 50 ksi or less Thickness Range: t, O.l to 6.0 in. Allowable Length Allowable Allowable Depth by Surface Examination Depth by Volumetric Examination Methods Method Volumetric for Pipe Sizes >4" for pipe Nominal Wall Phickness Length X, on sizes <4" Surface Indications Subsurface Indjcations t, in. Outer Surface, in. a/t, a a/t, Preservice Examinations 0.1 to 0.312 1/16 (10% of Over 0.312 to 2.0 3/16 Nominal 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t Over 2.0 to 6.0 1/4 Wall) 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t Inservice Examinations O.l to 0.312 1/8 (10% of Over 0.312 to 2.0 9/32 5 Nominal 15.3 minus 1.3t 15.3 minus 1.3t Over 2.0 to 6.0 5/16 Wall) 15.3 minus 1.3t 15.3 minus 1.3t NOTES: (1) The allowable length, R, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. (2) t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as determined by UT examination (3) The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. (4) Refer to IWB-3514.2(b)(1) for optional standards where limits are exceeded. (5) Refer to IWB-3514.2(b)(2) for alternative standards where limits are exceeded. Table.l Evaluation Criteria for Magnetic Particle Indication Evaluation (From ASME XI Winter 1975)
PROC. NO. MTP-1 PAGE 19 FOLLOWING PAGE F Flow Direction 180 Vertical 0 Reference reference is in Point line with nearest 90 Ident. horizontal exten-sion Weld 2 00 Reference Reference point 90 Point 180 Reference Point Ident.. Weld 1
1. Reference arrow is always in the direction of flow.

2. Zero Reference is at Top Dead Center on a horizontal run.

3. For vertical runs, Zero Reference is on a line with 0 Reference on the nearest horizontal run or extension.
REFERENCE POINT DETERMINATION AND MARKING Figure 1
PAGE F PROC. NO. MTP-l ISO No. Lambert + Maoa ill ~ Thomas, inc. Report Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. S5112 Date 408-297-8766 Page of REPORT OF SURFACE EXAMINATION I ISI No. Size Material S/N T E Description M Location Preparation S Exam. /Level Exam. /Level Review/Level I Auth.?nspector Customer G N E Mag. Particle: Machine S/N Cable Length Method Par~tie es Q U Penetrant: Cleaner Pen. Developer I Lighting: Visible Fluorescent P P Mag.Particle: Cleaning Examination R Examination 0 Penetrant: Cleaning C Visual: Cleaning Examination Part No. Description Part No. Description N 0 N Figure 2
LMT-QAF-17 12/78 PAGcG i") o Yli'Qrnes linc. Testing ~ Engineering o Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-.2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. PTP-1 Revision No. 1 Procedure Title Li uid Penetrant Examination I LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval / ~ ~7 (Q ality Assurance Officer) Client Approval Ar ~5K Znf > pfkel" 3'i'~ C. c" ~ MwM Authorized Nuclear Inpsector ~pxoval Specific Qualification Record Component Examiner s Date
V'ASIlIYGTONPUBl.lC PO'O'EP. SIJPPLY SYSTEM REVIi:Ot OF CO%TRACTOR St.:BllllTTALS ISI EtiGINEER DATE CCtiTRACT NO TITL
/o J'. <O) &
COliTRAC c-zef~~ . ,) 7 r NSS ~~ sr
~ OR OCCULT'.ENT TITLE REV I'REVIOUSI Y REVIEWED I7I YES @NO (DATE IF YES)
PREVIOUSLY APPROVED 5j YES +NO (DATE IF YES) Z 71 Rc ASONS V OR RE SUBMITTAL(IF PREY IOI 'Sl Y APPROVED) v O O~ O~ 4C.> ~4 9~1 D)SPOS)i)OM d d dd ct ct lal REV) E)VER 0
~ O OO c C C E IC d
D-J-7 SUPERVISOR, ISI AND OPERATIOtiS SUVPORT ENGINEER PROJECT ENGItiEER G
~A MANAGER/PLANT TECNNICAt SUPERVISOR R- l -1'9 RV I G R, I NDE, GEtiERAi ION i RV ICM ti. NAGER. CUALITY SERVICES 2- T tiOT ES/CQIAIAERTSI v.r. IOR DV) 0
ILambert o Naca ill Testing ~ o Thomas, Inc. Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PROC-PAGE 1 NO. PTP-1 FOLLOWING PAGE 2 77'l East Brokaw Road REVXSION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 TITLE: LIQUXD PENETRANT EXAMINATION X. PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~Pur ose This procedure provides instructions for implementation of the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections V and XI, for the liquid penetrant exami-nation of materials and components. B. ~Sco e This procedure is applicable to examinations performed using fluorescent or color contrast materials. II. REFERENCES A. This procedure is in compliance with the applicable portions of the following reference documents:
1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; a) Section V, "Nondestructive Testing:, Article 6 "Liquid Penetrant Examination", 1974 Edition, addenda thxough Summer 1975; QUALXFICATION:
Approved for us
NO. PTP-1 ,. Lambert.o MscG.ill ~ Yhomis, Inc. PROC. PAGE 2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Mi" 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 FOLLOWING PAGE 3 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 II. A. l. b) Section XI, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components":, 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975, and Tables IWB 3514.2 and 3514.3 of the Winter 1975 addenda.
2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing; a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-lA, June 1975, "Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive'esting."

3. a) LMT Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certifi-cation of NDE Personnel."
b) LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual Addendum to Revision 10 approved for the WNP-2 PSI by WPPSS. III. DEFINITIONS The procedure, as qualified for specific penetrant materials and plant components, is designated as the specific procedure IV. RESPONSIBILITy A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so
~ e ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
e ~
~ ~ e e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~
~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 e - e - ~ ' ~ ~ e ~ ~
. - - -L'Smbel l-~ iNScG Ill.~ Tho&ss, Inc. PROC. PAGE 4 NO. PTP-1 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-287-8766 DATE 2/16/79 VII. A. Black light filters shall be certified as within the 3300-3900A range at the time of purchase. B. Li ht Intensit Meters (Weston 703 or e uivalent) Six month calibration intervals and data shall be certified and certification indicated by a sticker on the instrument. C. Surface Thermometers (PTC or e uivalent) Original calibration shall be certified and certifi-cation documentation shall be available at the jobsite for client audit.
1. Thermometers shall be replaced after six months use.
a) Each thermometer shall have a sticker affixed showing date of purchase. D. Pentrant Materials
1. Materials for use on stainless steel or titanium:
a) These materials shall be analyzed for total halogens .by evaporating a 100 gm sample for three hours at 100 C or the boiling point of the sample, whichever is lower, and any residue
NO. PTP-1 Lambert o MacG444 o Thomas 4nc" PROC. PAGE 5 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771East 8rokaw Road Jose.ca. 95112
'an REVISION 1 408-297-8788 DATE 2/16/79 VII. D. l. a) exceeding .005 gms analyzed for halogens in accordance with ASTM D-808-63.
b) Materials are acceptable if the residue does not exceed 0.005 gm, or if the total halogen content of the residue does not exceed 1% by weight.
2. Materials for use on nickel base alloys:
a) Materials foi use on these alloys shall be analyzed for sulfur content by evaporating a 100 gm sample for three hours at a temperature of 90 to 100 C or the boiling point of the material, whichever is lower, and any residue exceeding .005 gms analyzed for sulfur in accordance with ASTM D-129-64. b) Materials are acceptable if the residue does not exceed 0.005 gm or if the total sulfur con-tent of the residue does not exceed 1% by weight.
3. Certification Requirements Certification shall be on a batch basis. Where analysis is not required, the manufacturer shall certify the total amount of residue.
PROC. NO. PTP-1 -Lambert- ~ -M aco ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 6 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 VII. D. 4. Approved Materials (Table 1) The listed materials, when properly certified, are approved for use according to the procedure quali-fications. E. Li uid Penetrant Com arator Liquid penetrant comparators shall be of SB 211, Type 2024 aluminum 3/8 inch thick, and machined as per Figure 1, less the groove. The ungrooved comparator shall be torch heated in the center of each face to between 950 F and 975 F, then quenched in cold water to produce a network of cracks on each face, and dried at 300 F. Finally, the groove shall be machined and marked as per Figure 1. VIII. PREPARATION A. Documentation
l. The following preliminary documentation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the client before beginning any examination program.
a) Procedure and Qualification b) Inspection Reports
PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambel'it ~ MacG ill o 7hornas, Inc. PAGE '7 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112
'408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 VIII. A. 1. c) Material and Equipment Certifications d) Personnel Certifications e) NRC Form 4 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) f) NRC Form 5 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) g) Status Indicators (Hold Tags) h) Radiation Work Permit (when applicable)
B. Ph sical Pre aration
1. The following physical preparation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinations are performed:
a) Insulation removal b) O'SHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c) Cleanup requirements d) Safety precautions (other work in area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration
1. Res onsibilit It shall be the responsibility of the Level II examiner to determine the need for surface prepa-ation.
.Lanabej;t.o M.acG ill.,>>. Thomas, Inc. PROC.: NO. PTP-,1 PAGE 8 Testing ~ Engineering Service Training Mi"
~ ~
FOLLOWING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 85112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 VIII. C. 2. Area The area of interest plus adjacent surfaces extending at least one inch shall be clean, dry, and free from any dirt, grease, lint, scale, welding flux, weld spatter, oil, or other extraneous matter that would in any way impair effective examination. a) Any deviation from the above requirements shall be noted on the examination report. b) Materials used in surface preparation shall have no adverse effect on the component examined. Specifically., the requirements of VII.D. shall be met. IX. LIMITATIONS A. This procedure is limited to general use on materials at temperatures between 60 F and 125 F and ambient condi-tions above 60 F, unless a specific qualification proce-dure for extended temperature range use is performed. B. S ecific Qualification for Extended Temperature Ranges
1. Temperatures less than 60 F e
.PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambert o MacQ ill.~ Thomas,.inc., Service 'PAGE~ 9'""
Testing ~ Engineering ~ ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 IX. B. 1.. a) A comparator panel and the penetrant materials shall be cooled to the examination temperature, and the specific procedure applied to Side B. The block shall be allowed to warm to between 60 F and 125 F, and the specific procedure applied to Side A. b) The specific procedure shall be considered qualified for the proposed temperature if the indications appearing on both sides are essen-tially of equal intensity. 0
2. Temperatures above 125 F a) A comparator panel shall be heated to the pro-posed examination temperature, and the procedure applied to Side B. The block shall be allowed to cool to between 60 0 F and 125 0 F, and the spe-cific procedure applied to Side A.
b) The specific procedure shall be considered qualified for the proposed temperature if the indications appearing on both sides of the crack panel are essentially of equal intensity.
3. Procedure qualification shall be recorded on a spe-cific Procedure Qualification form as shown in Figure 2.
PROC. NO. PTP-1 ...,-Lambert ~-M aoo ill,o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 11 Ml 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. S5112 406-2S7-8766 REVISION DATE 1 2/16/79 X. CALIBRATION This section is not applicable to penetrant examinations. XI. PERFORMANCE A. Tem erature Measurement The temperature of the material shall be verified to fall within the range qualified in the specific procedure, using a mechanical surface Temperature Gauge such as a PTC Type 313F certified upon purchase, and no more than six months old. As a part of the penetrant examination, before appli-cation of the penetrant, material to be examined shall be cleaned with an approved cleaner, as per Table 1, and wiped with clean, white, lint-free cotton rags. A drying period as per Table 1 shall be allowed after all pre-cleaner has been removed from the material before penetrant is applied. C. Penetrant A lication and Dwell Time
1. Penetrant shall be applied by dipping, brushing,
PROC. NO. PTP-1. ILambert ~ MacG ill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 11 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 12 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 XI. C. l. or spraying. Compressed air used for spraying shall be clean and dry.
2. Dwell time shall be per manufacturer's recommen-dations, as shown in Table 1, and qualified in this procedure.

3. Penetrant shall not be allowed to dry or gel.
D. Penetrant Removal
l. At the end of the dwell time interval, excess penetrant shall be removed from the material.

2. Removal materials shall be as per the manufacturer's recommendations as shown in Table l.

3. Water shall not be used at a pressure greater than 0
50 psi or a temperature greater than 110 F. (Note: Tapwater is usually at a pressure above 50 psi).
4. Emulsification time shall be as shown in Table 1.

5. Solvent removable penetrants shall be first wiped away with dry paper or white cloth wipers, then with solvent-moistened wipers. In no case may sol-vent be directly applied to the material prior to developing.
PROC. -NO. PTP-1 L8mberl Macoill Thomas, Inc. o o PAGE 12 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 13 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,ca. S5112
... 408 - 297- 6766 DATE 2/16/79 XI. E. Dr in Before Develo in
1. Surfaces to be examined with water-washable or post emulsification methods shall be completely dry before developer is applied. Blotting with clean materials or circulating warm air may be used as drying aids; however, the surface temperature shall 0
not exceed 125 F.
2. Surfaces to be examined with solvent-removable penetrant methods shall be allowed to dry by normal evaporation for at least five minutes.

3. Drying time shall be as specified in Table 1 and not exceeded.

1. Fluorescent examinations may use dry developer dusted evenly over the material surface or wet developer. Acceptable materials are listed in Table l.

2. Color contrast examinations are required to use wet developer. Acceptable developers are listed in Table 1.
Lambert I Macoill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. PTP-1 PAGE 13 Testing ~ Engineering,>> Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 14 Mi" 771 Cast Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION DATE 2/16/79 408-297-8766 XI. F. 3. Wet developer shall be agitated before application by dipping or spraying to ensure adequate dispersion of developer particles. Developer coating should be even and pure white. Avoid using excess developer.
4. Warm air may be used to decrease the drying time of water-suspension developers, provided the material 0
surface temperature does not exceed 125 F.
5. Penetrant bleed-out time shall be a minimum of seven minutes, and may not exceed thirty minutes without qualification.
G. Post Examination Cleanin
1. Penetrant material removal shall be as per the manu-facturer's recommendations, as shown in Table l.
Solvent materials may be used to flush the penetrant from the part. Excess solvent shall be wiped away with clean rags.
2. Solvent materials shall meet the requirement of VII.D. for halogen and sulfur content.
PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambert- ~ MacG ill Thomas, Inc.
~ PAGE 14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 15 Mi" 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 85112 408-287-8766 REVISION DATE 3:
2/16/79 XII. EVALUATION A. Methods
1. Preliminary The material surface shall be observed during the application of the developer to determine the nature of indications with profuse bleed-out.

2. Final Final evaluation shall take place between seven and thirty minutes following developer application.

3. Illumination for Final Analysis a) Color Contrast. Penetrants Adequate illumination shall be provided for evaluation of color contrast indications with-out loss of sensitivity.
b) Fluorescent Penetrants The examinations shall be evaluated in a darkened area. The material shall be examined under a minimum black light intensity of 90 footcandles, measured by a Weston 703 or equivalent light meter without filter, using 10X multiplier. The
PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambert ~ Macaill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 15-Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING 'AGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road
'an Jose,Ca.95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/79 XII. A. 3. b) black light shall be within the range of 3300-3900 Angstrom units.
B. Evaluation Criteria
1. Evaluation and recording shall be to the criteria of ASME Section XI, 1974 edition, addenda through Winter 1975, Tables DH3 3514.2 and 3514.3, with relevant indications interpreted according to the following criteria:
a) Indications with length greater than three times their width are defined as linear and are reportable. b) Indications which are circular or elliptical, with a length less than three times their width are defined as rounded indications. Rounded indications with any dimension greater than 3/16 inch are reportable. c) Four (4) or more rounded indications in line separated by 1/16 inch or less, edge-to-edge, are reportable.
2. Report all relevant indications only as rounded or linear, recording their length or major dimension.
C. Reference S stem for Re ortin Indications
----. Lambert.~-INacGIH ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. PTP-1 PAGE 16 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~
Training FOLLOWING PAGE 17 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2 16 79 XII. C. 1. For piping, the reference system of Figure 3 shall be used to locate indications. a) Indications shall be located in inches from an appropriate reference marker. Relevant indications shall be recorded and evaluated per Tables 2, (A) and (B), which contain the criteria of ASME XI, 1974 edition, with addenda through Winter 1975. XIII'ECORDS A. Qualification Re ort
1. A specific qualification report (Figure 2) form shall be prepared for examinations performed out-side the temperature range of 60 to 125 F.
B. Examination Re ort A Report of Surface Examination (Figure 4) shall be completed identifying the component(s) examined, the materials used, the examiners, the procedure, and detailing the examination results.
PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambert o MicG illo Thomas, Inc. PAGE 17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 18 771 East 8rokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2 16/79 XIV. REVIEW A. Examination reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LMT Level III Examiner for conformity to the requirements of this procedure. B. Following the final LMT review the reports will be transmitted to the WPPSS Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the ANI. XV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off of the ISI Field Coor-dinator. Additional reports which may include examina-tion documentation as reference materials shall be generated from copies. B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the LMT Field Supervisor and his designated representative, WPPSS'S representative(s) and the Authorized Nuclear I Inspector.
PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambert~ MacGill Thomas, Inc.
~
PAGE 18 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training OLLOWING PAGE 19 771 East Brokaw Road EVISION 1 San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 ATE 2/16/79 ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS RECORD CLEANERS Mfg. Type No. Drying Time Magna flux Solvent SKC-S 5 Min. Met-L-Chek Solvent E-59 5 Min. Magnaflux Solvent SKC-NF 5 Min. URESCO Tracer-Tec K410C 5 Min. PENETRANTS Mfg. TYPe No. Dwell Time Magna flux Solvent-Rem. SKL-HF/SKL- .10-30 Min. Met-L-Chek Solvent-Rem. VP-31 10-30 Min. URESCO Tracer-Tec P-300A 10-30 Min. DEVELOPERS Mfg. TYPe No. Drying Time Magnaflux Solvent-Rem. SKD-S 5-15 Min. Met-L-Chek Solvent-Rem. D-70 5-15 Min. Magnaflux Solvent-Rem. SKD-NF 5-15 Min. URESCO Tracer-Tec D-495C 5-15 Min. Table 1
PROC. NO. PTP~ PAGE 19 FOLLOHING PAG. J Material: Ferritic steels that meet the requirements of NB-2300 and a specified minimum yield strength of 50 ksi or less Thickness Range: t, 0.1 to 6.0 in. Allowable Indication Allowable Allowable Depth by by Surface Examina- Depth by Volumetric Examination Methods tion Method Volumetric for Pipe Sizes >4" for Pipe Nominal Hall ')hickness Length k, on Sizes <4" Surface Indications Subsurface Indications t, in. Outer Surface, in. a/t, a a/t, S Preservice Examinations 0.1 to 0.312 1/16 ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 Over 0.312 to 2.0 3/16 10't 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t Over 2.0 to 6.0 1/4 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t Inservice Examinations O.l to 0.312 1/8 Over 0.312 to 2.0 9/325 10% 15.3 minus 1.3t 15.3 minus 1.3t Over 2.0 to 6.0 5/16 15.3 minus 1.3t 15.3 minus 1.3t NOTES: (1) The allowable length, R, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. (2) t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as determined by UT examination (3) The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. (4) Refer to IHB-3514.2(b)(l) for optional standards where limits are exceeded. (5) Refer to IWB-3514.2(b)(2) for alternative standards where limits are exceeded. ALLOHABLE INDICATIONS Table 2 (A)
PROC. NO. P.~-l PAGE 20 FOLLOWING i 21 Material: Austenitic steels with specified minimum yield strength of 35 ksi or less Thickness Range: t, 0.1 to 3.0 in. Allowable Indication Allowabl e Allowable Depth by by Surface Examina- Depth by Volumetric Examination Methods tion Method Volumetric for Pipe Sizes >4" for Pipe Nominal Wall Phickness Length, K, on Sizes <4" Surface Indications Subsurface Indjcations t, in. Outer Surface, in. a/t, S a/t, a Preservice Examinations O.l to 0.312 1/16 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Over 0.312 to 2.0 3/16 104 10.1 minus 0.7t 10.1 minus 0.7t Over 2.0 to 3.0 7/32 10.1 minus 0.7t 10.1 minus 0.7t Inservice Examinations 0.1 to 0.312 1/85 Over 0.'312 to 2.0 1/4 10% 12.7 minus 0.9t 12.7 minus 0.9t Over 2.0 to 3.0 9/32 12.7 minus 0.9t 12.7 minus 0.9t . NOTES: (1) The allowable length, i, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. (2) t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as determined by UT examination (3) The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. (4) Refer to IWB-3514.3(b)(1) for optional standards where limits are exceeded. (5) Refer to IWB-3514.3(b)(2) for alternative standards where limits are exceeded. ALLOWABLE INDICATIONS Table 2 (B)
PROC . NO. PTP-1 Lsmbet't o Maco ill ~ Thereas, Inc. PAGE 21
.Testing Engineering Service Training Mi" FOLLONING PAGE 22 ~ ~ ~
771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/16/7 9 A (Note: Oimentions given are for guidance only and are not critical.) LIQUID PENETRANT COMPARATOR (Comparator Crack Panel) Figure 1
XMT-PTX-1 1/79 PROC. NO. PTP-1 Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, inc. AGE 22 esting ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training OLLOWING PAGE 23 Mi 771 East Bi okay Road San Jose.Ca. 85112 ZVISION l 408- 297- 8766 ATE 2/16/79 LIQUID PENETRANT PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORD (SPECIFIC) A liquid penetrant procedure shall be qualified and certified prior to the starting of the project. The procedure shall establish how the work will be performed, the essential variables and -what the procedure may be used on. Name Level Date Proc. No. Reference Code Addenda Other Reference Incorporated le Brand name and specific type - Manufacturer's name A. Penetrant letter designation Batch Cert No. B. Remover letter designation Batch Cert No. C. Developer letter of designation Batch Cert No. D. Emulsifier letter designation Batch Cert No. F ~ Method used:
a. Water-wash b. Post Emulsification c. Solvent Removable

2. Details of the method of post-examination cleaning and drying, including cleaning materials used and time allowed for drying 3~ Details of the method of penetrant application: (A) The length of time that the penetrant remains on the ture of the surface agd penetrant duringsurface the and (B) The tempera-examination if not within the 60 and 125 F range. (A)
(B 4 ~ Details of the methods of removing excess penetrant from the sur-face and of drying the surface before applying the developer 5~ Details of the method of applying the developer, and length of de-veloping time before examination. A. Spray B. Dip C. Brush D. Other Length of Developing time Other details 6 ~ Method of Post-examination cleaning 7 Name of Item
~
Type of material 8 ~ Cast ( ) Weld ( ) Forging ( ) Other ( ) 9 ~ Welding Process Casting Process
0. Defect classification

1. Pootcandle power black light White light footcandlea

2. Warm-up time on black light

3. Signature and Level of person qualifying procedure

4. Signature and Level of person certifying procedure Figure 2
PROC- NO. PTP-1 PAGE 23 FOLLOHING PAGE F
'low Direction 180 Reference Vertical 0 Point reference is in 90 Ident.
line'- with nearest horizontal exten-sion Held 2 00 Reference Reference point 0 Point 180'eference Point Ident. Held 1
1. Reference arrow is always in the direction of flow.

2. Zero Reference is at Top Dead Center on a horizontal run.

3. For vertical runs, Zero Reference is on a line with 0 Reference on the nearest horizontal run or extension.
REFERENCE POXNT DETERMINATION AND MARKXNG F igure 3
P -l ISO No. Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. Report Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 40S -297-8766 Page of REPORT OF SURFACE EXAMINATION I ISI No. Size Material S/N T E Description M Location Preparation S Exam. /Level Exam. /Level Review/Level I Auth. Inspector Customer G N E Mag.Particle: Machine S/N Cable Length Method Par~txc es Q U Penetrant: Cleaner Pen. Developer I Lighting: Visible Fluorescent P P Mag.Particle: Cleaning Examination R 0 Penetrant: Cleaning Examination C Visual: Cleaning Examination Part No. Description Part No. Description M" N N Figure 4
LMT-QAF<<17 12/78 Latnlhcr] ~ PA@;.GH) ~ 7homzs linc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sew ice ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. UTP-6 Revision No. 0 Procedure Title Automatic Ultrasonic Data Recordin LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval ualxty Assurance 0 lacer Client Approval c5Z c-A&'rvrE~ ) zhl
/'pecific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date
NIAS]<INGTON PUBL)C POPOVER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBillll'TALS ISI ENGINEER DATE f-. I ZS'Z9 CONTRACT NO, T ITL {) 2 C- JS {I nrd CONTR*C'TOR DOCUME T TITLE REV 6nrz c PREVIOUSLY REVIEWED Q YES g NO {DATE IF YES) PREVIOUSLY APPROVED Q YES g NO ICASOI'S FOR RE.SUGMITTAL {IF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) {DATE IF YES) DISPOSITION 0 ill 0 0 00 4I I 0 2
~Z REVIEWER ~ 0 OO C ~O C p Ol gC OC 0
A Q~ bbs UPERVISOR, ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT ENGINEER PROJECT ENG INC RING MANAGER/PLANT TECHNICAL SUPCRVISOR UPERV ', ISI/NDE 2~37 Et< ERATI ON SERV IC CS A7 MANAGER, QUALIT SERVICES NOT CS/COM M F NTS WP 202 E DP 9.{I
PROC NO UTP-6 Lsmbed~ MscGillo Thcn1ss, Inc. PAGE 1 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 2 771 East 8rokaw Road REV IS ION 0 San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-87RR DATE: 1/4/79 TITLE: AUTOMATIC ULTRASONIC DATA RECORDING I'URPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure provides guidance for automatic recording of test data generated in ultrasonic examination performed under other LMT, Inc. procedures. ZI ~ REFERENCES
.A. A licable Code Editions Automatic data recording is not directly covered by any ASME Code.
B. A licable Code Cases None C. Su lemental References
1. Manufacturer's Manual, Sonic Mark I wi'th 220 Thickness Adapter.

2. Manufacturer's Manual, Nortec 131D

3. Applicable LMT Ultrasonic Test Procedures QUALIFICATION:
Approvea Sar use Q$ ~ <(9 lP r -ig-79
'ROC Lambert ~ Mscaill ~ Thomas, lrac. NO UTP-6 Mi'esting ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 85112 PAGE 2 FOLLOWING PAGE 3 REVISION 0 408- 297-8766 DATE: l/4/79 ZII. DEFINITIONS None ZV. RESPONSXBILZT Y .
A. The Technical Manager, LÃT, Znc., is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so indi-. cate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, shall qualify the procedure for a particular examination. When the Field Supervisor is not Level ZIZ in the discipline, both his signature and that of a qualified LÃZ Level ZIZ are required. Vo PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION The procedure shall be qualiiied for specific examinations, personnel, and equipment by successful application to standard reference materials, which shall be documented by an approved calibration and a cover-sheet sign-off. VZ ~ PERSONNEL REQU IREMENTS A. Examiners usincf this procedure shall have levels of qualifi-r cation, as specified by the approved procedure qualification,
MaoQ IIII Thomas, PROC. NO UTP-6 Lamberl o Inc. PAGE 3 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East 8rokaw Road REVISION 0 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE: 1/4/79 VI. A. and associated approved calibration records. B. Personnel shall be qualified and certified according to the requirements of ASME Sections V and XI, SNT-TC-lA, and LMT Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel." I" VII ~ EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Sonic Mark I Flaw/Thickness Tester with 220 Digital Thick-ness Adapter, Nortec 131D, or equivalent instrumentation, modified to provide analog metal path and echo amplitude voltage outputs. B. Optional Zetec/Teac 2300S Two-channel Tape Recorder with voice override. C. Brush 220 Two-channel Strip Chart Recorder, or equivalent, using chart materials as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Equipment shall meet the calibration requirements as . stated in the examination procedure. VIII ~ PREPARATION A. Documentation Documentation requirements shall be as stated in the exami-nation procedure.
PROC'O UTP-6 Lamberlt Macoill Thomas, Inc.
~ ~ ~
PAGE 4 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Trolnlnp FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East 8rokaw Road REVISION 0 San Jose,Ca. 85112 408-297-8766 DATE: ,1/4/79 VIII. B. P~hsical An uncontaminated area with work table and electrical power is required for the data recording station. IX LIMITATIONS This procedure may be used with any LMT, Inc. ultrasonic examination procedure. X~ CALIBRATION A. Calibration is performed on a complete system. A change in tester or recording instrumentation requires recalibration of the system. B. The Ultrasonic Tester Calibrate the digital readout section of the tester in accordance with the manu'facturer's instructions to display vertical and horizontal signal indications in 8 of scale and inches, respectively. s C. The Ma netic Ta e Recorder (o erational)
1. Set the line adjust to 1004

2. The testers amplitude output shall be connected to the V recorder input.
PROC. NO UTP-6 Lambert 6 MacG illlo Yhcmaa, Inc. PAGE 5 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Srokaw Road REVISION 0 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE: 1/4/79 408-297-8766 X. C. 3. The metal path tester output shall be connected to the H recorder input.
4. The tape recorder shall generally be operated on low speed but it may be operated on high speed to improve S/N ratio.
D. The Stri Chart Recorder
1. The amplitude signal from the tester (V tape recorder output) shall be connected to Channel l.

2. The metal path signal from the tester (H tape recorder output) shall be connected to Channel 2.

3. Amplitude Channel Adjustment a) Obtain any test block indication and adjust the tester gain to display H at 100% amplitude. (FSH)
(1) Adjust the recorder Channel 1 attenuator and sensitivity controls for a 100% pen deflection. b) Obtain any test block indication and adjust the tester gain to display it at 20% amplitude. (1) Adjust the recorder Channel 1 position control for a 20% pen deflection.
Lambert ~ MacGill o Thomas, inc. PROC. NO. UTP-6 Mi'esting ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95'!12 PAGE 6 FOLLOWING PAGE F REVISION 0 408-287-8766 DATE: 1/4/79 X. D. 3. c) Repeat steps a) and b) until the recorder faith-fully tracks the amplitude signal displayed on the testeq scope.
4. Metal Path Channel Adjustment a) Lock the range gate on a test block indication at 10 on the horizontal trace.
(1) Adjust the recorder gain to place the pen at 10 on the chart. b) .Lock the range gate on a test block indication at 2 on the horizontal trace. (1) Adjust the position control to place the pen at 2 on the chart. c) Repeat steps a) and b) until the recorder faith-fully tracks the signal range selected by the lock on range gate, and digital readout. Z. Calibration Verification The calibrated system shall record the amplitude of the largest indication on the scope and the range of the indi-cation nearest the initial pulse.
1ambert ~ MacG ill Thomas, Inc. PROC NO. UTP-6 Mi'esting ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Fload San Jose.Ca. 95112 PAGE F REV IS ION 0 408-297-8766 DATE: 1/4/79 XI. PERFORMANCE A. Chart records shall contain written notes fully identifying the record as directed in the examination procedure. B. Calibration checks shall be recorded on each chart as directed by the examination procedure. XZZ ~ EVALUATION Chart records shall be evaluated according to the examination procedure. XIII'ECORDS Chart records shall be reviewed by an assigned LNT Level ZII Examiner for conformity to the rendu'irements of the procedure. XV STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION Storage and distribution shall be governed by the examination procedure which this procedure supplements.
0
,f il
i ..'"goal'-].7
< 12/7 8 k'M'esting o Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East 8rokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD 1
Procedure No. Revision No. Procedure Title Ultrasonic Examination of Nuclear Coolant System Piping LNT, Inc. QA Review and ApprcvalP) 'Z~ ~ .:i.. /w~>. 3A'>~z-( uality Assurance Officer) Client Approval 737.'S ~ I 75 A'~> ig Authorized Nuclear Inpsector-Apprevak,
~, C //8/i ~v ~ ~~- ~i7& 7'/)
Qualification Record 'pecific Component Examiners, Date
IVAShI)))GTO)) PUBLIC PO ('EP. SUPPLY SYSTEM'))I (k e REV1 EK OF CO))'TRACTOR SUB)(1lTTALS ISI EHGIHCER DATE Z Za 7 COtiTRACT HO C.- I ( (') V5Z'e T IT Lg u(ca. Qsss ~ s
~7 COtiTRACTOR Zme.
DOC V M CtiT T IT I E REV. Lh ( I(. pl+~ I +I ) P Q / ~V PREY IOVSI Y REV IfWCD Q YES @NO (DATE IF.YES) PREVIOUSLY APPROVED Q YES g}HO (DATE IF YES) REASONS FOR RE SUBMITTAL(IF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) DISPOSITION O lh D 0 o D Ilt I I)t I)t Lt Z REVIFVIER 0 I)t
~ 0 0 O SO C
Ol
)E C C O(
D 3-/ -Q 't SV V CRY ISO R, IS I AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT CHGIHEF R PROJECT ~HGIHECRItv MANAGER/PLANT TECHti)CAL SVPERV ISOR 1 S ~ VISG:StgHOE., GCtiER TIOH SC RV ICES
+ps ~ AH AGE R. GUA LITY SK RV IC ES teOTCS~OM M Eti TSI Yti< )02 CC I ~ S.O
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o MacGill o 'Thomas, linc. PAGE 1 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 2 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REUISION 1 408- 297- 8766 DATE 2/20/79 TITLE: ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF NUCLEAR COOLANT SYSTEM PIPING I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~Bur oee This procedure provides instructions for implementation of the requirements of. the ASME Boiler and Pressure Uessel Code, Section XI, for the straight beam and angle beam contact ultrasonic examination of full penetration piping welds and adjacent base metal. B. ~Bco e
1. The procedure is applicable to 45 angle beam exami-nations performed on ferritic steel in ASME Class 1 and Class 2 systems. The procedure may also be applied to austenitic steels and dissimilar metal welds where successful qualification is achieved.
This procedure is further limited to piping systems having nominal wall thickness of 0.20 inches to 6 inches. The examinations may be performed from either inside or outside surfaces. QUALIFICATION: Approved for use
-~--(
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o Macoill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 3 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 40B -297- B766 DATE 2 20 79 I. B. 2. Volumetric examinations shall be performed using ultrasonic angle and straight beam techniques. a) All welds shall receive a 45 angle beam examination. b) Additionally plate (welded) pipe shall receive a 0o longitudinal beam examination. c) Other angles may be used where wall thickness or geometric conf iguration (or metallurgical charac-teristics for austenitic welds) impedes effective use of 45 angle beam examination. II. REFERENCES A. This procedure is in compliance with the applicable portions of the following reference documents:
1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; a) Appendix III and the Acceptance Criteria (IWB-3500) of Section XI, Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components, 1974 edition, Winter 1975 addenda.

2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing;
PROC..NO. UTP-10 Lambert Maeo ill 7homas, Inc. o ~ PAGE 3 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION l 408- 297-8766 II. A. 2. a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-lA, June 1975, "Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing."
3. a) LMT Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certifi-cation of NDE Personnel."
b) LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Addendum to Revision 10, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection by WPPSS. IZI. DEFINITIONS None ZV. RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level ZZZ Field Supervisor, LMT, or his designated Level III alternate, LMT, shall qualify the procedure for a particular examination.
PROC. NO- UTP-10 Lambert ~ Maoo ill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 4 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLONING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION l 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20//79
V. PROCEDURE
QUALIFICATION The procedure shall be qualified for specific examinations, personnel, and equipment by performing and documenting a successful calibration, VI. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of qualification as per the Procedure Qualification. B. As a minimum, examination teams shall consist o f one Level II examiner and one Level I examiner or one Level II examiner and one NDT Trainee as defined in QA-6. C. Personnel shall be qualified and certified according to the requirements of ASME ZI, SNT-TC-lA, and LMT, Inc. Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel." VII. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Ultrasonic testers shall be of the pulse echo type. Instruments shall have an amplitude display linear within 5% of calibrated screen height over 80% of that height; and an attenuator, stepped in increments of 2 dB
UTP-10 Lambert o Maco ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 5 NO Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLONXHG PAGE 6 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose. Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 VXX. A. or less, which is accurate over the range of the test to +20% of nominal value. Instruments shall have had their internal alignment and calibration verified within 90 days of any implementation of this procedure.
1. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for client audit.
B. Connecting cables shal'1 be coaxial, and their length limited to less than that at which significant signal degradation {2 dB) occurs, but shall not exceed 200 feet. C. Electronic recording equipment, when used, shall be electronically aligned within 180 days of use.
l. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for client audit.
D. Search units shall be certified by the manufacturer as to essential properties, including bandwidth, damping, center frequency within 10% of nominal, and relative gain.
1. A record of search unit properties shall be available at, the jobsite for client review.

2. The angle beam search unit wedges shall be nominally 45 0 and shall be checked prior to each day's use to determine actual beam angle in metal when checked on
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o Macoill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 6'OLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Br okaw Road REV IS ION 1 San Jose.Ca. 95112 DATE 2/20/79. 40B -297- 87 6 6 VII. D. 2. a standaxd reference block, such as an IIW or DSC. The actual beam angle shall be recorded and shall be 45 0
+2 0
to be acceptable for initial or further use. Other beam angles may be used for evaluation and these angles shall be within +3 of their nominal value.
3. The results of examinations performed with angle beam search units which meet, the above requirements are acceptable provided the search unit beam angle on subsequent checking is within +3 of 45 . Should this tolerance not be met on subsequent checking, determination of the need for re-examination shall be made and the basis for the decision documented.

4. Search units shall be selected according to Table l.
Additional search units may be used for evaluation or in unusual circumstances; however, such use shall be documented by an approved Field Change to this pro-cedure as per LMT, Inc. Quality Assurance Procedure QA-5.
Lambert o M ace illo 7homas, inc. PROC. PAGE 7 NO UTP-3.0 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 VII. D. 4. L-wave Angle and Shear Wave Angle Material Straight Beam Exam Beam Exam Thickness Size {inch) Fre Size {inch) Fre or less 5-10 3 tt) 3 lt 5 MHz MHz to 1" 3 tt 3 It 234-5 >4 "x34" 23;-5 MHz MHz to or 3 II x3 II 1-24 MHz P/C 1" and 1 "xl" 1-24 3 Itx3 tt 23'Hz above MHz to or 3 llxltt 1-234 MHz P/C Table 1 Search unit contact angle beam wedges shall meet the criterion of Table 2 for coverage of the weld root as shown in Figure 1, when the examination is limited to half-node (half-vee path). NOTE: These values may not apply to austenitic materials. Required Index to We d Beam Angle b Distance A 45 Required .93T 60 Supplemental 1.6 T 70 Supplemental 2.47T Table 2
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lamberto Macoill Thomas, Inc. PAGE 8 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose.Ca. 95112 4O8-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 VII. E. Couplant materials shall be as low as practicable in sulfur and halogen content. Certification shall be provided on a generic basis for each brand of couplant. Analysis for halogens and sulfur shall be made according to ASTM D-129-64 and ASTM D-808-63.
1. Residual halogens and sulfur shall not exceed 1%
by weight. F. Calibration blocks shall be of the form o f Figures 2 and 3 with calibration notches as shown. Calibration blocks shall be of the same nominal size, thickness, material, and surface finish as the pipe to be examined.
l. Calibration notches shall be one inch long, not more than one-quarter inch wide, and a depth selected according to Table 3:
Pipe Wall Ferritic Weld Notch Austenitic Weld Notch T) De th (d) De th (d) Less than 10%T 10% (T) 0.312" .010" .010"
.312" to 6.0 L10. 4-. 9' (T) .2 (d) 10% (T) + <<.010" Table 3
UTP-10 Lambert o M aco ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC - NO. PAGE 9 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 VXX. F. 2. Calibration holes for use in half-node examinations only shall be drilled perpendicular to the ends of the block to the centerline of the pipe, one and one-half inches deep. Holes are to be drilled both parallel and perpendicular to the pipe axis perpen-dicular to the edges of the block. The hole diame-ters and location shall conform to Table 4. Pipe Wall (T) Hole P Hole Location Empirically 4T and 3/4T determined
) 2 II Empirically >4T, 4T, and de termined 3/4T Table 4
3. Other reflectors may be included'n block designs for informational purposes.
VXXX. PREPARATION A. Documentation
1. The following preliminary documentation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the client before beginning any examination program:
a) Procedure and Qualification
Lambert I Macaill e Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. UTP-10 PAGE 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 11 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose.Ca. S5112 408-2S7-8766 DATE 2/20/79 VIII. A. 1. b) Calibration Sheets c) Inspection Reports d) Material and Equipment Certifications e) Personnel Certifications f) NRC Form 4 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) g) NRC Form 5 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) h) Status Indicators (Hold Tags) i) Radiation Work Permits (when applicable) B. ~Ph sical
1. The following physical preparation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinations are per-formed:
a) Insulation removal b) OSHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c) Cleanup requirements d) Safety precautions (other work in area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration
1. Responsibility
W
> ~ a 0 0 ~ ~ ~
0 ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o Macoill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 12 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 13 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 X. A. however, instrument alignment verification need not be made with the transducer used for testing. B. Instrument alignment verification for screen height and amplitude control linearity shall be performed before the initial examination in any given series and repeated at intervals not exceeding 90 days.
l. Instrument Linearity Verification a) Position the search unit on a calibration block to obtain two echoes with a 2:1 amplitude ratio.
b) Set the larger echo to 80% of calibrated screen height. c) Vary the amplitude of the larger echo from 100% to 20% of calibrated screen height in 10% increments. d) Note that at each increment the smaller echo remains 1/2 the larger within a tolerance band of +S% of full screen height. e) Record successful performance of the verification on a Calibration Record form (Figure 4).
2. Attenuator. Linearity Verification a) Position the search unit to obtain an 80% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen.
NO. UTP-10 Lambert o MacGill o Thomas, Inc. PROC PAGE 13 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLONlNG PAGE 14 771 East Brokaw Road REVlSION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8786 DATE 2/20/79 X. B. 2. b) Adjust the sensitivity control to decrease the system gain by 6 dB and 12 dB. Compare the response with Table S and determine its accepta-bility. Estimate system response to +1% of calibrated full scale. c) Position the search unit to obtain a 40% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. d) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 6 dB. Compare the response with Table 5 to determine its acceptability. Estimate system response to +1% of calibrated full screen. e) Position the search unit to obtain a 20% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. f) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 5 to determine its acceptability. Estimate system response to +1% of calibrated full scale. g) Record successful performance of the verification on a Calibration Record form (Figure 4). Indication Gain indication Tolerance Set Chan e L1mits 80% -6 dB 32% to 48% 80% -12 dB 16% to 24% 40% +6 dB 64% to 96% 20% +12 dB 64% to 96% Table S
Lambert o Iaca Testing ill Thomas, Inc.
~
o Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Br okaw Road pROC. NO. UTP-10 PAGE 14 FOLLOWING PAGE 15 REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 2/20/79 408-297-8766 Z. C. Examination Calibration
1. Straight beam examination scans shall be calibrated at the time of examination on a representative sample of the material examined by placing the first back reflection at 80% amplitude and 4 sweep divisions.

2. Angle Beam Examination Calibration is performed on a complete system on an appropriate basic calibration block at the beginning of each day's testing of that material.
a) Calibration shall be performed on a calibration block whose temperature is within +25 F of the material to be examined. b) Set the sweep range on the calibrated tester screen according to Table 6. Pipe Thickness Metal Path I. D ~ /O.D. {T) Points Up to 4" 24 nodes 2,4,6,8,10 Div.
) 3 II 1 II 2 nodes 2.5,5,7-5,10 Div. ) 1 II 2 II 3.4 nodes 3,6,9 Dzv. )2ll 1 node 5,10 Div.
Cast, Stainless Q node 8 Div.
~ ~ ~ ~ r ~ ~ ~ <Ie 0 0 ~
I ~
~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ ~
e e-
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~
~ ~ ~ 0 I ~
~ ~ o ~ - ~ ~
Lambert o Maco ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. UTP-10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE 16 77'i East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE 17 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408- 297-8766 D TE 2 20 79 X. C. 2. d) Calibration Record form (Figure 4). The DAC curve is the Primary Reference Level. e) After the Primary Reference Level has been estab' lished on the basic block, a calibration reference response may be established on a Rompas or other standard reference block. The response should include both sweep and amplitude calibration points and should be recorded as a calibration check response on the Calibration Record form. This -response may .be used for calibration check when an appropriate basic block is not available." XI. PERFORMANCE A. Strai ht Beam Lamination Scan of Rolled Plate Pi in
1. The material through which angle beam sound will travel during the weld examinations shall be examined with longitudinal beams for laminations which would interfere with the angle beam examinations.
B. Covera e of Butt Welds in Pi in
1. The entire examination volume comprising the weld and adjacent base metal, as shown in Figure 5, shall
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o MaoGill ~ Thomas, lnc. PAGE 17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sefvice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 18 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 XI. B. 1. be examined with the beam normal to the weld for at least a full V path on either side of the weld according to Table 7. a) When examining piping fabricated from rolled plate this examination volume shall be scanned with a 0 longitudinal wave beam to detect lami-nar reflectors which may interfere with the angle beam examination. The examiner shall record those areas within the volume examined when the indi-cation from a lamination equals or exceeds the remaining back reflection.
2. The entire examination volume comprising the weld and adjacent base metal, as shown in Figure 5, shall be examined with the beam parallel to the weld for a full V path on either side of the weld in two directions according to Table 7.
Required Perpendicular Scan Required Parallel Coverage Measured from the Scan Coverage Weld 5 for Full V with Weld Measured from the Beam Width T Weld 8 450 The lesser "of 3T or 2.5T+1" 60 The lesser of 4.5T or 4T+1" 70 The, lesser of 6.5T or 6T+1" Table 7
Lambert o MaoGill o Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 18 NO. UTP-10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 19 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 40B - 297- 8766 DATE 2/20/79 XI; B. 3. Overlap between parallel scans shall be nominally 15%, and in no case less than 10%. C. Covera e for Branch Welds in Pi in Piping branch welds shall be examined in both perpen-dicular and parallel directions to fulfillthe coverage requirement of Table 7. Examination volumes are shown in Figures 6, 7, and 8, and shall be examined for laminar flaws per Paragraph XI.B.l.a). D. Calibration Check
1. A calibration check is required before and after each examination, with any change in test personnel, and at least once every four hours.

2. The calibration check shall as a minimum-consist of verification of the DAC curve by a single point amplitude and range check using the basic calibration block or a portable block such as the Rompas whose response has been related to that of the basic block.
a) The amplitude response of the reference reflector during the calibration check shall be within
+2 dB, and its sweep location within +10% of the calibration reference response value recorded on
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~
< ~ >> 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~ 0
~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ 0 >> ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o M geo ill ~ Thomas, inc. PAGE 20 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 21 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 XI. G. Limitations Physical or other limitations that prevent full compli-ance with the requirements of this procedure shall be recorded on the Examination Report form, Figure 11. H. Automatic Alarms Automatic alarms or recording may be used as an aid to the examiner. XII EVALUATION A. Method s
1. For each indication that exceeds 50% of the reference level, the following information must be recorded:
a) Peak amplitude (8 DAC) with corresponding range to indication (inches), search unit position, search unit direction; b) Range and transducer position at DAC amplitude points; c) Length of reflector.
PROC'O- UTP-10 Lambert ~ Macaill 6 Thomas, Inc. PAGE 21 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 22 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 XII. B. Evaluation Criteria
1. Any indication exceeding 1008 of the primary reference distance amplitude curve shall be evaluated by the examiner to determine the extent, size, location and shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be included on the Notification of Reportable Indication form (QA- 31) .
C. Reference S stem for Recordin Indications
l. The reference system of Figure 12 shall be used to locate indications.
a) Indications shall be located in inches from appropriate reference marker. D. Acce tance Criteria
l. Acceptance criteria contained in Paragraph IWB 3514 of ASME Section XI, 1974 edition, addenda through Winter 1975, are summarized in the tables drawn in Figures 9 and 10.
XIII. RECORDS A. A Report of Visual and Ultrasonic Examination (Figure ll)
PROC. NO. UTP-lo Lambert~ Macaill e Thomas, Inc. PAGE 22 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 23 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION l San Jose,Ca. S5112 40B-297- 8766 DATE 2/20/79 :0 XIII. A. shall be prepared for each item examined, and shall be related to a Report of Ultrasonic Calibration (Figure 4). B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of all angle beam examinations.
l. Chart records used in indication analysis shall utilize two channels, one corresponding to vertical deflection of the tester signal and the other to horizontal.
a) These channels shall be calibrated to match the oscilloscope display. That is, an indication 90% of vertical amplitude appearing at five divisions on the tester screen should have a nine division deflection on one chart channel and a five division deflection on the other.
2. Chart records shall include pre and post test cali-bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the test.

3. Location and other pertinent information shall be manually noted on each chart.
NO- UTP-10 lambert o MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 23 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 24 771 East Broka w Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 XIII. B. 3. a) Pertinent information includes, but is not limited to, date, time, item, equipment, examiners, scans, gain, recorder settings and speed, and date. C. Recordin Conventions Ultrasonic scans and the location of indications shall be recorded according to Figure 13. D. Other types of recording, such as event or alarm moni-toring, may be used as an aid to the examiner where feasible. XIV. REVXEN A. Examination Reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LMT Level III examiner for conformity to the requirements of this procedure. B. Following the final LMT review, the reports will be transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the ANI.
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert ~ MacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 24 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 25 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 XV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Coordin-ator. Additional reports which may include examination documentation as reference material shall be generated from copies. B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the LMT Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.
Lambert ~ Maco ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. UTP-10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE 25 FOLLOWING PAGE 26 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 40S -297- 8766 DATE 2/20 79 E. P. WELD COVERAGE Figure 1
IV ll CLL
~ LOCK NI NIIA~ I ~ C NIIAWLL'L CILC t<<K 'L 5I IALI~ ILIkk t I I ~ I C kl I 0 4 N41CN Dt ~ I LI NIL'1 Dlk ~L O t .0ll I
VI ~ L 10 t.'LL4 Lk 145
/
ILCI 10
~
I'l F 05 I'i ~ ~ I ~ 414 41 ~ 1 'I I'L4 LL 1$ 5 KCI ~ 10 110 ~
.405 Otl .Oll 45'5'tt 'll'I 3 ~ LC t. I'15 \k155 KCI.to LO< ~ 0 'l l ~ 551 I I1 0114 lit I ~
Lfl 014 5 L. 511. Sk 10C CILO 1$ 4 . ~ 51 0tl kN. ~
~ 011 554ICLL 0 Vlktt4 tt(trf LII tk I.tlO ~L IIC CIL0 111 ~ .Oll 4'I' LL .554 ~ 10R CURVAIULI. Slt 401t C C ~
NLICN (404 OCINLT tk 1 ~ lAO Sk 350 CIR)40 LIL .Ott LII 5 Vlf UIIO LII. II 10 'L. 031 Sk \Sl CL'L'10L 3
~ .014 .0'14 Ag'IIC +.0'll I)I 10 1.0') 1 SL CRS ~ '1IN 14C ~
10 ~ k IOC CLICS .LLC .013 3 /4 .454
~ .001 <<OLt Q Ul ~ 1'1 O. 13' Sk 14C CcfcS ~ 0'1' .11fv a '\54 SN ~ 005 Ol ~ 13 0 '135 SL OLIC .0'1$ SN 0 0 'LDLL I)t 33 Sk IOC CLILS 104 + 015 +IC 4 C.ILS ,044 OIIIILCC IIILNI1110 U
0 0 NONOI NOL't OLk LILLCCL) ~ ILL<<V SLOCKS VIIIH ll Nlkll Slttk Slkklv 4'IVV Ou CNOS VIIILILIIIAOIICDltt LC<< IR WALL C5 'C) lNK, UtktlSILCINtkl LII (CLLLLIC<<kll IILCRLNCL IOR.e Nv CL. OP% VQO IOLLRANCC IOR ~ . 'LL I,OOS, L NO Q' 4, LILNDLVLDklkc<<LNLNCLRLLARANCLLkkt LI~ 'LLC,kOLL 'U4LLLL01<<LRW'L'It WIILO, 5 I'L OLNLCNCIONV LRL IIIINC<<IC ~ 0 4, LIOICvI OUI IOIA CLIRVLIURC S<<DULO A ~ CONVORM 10 IIIOC Wk'1'L CURVkl'URC ION ~CLOWN ~ C fvltQAA<<lh015 IVlth010 A WaSUiNG TON PUHLiC POWER W I f04 Ufl <<I IIINAvKI AVO IvttAVKI IIIIAIC I LOU SUPP( Y SYSTEM
~ AOC 0 AV I OllI I <<4 V. \ ILIA t llt I N II CO'L'Llcll'0 I DINIULLIN1I 01111 ~ D 'Lll J IVOVIIIA LIC ULLLLL 4 ILLS IAILI LLVLLIO.<<01l Ol ~ 1<<CV LUCIO tSSULO 10%. COL ~ L+1%QCILON Vc U g 0<<IIIV f I)t)LNDRC<<v UI CALLO%,klIIN SLOCV.'9 rllvl51011 ~ I CHIO AIIVO AO OAf I 'ION OV C" .. I,.vfl OAIf 'I LI lt IIVIIIVO VICVI 110 ; ~ Iv 1
IV C kl. ~ IOM tltl NOIA WLLl t
>>Allckikh L>>PIC,N DLC 01k fOR. 1 IIOHA I I'1 ~ LOCK $ 5$ OI'1 \ 'INN StCCI ~ ICLIION DCPIN d.
OIL IO MPSICOICC CMLLLCR Ul Il ~ t ok IOC O>>R 0 ~ Oll .01$ ool )IS UI 1$ OOO Ok 500 CR ~ '~S - olo $>st SII ~ IC>> . Oll Ok IOC>> CAR ~ .001 ~ 010 ~5$
~ >>I LII L1 ~ O'lt CL LOO C>>R.O 041, ~ 01$ ~ l.'lC 'UI.IC Htl Utco U1 ~ lo ~ t ~~ '
OL $ $ $ O>>R )OL ~ OC>>t 001 UI 20 NOI Ullt
.001 Ul.tl 'LO ~ 11$ OL LOC>> C>>L ~ ~ .Oil 5'Sl ~ "I ~ ')Ol.
10 .SOL Ok 104 C,R 0 0$ $ ~ Olt UI tl ~ Cll CL IOC>> Ch'LO ~ 00'I . Ol 4
~ ll Ul IO ,COC>> SL IOC>> CARO 0th ~ )$ 1 SIOICN ,011 \)CO DOILILJ 0
QI 1$ 'OL IOC C>>R ~ ROOI>>
.01'L S>$ $ ~ lit 45 I ~
I Ul t4 '$00 ')L')lC>> lt )ol ~ 000 V.OOS
'tst LO+ .101 C UI t1 <<C>>t OL IOO C>>R 0 $ 0$ 4 .Loo .Ol'I III 00 Ctkl ~ RCLRINROULN l)I. %2 LOC>> ~ Ooh . III>> , oot ~
t\CLCIIICO I.OO') ll1A No'Ll D>>L C. 551 IC Sg \Lt 1t )Ol. 00'I 0)0 t
~
IIIP PILL'll) ~ I,OO') llD')0 .$ )l CL 104 05ILt .OOI
.0)O 2 NOLCQ LL> OL $ >>L 310 1P )Ol .03+ .010 .Oll ~ . ~ IC ~ 'IAIIACC ~ SOCS CL t04 CAQ'b , 0'10 alt ,Lll Ai I
tl'CNAII $ g>> UOIC)C 1 olkMt ~ LOCLL w>>IN 53 NIL>>I SRCL SILIAt O>>l
<< Cu04 wllrUo>>A titc ~ Ittl )CN Ia wkllINC SALIL Sttt, Nlkl N'$ (CLL DLOCKNI.
J NOICN L,IOLCRCIICC IOL+ IS
) IOLctc>>lcc 500, \ IL oos>>
ra n OC PIN kl k>>>>OLRO>>ALLMI>>>>Wg IIL\RANCah kal kttLICLON U>>>>LCSL OIN(R>>MISC NOICD. INC'Nll'O +Z 0 S- kll D>>LACSISIONS LRt IN
.Lts 'At ~
O. >>IOICM OOIIOM Cukvkluol 5>>>>OULO
'I I o>>I A ~ CONPORIA IO PI'tt WLLI CURVAIUR<<
I5$ ILI
~ 'I ~ Ick'L l Plkllh Slrtl IQIL Cl>>kvklukl, SIC Nol ~
C I>> c>>>>>> IV'HISI>>HA*ihh>>5>>hllhOI0 IOR 451 Ih>>NI SINVKI Ahu WASIIINGTON PUBLIC POWER
~ hSIRVKI >>NI>>ICI>>uh SUPPLY SYSTEM tAOGAAMSVHLV 4 A>>>> 4 >>>> H>>l ~
l Ill ~IAL ~CIC II~IIA U it>>I I UI'- Iholhl IN LIC. NLLLIO I III 'IIOII OlvllCD, NOLS DltlH CVANLSD 0 ILI~ lls'ilI D ~ 0 k CO>>>> SI C'I IO N RQ (>>NA>>>>h 5(,MLL 2 IISUCUI UI CLLIlbtk'LLOlltLOC'KS HO AI AIVIS>>OH ol CNAO Attvo HO DA'll I R VI5>>OH ~ I CN>>V A>>PVO VAIl ILl 'I'C Vh>> hu 55'%CD ~ ttt Alv I
PROC. NO ~ UTP-10 PAGE 28 FOLLONXNG PAGE "PS "TCl 2/79 Lambert Macaill o Thomas, lac. ISO No. Cal. No. Time Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408- 297-8766 Page of REPORTOFULTRASONICCALI BRATION Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level Authorized Inspector Customer Instrument S/N Recorder S/N Recorder S/N Cable Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed Sx na 00 90 0 0 0 50 0 0 0 0 Sz na Signa 2 s a equa 0% o Signa + % o u sca e I Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed Tester Gain Set -12 Set +12 Set +6 Si na Am . 80% 32 to 48 16 to 24 0 64 to 96 40% 64 to 6 Actua Va ue Transducers Signal amplitude must fall within listed values E N S/N Mfg. S/N Hfg. S/N Mfg. S/N Mfg. P R Procedure Rev. Date 0 C Cil. Block Type S/N Ref. Refl. Temp. Verification/Ref. Blk. S/N Ref. Refl. Temp. C DAC Cal. Check Time Instrument Settings 10 B Gain R Sweep A Delay T Reject Damp e 0 2 4 6 8 10 Pigure 4
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert Maoa ill Thomas, o o II1o. PAGE 29 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 30 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 P Pl LAMINAR FLAW PROFILE OF INNER PUMPe VALVEe OR SURFACE NOZZLE CONNECTION
'PLANAR FLAW B LU Z
z
~ WELO JOI NT O
I O I I P) z X X 4J CV o: PLANAR O FLAW D C o 2a CL'J Vl SUBSURFACE V) PLANAR FLAW 4J 20 WITH OR WITHOU CLADDIN< PIPE WAI L THICKNESS PIPE WELD EXAMINATION VOLUME Figure 5
PROC. NO. UTP-10 Lambert o Maoaill o Thomas, lao. Mi'esting ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 851'l2 PAGE 30 FOLLOWING PAGE REVISION 1 31 408-287-8766 DATE 2/20/79
~b
8) C~g /7~
+~ +~
0 4J Vl tZ z Pr
)
4d 0 z I-tV CO I-BRANCH CONNECTION CO O D I- I (J C9 LU zO Ch 4J CL o I WELD JD IN T u) o~ t ~
~
I + I V
~:i 4'YPE 1 BRANCH WELD EXAMINATION VOLUME Figure 6
PRO . NO ~ UTP- 0 " Lamberto Macaill ~ Thomas, inc. PAGE 31 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 32 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 o
~
4 4O
+~
C Y B X K 0 4J I C/l O z UJ tO Ir I- -t I 2 BRANCH CONNFCTION R t I O I 2 I C9 LU CO Q TYPE 2 BRANCH WELD EXAMINATION VOLVME Figure 7
PROC. NO. UTP-10 ILamberIIO Macaiii Them>> o ir1c. PAGE 32 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,ca. 95112 408- 287- 8766 DATE 2/20/79 ' b 6~ v~ 0 +Q d~ 0 x' Q) 8 UJ K O LLI I-Ch z LLI C/l I IN. l~ K I-BRANCH CONNECTION I IN.
<4" for Pipe Nominal Hall Phickness Sizes <<4" Surface Indications Subsurface Indjcation ti in. a/t, S a/t, S Preservice Fxaminations 0.1 to 0.312 Over 0.312 to 2.0 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t Over 2.0 to 6.0 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t 10%
Inservice Examinations 0.1 to 0.312 Over 0.312 to 2.0 15.3 minus 1.3t 15. 3 minus l. 3t Over 2.0 to 6.0 15.3 minus 1.3t 15. 3 minus l. 3t NOTES: The allowable length, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as determined by UT examination.~0>~ The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. 0, H ~ A ALLOHABLE INDICATIONS Q W Figure 9
Material: Austenitic steels with specified minimum yield strength of 35 ksi or less Thickness Range: t, O.l to 3.0 in. Allowable Allowable Depth by Depth by Volumetric Examination Methods Volumetric for Pipe Sizes >4" for Pipe Nominal Wall ghickness Sizes <4" Surface Indications Subsurface Indjcation t, in. a/t, a/t, Preservice Examinations
0. 1 to 0. 312 10. 1 minus 0. 7t 10.1 minus 0.7t Over 0. 312 to 2. 0 10.1 minus 0.7t Over 2.0 to 3.0 10.1 minus 0.7t los Inservice Examinations
~ 0.1 to 0.312 12.7 minus 0.9t 12.7 minus 0.9t Over 0.312 to 2.0 12.7 minus 0.9t 12.7 minus 0.9t Over 2.0 to 3.0 NOTES:
a] lowable length, .a, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. '0 determined by UT examination. P 0 the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as 0 p O The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. 'z 0 A ALLOWABLE INDICATIONS C
~~'d I~~
Figure 10 CO
PROC. NO.UTP-lo PAGE 35 a WPS-UTX2 2/79 ISO 'No. Lambert e MacG Hl e Yhornas, Inc. Report No. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal.ND. Time 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408- 297-8766 Page of REPORT OF VISUAL AND ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION ISI No. Size Material S/N (s) Description Location Preparation Temp. S Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level I G Authorized Inspector Customer N Tester 1 S/N 0 U Recorder 1 S/N I P Transducer 1 M E N T Couplant Cable Marker Photo Calibration Procedure Rev. Examination Procedure Rev. Record Procedure Rev. C Calib. Blk. Temp Ref. Amp. Swp. A L Ref. Gain Damp Re)ect Gate I B alarm Map. Tape count Chart Cal. Check Time Cal. Ref. Blk. Ref . Rf.l'. amp. sweep petition Scan Gain Ref . Dwg. Re)ect Level Report Level NAD am No apparent disc. L am Linear G ae GeometrY S ~ Spot M am Multiples Scan TYpe Disp. Scan TYpe Disp. Scan Disp. PT Visual 13 I Base Metal 14 15 N 10 16 17 12 18 Scan Descri tion of Indications Figure ll
PROC. NO. UTP-10 PAGE 3g FOLLOWING PAGF. F Flow Direction 180 Vertical 0 Reference reference is in Point line with nearest 90 Ident. horizontal exten-sion Weld 2 00 Reference Reference point 90 Point 180 Reference Point Ident. Weld 1
1. Reference arrow is always in the direction of flow.

2. Zero Reference is at Top Dead Center on a horizontal run.

3. For vertical runs, Zero Reference is on a line with 0 Reference on the nearest horizontal run or extension.
~~REFERENCE POINT DETERMINATION AND MARKING~~
~
Figure 12
PROC. NO. UTP-lo Lambert MacQ444 o Yhcmas, 4nc. PAGE F Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training 771 East: Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 2/20/79 I
~~'tl 0' SI I~~
~~wing I O' A O M I Cl'0 0 4 0 8 Ql MQ N N R C go O Pg+O H U Dl H 0 z I0 I I O IX O O~~
~~~0 O~~
O
~~~0 O~~
O
~~~1 LO~~
Da te 1/8/79 Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATE R (Purposely left blank)
Oate 1/8/7S Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATER (Purposely left blank)
0, Date 1/8/79
~~. Revision O HNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATER (Purposely left blank)~~
Lambe' MaoGillllo Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND'UALIFICATIONRECORD Procedure No. tjTp-26 Revision No. Procedure Title LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval /4 r~ Quality Assurance Officer), Client Approval Authorized Nuclear Inspector, Approval Specific Qualification Record L,ZusZ 7 dM XYdmswzZS Component Examiners Date ref. ki~g/W EuA'/sZd >re>c1 r-~3-Il g EHwaHr~~
~~. S ~r~~
WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS WNP ISI KNOINEER DATE DZ CONTRACT NOo T ITLK
+ e7 ~ ~ C.wc ]z <<2.'l- 9 0 ~ i a I /4c/0 2 Ps csa~vyce Xc cc*oos Setvsecc Wet' S$ 5 gctyg.gg)gpss IIv 4 I+Q Pl IH CONTRACTOR LHT,ZI C u7v-2/o 0 I * .; DOCUMENT TITLE e~ ., W u. )~
RK PREVIOUSLY RKVIKWKD g YES NO IDATE If YKS) I0 wo go PREVIOUSLY APPROVED gg YES P NO IDATKIP'ES) o o REASONS POR RK SUBMITTAL IIf PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) DISPOSITION O vl O O OO Ic I W REVIEWER 0 Ex IC
~~.0 OO C -Xg U C~~
~~0 Cg 0 L C C ~g 0 Ug O~~
~~/z z.q go SUPE VISOR( ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT K OIN I-: .~~
~~PROJECT KNQINKKRINO MANAOKR/PLANTTKCHNICAl SUPKRVI 0 i 6/e/ MA AOKR, QUALITYSKRVIC NOTES/COMMENTS) D. M. hfc 4 uw cf Mt ltt+ 4 8 a)Q tc. 8,2. c)~~
~~'I I iso ~ (~~~
~~4JH II~~
~~~. A. //~E 7 ~ e/i~ lu XCe Pe lo //+C 0 + Cl lIH g++~~
~~,~ C~~
~'n I[KCeve~cc II ~ S C llId FI' 7 C A>> e AUSk~itic Wo " Feei(t.('C" g~~gCwKDP9cWAAW~W WP 742 4
~~Lambert ~ MacQill ~.Thomas, Inc. PROC PAGE~~
~
1 UTP-26 Testinp ~ En pin eerinp ~ Seivice ~ Traininp FOLLOWING PAGE 2 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408" 297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 TITLE: MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF HANGER LUG ATTACHMENT WELDS PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~pur ose This procedure provides instructions for 1mpl ementatfon of the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,'ection XI, for the straight beam and angle beam contact ultrason1c exam1nat1on of full penetration p1pfng support lug welds and adjacent base metal. B. ~Sco e
1. The procedure is applfcable to straight and angle beam examinat1ons performed on ferrft1c steel in ASME Class 1 and Class 2 systems. The procedure may also be applied to austenitfc steels and dissim11ar metal welds where successful qualfffcat1on fs ach1eved.
~~This procedure 1s further lfmfted to piping systems having nominal wall thickness of '0.20 fnches to six inches.~~
~~2. Volumetric exam1natfons shall be performed fn accord-~~
/
ance with the followfng techniques: a) Pi pe material shall receive a 0'can cover1ng an area extending at least 1/2" around the lug. QU L IF IC I N: Approved for use . egg 2~,':..
Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 2 UTP-26 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining F OLLOW I NG PAGE 3 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE, 12/8/80 %F
~~8. 2. b) All lug welds shall receive a 45'ngle beam examination performed from the pipe surface.~~
c) All lug welds shall receive a 0='ongitudinal beam examination performed from the outer plane surface of the lug. d) Other angles may be used where wall thickness or geometric configuration (or metallurgical characteristics for austenitic welds) impedes effec'tive use of 45'ngle beam examination. I'EFERENCES A. This. procedure is in compliance with the applicable portions of the following reference documents:
~~l. American Society of Mechanical. Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:~~
a) Appendix III and the Acceptance Criteria (IWB-3500) of Section XI; "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components", 1977 edition, Summer 1978 addenda.
~~2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing:~~
a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-lA, June 1975, "Personnel gualification and Certification in Nondestructive Test)ng."
Lambert ~ I acQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road PROC. PAGE 3 UTP-26 FOLLOW I NG PAGE 4 San Jose,Ca. S5112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 A. 3. a) LMT Procedure gA-6, "quafff1cation and Certi-fication of NDE Personnel." b) LMT Operating and guality Assurance Manual, Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspectfon by WPPSS. III. DEFINITIONS Hanger Lug: A metal pad or plate sect1on welded to the outs1'de surface of process p1p1ng to provide the contact or load bearing surface for pipe supports or restraints. IV. RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., 1s responsible for the generation and control of thfs procedure and shall so indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, or hfdf des1gnated Level III alternate, LMT, shall qua11fy the procedure for a particular examination. V. PROCEDURE UAL IF I CATION The procedure shall be qualified for specific examinations, personnel, and equ1pment by perform1ng and documenting a successful calibration and demonstration examination.
Lambert ~ M acQ ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 4 UTP-26 Testing ~ Enpineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VI ~ PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of qualification as per the Procedure Qualification. B. As a minimum, examinations teams shall consist of one Level I I exam1ner and one Level I examiner, or one Level II examiner and one NOE Trainee as defined in LMT Procedure QA-6. C. Personnel shall be qualified and cert1fied according to the requ1r emen'ts of ASME XI, SNT-TC-IA, and LMT, Inc . Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel." VI I. E UIPMENT ANO MATERIAL RE UIREMENTS A. Ultrasonic testers shall be of. the pulse echo type. Instruments shall have an amplitude display 11near w1thfn 5% of full screen he1ght over 80% of that height; and an attenuator, stepped in increments of 2 dB or less, which is accurate over the range of the test of a20'$ of nom1nal value. Instruments shall have had their 1'nternal alignment and calibrat1on ver1f1ed w1thin 90 days of any implementat1on of th1s proce-dure.
~~1. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.~~
~~Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 5 UTP-26~~
~ En gin eeilng ~ SeNice ~ Trolnlng Testing FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VI I. B. Connecting cables shall be coaxial, and their length limited to less than that at which sfgnificant signal degradation (2 dB) occurs, but shall not exceed 200 feet.
~~C. Electronic recording equipment, when used, shall be electronically aligned within 180 days of use.~~
~~l. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.~~
~~D. Search units s'hall be certified by the manufacturer as to essential properties, including bandwidth, damping, center frequency within 10$ of nominal, and relative gain.~~
1. A record of search unit properties shall be avail-able at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.

2. The angle beam search unit wedges shall be nomi-nally 45'nd shall be checked prior to each day' use to determine actual beam angle in metal when checked on a standard reference block, such as an IIW or DSC. The actual beam angle shall be re-corded and shall be 45', x2'o be acceptable for initial or further use. Other beam angles may be used for evaluation and these angles shall be with-in a3'f their nominal value.
Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 6 UTP-26 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VI I ~ D. 3. The results of examinations performed with angl e ll beam search units which meet the above requirements are acceptable provided the search unit beam angle on subsequent checking is within x3'. Should this tolerance not be met on subsequent checking, deter-minati on of the need for re-examination shall be made and the basis for the decision documented.
4. Search units shall be selected according to Table

l. Additional search units ay be used for evalua-tion or in unusual circumstances; however, such use shall be documented by an approved Field Change to this procedure as per LMT, 4 Inc. quality Assurance Procedure qA-5.
L-wave Angle and Shear Wave Angle Material Strai ht Beam Exam Beam Exam Thickness Size inch Fre Size inch Fre 1/4" or l ess 1/4 II 5-10 1/4 "x1/4" 5 MHz MHz 1/4" to 1" 1/4"-1/2", 2 1/4-5 1/4 "x1/4" 2 1/4-MHz to 5 MHz 1/2" x1/2" or 1-2 1/4 MHz P C 1" and 1/2" to 1-2 1/4 1/2 "x1/2" 2 1/4 above 1 II MHz to MHz or 1/2"xl" 1-2 1/4 MHz P C Table 1 0;
Lambert ~ M acG ill.~ Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 7 UTP-26 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 5 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 VI I ~ E. Coupl ant materials shall be as low as practicable in sul fur and halogen content. Certification shall be provided on a batch basis for each brand of couplant.
~~'nalysis for halogens and sulfur shall be made accord-ing to ASTM D-129-64 and ASTM D-808-63.~~
1. Residual halogens and sulfur shall not exceed 1% by weight.

2. Certification, by batch number, for each batch of couplant shall be maintained on file at the jobsite.
F. Calibration blocks for angle'beam examination shall be 'f the form of Figures 1 and 2 with calibration notches as shown. Calibration blocks shall be of the same nominal size, thickness, material, and surface finish as the pipe to be examined. VIII. PREPARATION A. Documentation
~~1. The following preliminary documentation require-ments shall bereviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before beginning any examination program:~~
a) Procedure and qualification b) Calibration Sheets c) Inspection Reports.
Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 8 UTP-26 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNlce ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 . REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VIII. A. I. d) Material and Equipment Certi ficat1ons e) Personnel Certifications f) NRC Form 4 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) g) NRC Form 5 (Operat1ng Nuclear Plants Only) h) Status Indicators (Hold Tags)
~~1) Rad1ation Work Permits (when appl1cable)~~
~~B. ~Ph sical~~
~~1. The following phys1cal preparation requ1rements shall be 'reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinat1ons are performed:~~
a) Insulat1on removal b) OSHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c) . Cl eanup requirements d) Safety precaut1ons (other work 1n area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration
1. Responsibi11ty a) It shall be the responsibility of the Level II exam1ner to 'determ1ne the need for surface preparation.

2. Surfaces shall be sufficiently smooth and clean so that a meaningful examination may be performed.
f
Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 9 UTP-26 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VI I I. C. 3. Wel ds shall be 1dentif1 ed and all requ1red marking procedures compl eted before 'performing any exam1na-t1ons. IX. LIMITATIONS A. Th1s procedure. fs based on ASME nuclear requirements; 1 t may not be appl fcable to mi11tary, API, or AWS re-qu1rements without modif1catfon. B. The procedure '1 s 1 fmited to ferritfc steels unless I specifically qualified for other mater1als. X ~ CALIBRATION A. Test cal1bration fs performed on a complete system. Any change fn the ultrasonic fnstrument, transducer cable, or transducer requires test recal fbratfon. A change in qualified personnel, recording instrumenta-t1on, or recorder connection cable requ1res a calibra-tfon check; however, 1nstrument al fgnment ver1fication need not be made with the transducer used for test1ng. B. Instrument alignment verification for screen height and amplitude control linearity shall be performed daily before any examinations are performed.
Lambert ~ MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. AGE 10 UTP-26 Testlnp ~ En pin eerinp ~ Service ~ Trolninp OLLOW ING PAGE 11-771 East Brokaw Road EV ISION 5 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 ATE 12/8/80 X. B. 1. Instrument Linearity Verification a) Position the search unit on a calibration block to obtain two echoes with a 2:1 ampl f-tude ratio. b) Set the larger echo to 80% of calibrated screen height. c) Vary the amplitude of the larger echo from 100% to 20% of calibrated screen height fn 10'5 incre'ments. d) Note that at each fncrement the smaller echo remains 1/2 the larger within a tolerance band of a5% of full screen height. e) Record successful performance of the veriffca-tion on a Calibration Report form (Figure 3).
~~2. Attenuator Linearity Verification a) Posttfon the search unit to obtain an 80% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen.~~
b) Adjust the sensitivity control to decrease the system gain by 6 dB and 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine fts accept-ability. Estimate system response to *1% of calibrated full scale.
Lambert ~ M acQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-26 11 Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 12 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408" 297-8766 OATE 12/8/80 X ~ B. 2. c) Position the search unit to obtain a 40% of full seal e echo on the calibrated screen. d) Adjust the sensitivity control to 1ncrease the system gain by 6 'dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptab11 ity. Estimate system response to +1% of calibrated f ul l screen. e), Position the search un1t to obtrain a 20% of full 'seal e echo on the calibrated screen. f) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determ1ne its acceptability. Estimate system response to all of calibrated full scale. g) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Gal ibrat1on Report form (Figure 3). n cat on a n n cat on o erance Set Chan e L1mits 80'5 -6 dB 32% to 48% 805 -12 dB 16% to 24'5 40$ +6 dB 64'X to 96%
~~'0% +12 dB 64% to 96%~~
Table 2
Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-26 12 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 13 771 fast Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE 12/8/80 X. C. Examination Calibration
~~1. Straight Beam Calibration Calibrations are performed at the time of examina- .~~
~~tion by setting the pipe inside surface reflection at 80% amplitude and four sweep divisions, when the~~
~~,transducer is placed on tbe outer plane surface of the hanger lug and on the outer pipe surfaces.~~
~~These are Primary Reference Responses.~~
~~2. Angle Beam Calibration I~~
Calibration is performed on a complete system on an appropriate basic calibration block at. the begin-ning of each day's testing of th'at material. a) Calibration shall be performed on a calibra-tion block whose temperature is within a25'F of that material to be examined. b) Set the sweep range on the calibrated tester to display 2 1/2 nodes with pipe I.D./0.0. points at 2, 4, 6,.8 and 10 divisions. c) Test sensitivity at any range is established by setting the amplitude of the nearest notch echo to 80% of full calibrated scale. The responses shall then be obtained at this sen-
Lambert ~ I acQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testfnp ~ Enpineertnp ~ Senesce ~ Traininp 771 East Brokaw Road PROC. AGE 13 UTP-26 OLLOW I NG PAGE 14 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 ATE 12/8/80 X ~ C. 2. c) sitivity, joined together 1n a smooth DAC curve on the tester face, and similarly re-corded on the Calibration Report form (Fi g-ure 3). The DAC curve so generated is the Pr1mary Reference Response. d) After the Primary Reference Level has been
~ est'abl1shed on the bas1c bl ock, a cal1bration reference response may be established on a Rompa's or other standard reference block. The response should 1nclude both sweep and ampl 1-tude calibr ation points and should .be recorded as a cal1bration check response on the Cal 1-bration Report form. Thi s response may be used for calibration check when an appropriate basic block is not available.
X I. PERFORMANCE A. The weld and p1pe material beneath the weld through which'ngle beam sound w111 travel during the weld exam1nat1ons shall be exam1ned with a longitudinal beam directed from the outer plane surface of the lub toward the 1nner surface of the pipe and with a longitud1nal beam directed through the pipe over an area extending at least 1/2 inch around the lug weld.
Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-26 14 Testing ~ En gin eerinp ~ Senesce ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 15 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297- 8766 DATE 12/8/80 X I. B. An le Beam Scan of Attachment Welds and Ad'acent Base Metal
1. The entire examination volume comprising the weld a'nd adjacent base metal, as shown fn Figure 4, shall be examined with the beam normal to the weld for at leave a full "V" path on either side of the weld covering the scan zone.

2. The entire examination volume compr fsfrig the weld and adjace'nt base metal, as shown fn Figure 4, shall be examined with the beam parallel to the weld for a ful "V" path on 1 either side of the weld fn two directions.

3. Overlap between parallel scans shall be nominally 15% and in no case less than 10%.
~~C . An le Beam Calibration Check V~~
1. A calibration check is required before and after each examination, with any change fn test person-nel, and at least once every four hours.

2. The calibration check shall, as a minimum, consf st of verfffcatfon of the DAC curve by a single point ampl itude and range check using the. basic cal fbra-tfon block or a portable block, such as the Rompas, whose response has been related to that of the basic block, as fn X.C.2.d).
Lambert ~ MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-26 15 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 X I. C. 2. a) The amplitude response of the reference re-flector during the calibration check shall be within t2 dB, and fts sweep location within a10% of the calibration reference response value recorded on the calibration sheet to be acceptable. b) An unacceptable calibration check shall be cause for full examination of the test system to determine the reasoh for the calibratfon change. Typical causes for calibration change are ambient temperature effects on transducers and electronics, control settings inadvert-ently changed, and loss of couplant between the transducer and wedge. If, in the judgment of the examiner, the cause of the calibration change has been corrected or may be compensa-ted for. by a change in control settings, cali-bratfon may be restored usfng the calibration check response. d) Any examination that has been performed fn a noncalfbrated condition shall be repeated. Scanning sensitivity shall be at least two times (2x) the primary reference sensitivity.
Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 16 UTP-26 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 17 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE 1 2/8/80 XI. ~ E. Scannin S eed Scanning speed shall not exceed four inches per second. F. Limitations Physical or other lfmftatfons that prevent full complf-ance with the requirements of this procedure shall be recorded on the Examination, Report form (Figure 5). G. Automatic Alarms Automatic alarms or recording may be used as an aid to the examiner. XI I. EVALUATION A. Methods
~~1. For each straight beam indication that exceeds 20%~~
of the Primary Reference'esponse, and for each angle- beam indication that exceeds 50%, the follow-ing information must be recorded: a) Peak ampl itude (%PRR) wf th corr esponding range to indication (inches), search unit position, search unit direction; b} Range and transducer posftion at 20% and 50% PRR amplitude points for straight and angle beam indfcatfons respectively;
Lambert ~ M acQ Testing ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 17 UTP-26
~~~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~~~
Training FOLLOWING PAGE 18 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297- 8766 D ATE 12/8/80 XI I. A. 1. c) Length of reflector as measured between 20% and 50% PRR ampl itude points for angle and straight beam indications respectively . B. Evaluation Criteria
1. Any indication exceeding 100% of the Primary Refer-ence Response shall be evaluated by the examiner to determine the extent, size, location and shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be included on'he Notification of Reportable Indication form (Figure 6).
~~C. Refeence S stem for Recordin Indications~~
~~1. A reference system shall be used to locate hanger lugs, according to Procedure MEP-2, "Meld Marking Procedure."~~
~~a) Indications shall be located in inches from the appropriate reference marker. D. Acce tance Criteria~~
1. Acceptance criteria contained fn Paragraph IWB-3516 of 'ASME Section XI, 1977 edition addenda through Summer 1978, are summarized in the tables drawn in Figures 7 and 8.
Lambert ~ MacQ illI Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-26 18 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 19 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 5 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 XIII'ECORDS A. A Report of Visual and Ultrasonic Examination (Fi g-ure 5) shall be prepared for each item examined, and shall be related to a report of Ultrasonic Calibration (Figure 3). B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of all exami-nations.
~~1. Chart records used in indication analysis shall utilize 'two channels, one corresponding to vertical deflection of the tester signal and the other to horizontal.~~
a) These channels shall be calibrated to match the oscilloscope display. That is, an indica-tion 90% of vertical amplitude appearing at five divisions on the tester screen should have a nine division deflection on one chart channel and a five division deflection on the other.
2. Chart records shall include pre and post test cali-bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the test.

3. Location and other pertinent information shall be manually noted on each chart.
P
Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, inc. PROC'TP-26 PAGE 19
~ En gin eerinp ~ SeNice ~ Tfalninp Testing FOLLOWING PAGE 20 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE 12/8/80 XIII. B. 3. a) Pertinent information includes, but is not 1 imi ted to, date, time, item, equipment, exam-iners, scans, gain, and recorder settings and speed.
C. Recordfn Conventions Ultrasonic scans and the location of fnd1cat1ons shall be recorded according to Figure 4. D. Other types of recording, such as event or alarm moni-toring, may be used as an aid to the examiner where feasible. XIV. REVIEW A. Examination reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LNT Level III examiner for conformity to the-requirements of this procedure. B. Followfng the final lt<T review, the reports w111 be transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the Author1zed Nuclear Inspector. XV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Coord-fnator. Additfonal reports which may include examfna-t1on documentation as refeence mater1al shall be generated from copies.
Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-26 TesNnp ~ Engineering ~ Service i Training PAGE 20 FOLLOWING PAGE 21 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 5 San Jose,ca. 95112 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 XV. B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area,. and access to files shall be limited to the LHT Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.
1 COL 4o>>A tatC ~ ao>>A aa>>CLL ~Aka S%1LL 0 aat1CW ~a ~ LS OLL 1II k1 II~
~ LOCA aaa Oal'l I>>a>>a ~L cts II ~ c kt a a ~ aa 00 ~ ~ aa >>>>L ul ~ 'L ltl0 ~A ill Slt'lt III . ~ lll . 111 ~ 110 W I~ Ill voalw ul >>l I.SS ~ . III .III h SI ~ Ias .IIO .III Lal. l CAICl KCS.SO .100 .Ill IA01000 .10i .100 lal 0 u'I ~ ~ l. ~ IL lA 100 IN III ~
~~LC000 OCI ALL~~
~
~~III ~ IIC tt 0 ICAL O 0CSAIO CSCItt 11 ~ 110 100100~~
~ NOIC0 LOOI 00SSSLL 10% CaAoIUOI. 0II taAIO u1 1 ~ L IOO CA%04 O>>C ~IOO ~ .NO .II% .IOO, IOI . II~ . I 00 10000 ul ~
~~lent u1 ~ ~ S. 0ll Q lN 0>>CSOO L~ I .100 ~ $ 00 ~~~
.100 'I 0' I 'll 'IN>> CA% ~ ~
~~105 000~~
~ 010 INr 1 IOIIO ul 11 ~ A IN>> COO . IIC ~ I'l VC SI 10100 lIIIAII II .I I 0 II%
~~ul 11 0 +Sl lk IOL 0>>%0 ,OO ~,001 LOOI% 0~~
,001 .OOC ul ~ 'I' IL'1%0 CC 'ill Ia< SOO ,01 ~ ~ It .01 ~ 0IOOO ~ ttlltAC Ill.l~ 0 $ 4$ St>> 100 C>>CO . 'I0t>> .IOl ~ 100 .101 Jl ~saaatao0 OSOI Cll A I>> ~ ~
M ITI 'TI aiOLl Oat>> J 0>> O'AO NAIAISItallw Q uaOat ltllLlitt>>0 Ltt ~ S ILOCSOI 0 wn c OLOCCO 04 cuIL oaat>>L Lao>>A tate%Ac,leal OA taoLL ~ ill%, LAIL LOOC>> lalaal A'l (CALOLOCOOaO.
~~~ wACNllOOI CQ 00% UI'I HI-a g OCLCIO ~~~
~~Q 0~~
~
~~OCLCIC0 ALL oaotcwtataao 0%% LLS aaacw00~~
~~~ aolcw 001toaA cuav klu%$~~
~~C04t 0 t>>SA0 Sl tl 0% tat>>LL CU1%AIU%0 I Figure 1~~
~~~ ~~~
~~wwaoacs taattaaAt~~
~ oaa>>>>aaUL al>>aa 1 NA CI ~ ~ WASIIINGION PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM ~ 4 ~ 4 a>>V I Ill\Ical) 'I oawlaataawt osa ~ 'Ilo Ul g ul LLLLLLL ~1 0 lid 'll ' ~ II ~ 'IS% l al ~ ao>>l ola alo. aaaa pl tao asia>>>>Lso ul COL>>'NKSIOta ROCWk Qa~ll 'I Ul'lal o 0 l0 Q$ $ IIL, LLO'Ull ~ OK CO4%a 'AQCIIO4 .COL va >>4atss g +\ ~1C>>>>a w: I Alv >>S>>QU ~a a>LU a>>t>> a ~ a>>>> a>>all sa a aa>>a>>a ~ ~ ~ ~ . aaa 1 ll >I 4" 4. UaCta 'l' 0~ >>al v
~
~~I 4 CAL Alt>>A ~ IN UAI>> WLLI klstatlkv VACCV IIALO Dlk~~
~~~ Lscic sca $>>aa tv>> ONCI ~ lc at>>tv Datt>>~~
~~Dot L V>> I Lsv ~0 OA IOA &0 . 01$~~
.01$ .010 .010 sa US0$ 4)0 Atlta iaa ~ ),OOO ~ k LOO at 0 .tll .00$ .001 .011 >sa a 44045 Ok LDO ttt .001 .OII .0$ $ .0 ~ 1 Vss 0401$
~~Mi Ut 'll ~ ~ tt aa sso ttt 01 1~~
.OOI, ~ '1 ~ ~ 001 s~)a LOIOIl Ut'LI ltst Usoo st ~ ~ II ~ ~ 00 ~ '1 ~
~~000 Ill +sa I OS)$ 4 1st ~ k LSC>> C>>0 ~ ~ ~ 'll . ~ 'll >sa )II'll'1~~
~ ~ Oll .01$ 'Ul.tt 0$ ~ .~ $0 b)a )JSI40I )0 IOO Da SOC>> C>>00 ~ ~ 0I1 ~ 0$ 1 Ut.tt ~ ai Ok Olt ~ .ooa .001 >sa 1040 ~
~~LOO~~
.Otl .OIS ~S Ol'1 Ut.ao Ik LN>> s>>R ~ .011 . ~ 04 ~ $ csa Slti\OI I000 saassy Ut.\I ~k SOD ttI ~ OOO ,000 040 ~ .OC>>C +sa 400)f Ut al>>, ~ ~ OO )kate>> tt )OL ~ Olt .Osi .0'lI .041 Vsi ~ vcl)IO ULal ~ IC>>t ~k SDO 4>>>> ~ .Dsi .Dot Vs) kl 10000 .00 ~ .0$ 0 I'aakt'l~ ~ 1tlallllt 4t-aI ~ tl SOO 40. ~ .Oli>> .DS) .041 .Oci +ss I.~ 4410 Itct t~ ~ >>a. C ~ CotCSL ~1 Ut tt Ut)0. ~ tal ~ 'oal ta $ 1'\ <t )Da .0)t Dk LOCA Oct I .0)4 .0)1 ,0)0 .0 SO .0)I .0$ 1 . ~ )s Vsa >)a 0 ~
~~I~ )00 SOIIla~~
~ lal Dk)14 1t )OL .Oll .Oll stsa CI ai00 .010 .010 OSO .0 ~ S Ut.tt ,400 ca too sFb ~ . ~ $0 .Da) a 44ltO
~ SAC Skca tsascsccs Usta)- OP% a Ilsc>>a scsvstt selt>> s)>>>>I>> oicaL ackvls Mc lllDLWIAAILAILtlN Olla > 'al>> stscLLLt>>CA gQO
~~~ Aktc )sac, llskt tla i,c)Locsco.kss. O ~~~
~~r " l. Dastts ~ I C40LIUI H P, ILS>>CA O~~
~~~ att>> 0 $ 4L)t)t Q ~~~
~~C aIL 0>>IAttl)cOUD ktt >>s ltsa>>~ C~~
~~.Ll'~~
~~4. VSICA ODIIOIAC>>t>>kt4>>t Q CttltOMUU tlN WkLLC>>t>>kt>>%0 I CltlkSL~~
~~~ vt>>csl l tlkcat scan tot ~~~
~~cvavkl>>ts soa s>>AI ~ c>> >>~ Ch IVUDAAAAIVISV>>ICIC>>D~~
~ DADSI MAAISCAVrlAlai WASIIINGTON PUBLIC POWEA SUPPLY SYSTEM Figure 2 AIL>>A'IAIAvnccktl CA& AAVIIlAII A>>vv I,A VAl ~Isa CI I fg>>44)LIS ~ ~
~~ILDI I I Ivv>>>>IALLC 4c lit>>I alv>>llt 'Lt1>> C>>L>>LSS lo>> c It>> ll I 4+jV~~
~
~~Ltt>>SO l>>>>il CO'Sll ~ L I>>AAAA LI+\ kpataa>>c 41 caclttktlsss IL)c>>)>> Ds V IDIM ~I (>>vl I vvvi'~~
%>>S ~I I ~ ~ I ~I ~ I>> VVV1>> >>All 5 ll )i IM.M>> 4ict lll Alv 4
PROC. NO. UTP-26 PAGE 23 FOLLOWING PAGE 24 NPS QTC1 10/79 Lambert ~ MacQ ill~ Thomas, Inc. ISO No. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal. No. Time Job No. 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408-297-8766 Page of
~~,RE PORT OP ULTRASON I C CALI BRAT "ION l~~
S Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level I G N Authorized Inspector Customer Instrument S/N ReCal Due Cable
'Recorder S/N ReCal Due Recorder S/N ReCal Due Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed 1 0 7 Si nal 2 Signal 2 shall equal 50% of Signal 1 f5% of full scale Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed Teste G Actual Value Signal amplitude must fall within listed values 'Transducers Index Angle Index Angle P
R 0 Procedure Rev. Date C Cal. Block Type Ref. Refl. Temp. Veri fication/Re f . B 1k. S/N Ref . Ref 1. Temp. DAC Cal. Check Time Instrument Settings 10 Gain Sweep Delay Re ect 0 Damp. N 10 2 4 6 Figure 3
REI= LUG EDGE DIRE.CTIC N iS REt=ERENCE MAX TOP VIEW ~ Q 0 aQ Z<NE
~~-m ~~~
PLOW REF DIR L-WAV'E SCAN 3 Q ~ cn Al lo vA~ER ANGLE BEAM g) 5 ~ O LuG SCAN 6 CCW 4 ~~ cD TRAhlSDOCKR ANGLE B Q) Ql L-WAVK SCAN 4 ZONK SCANNINC SCAN 5p Ilji ~ANGLE. BEAh4 M~ co g) e Io ~fy
~
~~SURFACE ,<O~ ( SCAN 7 C.W o cn~g~~
~~0) IQ cia)~~
~
PIPE, WALL ~ 0 '0 p p OP t'A 8 VW O 0 SOUND PATH 0 ~ H h) iO 0 ~ g R 0 Q ~ ELEVATION'IEW C) A '0 td Figure 4 CFI
PROC NO. UTP-26 PAGE 25 I FOLLOWING PAGE 26 WPS-UTX2 2/79 ISO No. Lambert ~ acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Report No.
~~~ Engineering ~ Seaice ~ Training eel.Ne.. Time Testing 771 East Brokaw Road Job No.~~
San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408-297-8766 REPORT OF VISUAL AND ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION I ISI No. Size Material S/N (s) T E Description M Location Preparation Tempe Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level Authorized Inspector Customer Tester 1 S/N S/N 0 U Recorder 1 S/N S/N I P Transducer 1 H E N Couplant Cable Marker Photo Calibration Procedure Rev. Examination Procedure Rev.
~~'Record Procedure Rev.~~
C Calib. Blk. Temp Ref . Ampe Swp. A L Ref. Gain Damp Reject Gate I B Alarm Hag. Tape Count Chart Cal. Check Time Cal. Ref. Blk. Ref. Rf,l'. Amp. Sweep Po'sition Scan Gain Ref . Dwg. Reject Level Report Level NAD ~ No apparent disc. L ~ Linear G ~ Geometry S ~ Spot H > Multiples Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. PT Visual 13 Base Hetal 14 15 10 16 17 12 18 Scan Descri tioh of Indications Figure 5
PROC. NO. UTP-26 PAGE 26 NPS-QAF-16 2 79 Job Lambert ~ M acG i ~ omas, Inc. Location Testing i Engineering ~ Senrice i Training 14030 Etvira Sf. Report No Saratoga. Ca. 95070 408-867.4109 Exam Date NOTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE INDICATION Part I- LMT Findin s LMT Job No. I.D. 0 ISO No. NDT Methods UT PT MT ET VT Descr p on o i In scat on: etc p otograp attac e es No Examxnatxon Re erence: S gnature o Examiner Cert' Leve Date: Signature o LMT Fxe Supervisor ate: Noti cation Ac now e ge y ates Client Re resentative: Part II - Re-examination F n angst S etc p otograp attac e Yes o Re-examination References Signature of Examiner/Certif. Level Date: Signature of LMT Supervisor Date: Closed Date: Client Representative Figure 6
PROC. NO. UTP 26 Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 27 Testing ~ Englneedng ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 28 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 ALLOWABLE PLANAR INDICATIONS Materials: Austenitic steels that meet the requirements of NB-2300 and specified yield strength of 50 ksi or less at 100 F Thickness Range: 0.62S in. and greater 2 Volumetric Examination Surface Examination Aspect Surface Subsurface Nominal Section Ratio, Indication, Indication Thickness, Indication a/L > a/4, %, a/4, in. Length, R, in. Preservice Examination Preservice Examination 0 2.9 3.7 0.625 to 2.0 3/16 0.05 -3 ~ 2 3. 8
0. 10 3.5 4.2 2.0 1/4 0.'5 3.8 4.6

0. 20 4.3 5.2 3.0 ~
~~1/4~~
0. 25 4.9 5.8

0. 30 5.5 6.6 4 ' 1/4

0. 35

0. 40 5.5 5.5 7.4 8.3 5.0 '/4 0.45 5.' 9.3 0.50 5.5 10. 3 6.0 and over 1/4 Inservice Examination Inservice Examination

0. 4.3 5.5 to 1.5 0.25 0.05 4.8 5 ~ 7

0. 10 5.2 6.3 2.0 0. 3.

0. 15

0. 20 5.7 6.4 6.9 7.8 4'.625 3.0 0. 45 0.25 7.3 8.7

0. 30 8.2 9.9 4.0 0.6

0. 35 8.2 8.2 ll.
~~12. 1 5.0 0.75~~
0. 40 4

0. 45 8.2 13. 9

0. 50 8.2 15. 6.0 and over 0.9 NOTES:
(1) For intermediate flaw aspect. ratios a/L, and thickness 4, linear interpolation is permissible. (2) Where support section thickness varies, the average thickness over the length of the indication is the section thickness.. (3) The total depth of the subsurface indication is 2a. Figure 7
Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. P ROC. PAGE F
~~~ NO. UTP -2 6 Testinp ~ Enplneerlnp ~ Senrice ~ TraJntnp 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 RE VIS ION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/8~~~
ALLOWABLE PLANAR INDICATIONS Materials: Austenitic steels that meet the requirement of minimum yield strength of 35 ksi or less at 100 F temperature. Thickness Range: 0.625 in. and greater. Surface Examination Nominal Section Thickness, 4, in. Indication Length, L, in. Preservice Examination
0. 625 to 2. 0 3/16 2.0 and over 1/4 Inservice Examinatiop 0.625 to 1.0 0.20
~~.1.0 to 2.0 0.25 2.0 to 3 0.45 0.65 0'.0 and over NOTE:~~
Where support section thickness varies, the average thickness over the length of the indication is the section thickness. Figure 8
Date 1/8/79 Revision 0 MNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATE R (Purposely left blank)
Date 1/8/79 Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATE R (Purposely left blank)
Da te 1/8/79 Revision 0 MNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATER (Purposely left blank)
~ I
~
~~I.t1'l'-r.)hI'- I 7 1 2/7 8~~
~~~ ~ ~~~
LambeIrt o MacG ill o Thomas, inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. UTP->4 Revision No. Procedure Title Beam Spread and Refracted An le Determinations LMT, Xnc. QA Review and Approval ( ality Assurance Officer) Client Approval /<g. o 8 Authorized Nuclear Inspector Approval Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date
~~-zl 7~~
~~WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS ISI KNGINKKR DATE WNP~~
~~02. i~-?9- se CONTRACT NO+~~
~~'-i<fox. TITLE PS% 5 v(, S g NS~S 4 ~~< 4TeA Quo(wa CONTRACTOR L.~ Z,wc.~~
DOCUMENT TITLE REVS KTP- /5 rB ceca 4 v e ~ II I'REVIOUSLY RKVIKWKD YKS @NO (DATE IF VKS) 1) g,0 PRKVIOUSI Y APPROVKD YKS Q NO (DATE IS YES) 0 g,O REASONS FOR RK.SUBMITTAI (I PREVIOUSLY APPROVKD) ( DISPOSITION 0 0 00 Iu VI 0 I g AEVIEWEA )0 0"
~
~~Ql 0 4! Z~ ld U~~
~
~~C Xg y, Vl~~
~~'K gC VC 0~~
~~SUPf RVISQRi ISI ANQ OPERATIONS SUPPORT ENGIN~~
/z/z Y/8v R pQ~~~i'~ ~ i 7- I ~iNh PR CT ENGINEERING MANAGER/PLANTTECMNICAl SUPKRVI R ~ r r J4/P I NDEs RAT E IC dt's A AG Re G ALITVSERVICES NOTKS1COMMKNTSc ~C ~W ~CW WP 74'DP $ .4
~~~ ~ ~~~
~~t (4 jr, )Jl~~
~, a ~ " ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~o g S e s e t I~~
~ ~ ~ y, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~a ~ ~ 0~~
~~~ ~ I 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~0 0 ~ ~~~
~~~ ~~~
~~0 ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~~ s ~~~
~
0 0 ~ ~ P ~ p /j
PROC. NO. UTP-14 Lambert Maoa ill~ Thomas, Inc. o PAGE 2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLONZNG PAGE 3 771 East Broke w Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 12/5/80 408-2S7- B766 XX. REFERENCES A. A licable Code Edi tions
~~1. This procedure complies with the applicable requirements of Appendix I, Section XI, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1974 Edition, Summer 1975 Addenda.~~
~~B. Su lemental References~~
1. SNT-TC-1A, 1975 Edition, "Recommended Practice for the Establishment of Personnel Qualification and Certification Programs. "

2. LMT, Inc., Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel."

3. LMT, Inc., Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Rev. 12, approved for the RNP-2 Pre-Service Inspection by WPPSS.
IZI. DEFINITIONS None
Lambert o MseQill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 3 NO. UTP 14 Testing ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East; Brokaw Road San Jose. Ca. 9511.2 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE, 12/5/80 IV. RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so 'indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LNT, or his designated Level XII alternate, LHT, shall qualify the procedure for a particular examination. V. PROCEDURE QUALIFICATXON I The procedure shall be qualified for specific examina-tions, personnel, and equipment by performing and documenting a beam spread and refracted angle determination. VX .. PERSONNEL REQUXREMENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall h'ave levels of qualifications as per the Referencing Procedure Qua lification.
PROC. NO. UTP-14 Lamberto MacGilto Thomas, inc. PAGE 4 FOLLOWING PAGE 5 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 12/5y80 40S - 297- S766 VX. B. Personnel shall be qualified and certified according to the requirements of ASME XI, SNT-TC-lA, and QA-6, "Qualification and Certification LMT,'nc.,Procedure of NDE Personnel." VXI. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment and materials shall conform to the requirements of the Referencing Procedure. VXIX'. PREPARATION A. Documentation, Physical, and SurKace preparations shall be as specified by the applicable require-ments of the Referencing Procedure. IX. LIMITATIONS A. This procedure is based on ASME Nuclear Requirements; I it may not be applicable to military, API, or AWS requirements without modification.
~~~ r~~~
~~r ~ 0 ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ~~~
P
~~~ ~ 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~r ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~- ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~I ~~~
~~~ 0 ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~~~
~~0 ~ 0 ~~~
~~~ ~ 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ - ~ ~-~~
~~~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~
~~0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~~~
0
~~~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ~~~
~~~ ~~~
~~I ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~0 0 0~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ' - ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~0 ~~~
~~~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0~~
Lambert o Macoill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 9 NO. UTP-14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 12/5/80 408" 297-8766 XI. B. 2. (2) (a) set the "step" in the baseline to the "0" sweep location. (b) Press 1st, beam angle, depth, and 20 pushbuttons. (c) Adjust D-1 Control as required to lock the range gate onto the T/4 signal. (d) Adjust ZERO Control to set the digital panel meter reading to the hole depth. (Block surface to hole centerline.) (3) Position- the-search'nit for maximum response amplitude from the 3T/4 hole. (a) Adjust the D-1 Control as required to lock the range gate onto the 3T/4 signal. (b) Adjust the CAL Control to set the digital panel meter reading to the hole depth. (Block surface to hole centerline.)
PROC. NO. UTP-14 Lamberto MacGillo Thomas, lnc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining 771 East Brokaw Road PAGE 10 FOLLOWING PAGE ll REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. S5112 408-2S7- 8766 DATE 12/5/80 XI. B. 2. a) (4) Repeat the applicable portions of the above steps as required until the digital panel meter indicates the proper depth for the T/4 and 3T/4 (or 5T/4, if applicable. ) b) Perform beam spread determination as follows: (1) Position the search unit for the maximum response amplitude from the T/4 hole (amplitude equal to DAC). (2) Depress the D pushbutton. (3), Record the panel meter reading and sweep position (maximum) . (4) Increase the 131D sensitivity by 2X., (5) Reposition the search unit such that the T/4 hole is not detected. (6) - Move the search unit toward the T/4 . hole until the response amplitude comes to the DAC 1'ine. (7) Record the panel meter reading and sweep position (leading).
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~0 ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 0 0 0~~
~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~0 ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ - I- ~ - ~-~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ \~~
~~~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
0
~~~ ~ ~ ~~~
0 ~
PROC. NO. UTP-14 Lambert o MacGill Thomas, Inc. o PAGE 12 Testing ~ Engineefing ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 13 771 East Brokaw Road REVIS ION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 12/5/80 40S -297- 8766 XI. C. 1. b) Position the angle beam search unit for maximum response amplitude from the 3T/4 c) Measure the distance, along the block surface(s), from the 3T/4 SDH to the search unit incident (index) point. d) Calculate the refracted angle as, follows: (1) 6 = arctan (~)
~~2. The following alternate method may be used to calculate the refracted angle:~~
a) Measure the distance from the UNCLAD block surface to the 3T/4 SDH centerline(d). NOTE: This dimension is shown on the a ro riate WPPSS as-built. UT Calibration Block drawin b) On the 131D, depress the appropriate beam angle pushbutton and SOUNDPATH.
~ ~
~~~ ~~~
0 0 0
PROC. NO. UTP-14 Lambert ~ Macaill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Trcrining FOLLOWING PAGE 1 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. S5112 408-2S7-8766 DATE 12/5/8 0 XIII. B. Refracted An le
~~1. Complete all appropriate data, relating to the refracted angle determination on the "Report of Ultrasonic Beam Spread and Refracted Angle Determination" form (Figure 1) .~~
XIV. REVIEW A. Beam Spread Determination reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LMT Level III examiner for conformity to the requirements of this procedure. B. Following the LMT Level III review, the reports. shall be appended to 'the appropriate Report of, Ultrasonic Calibration and transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the ANI.
PROC. NO. UTP-14 Lambert o MacQ illo Thomss, Inc. PAGE 15 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE F 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 12/5/80 408-297-8766 XV. DOCUMENTATICN STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the XSX
~
Field Coordinator. Additional reports which may include examination documentation as reference shall be generated from copies. 'aterial B. Field Storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the LMT Field Supervisor, his designated repre-sentatives, WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.
REFCI T CF O'TP'"-QNIC 2="~V SPREES AiF<CTEt At.ALE DETEhtAINATICf0 VERT. FLAN E 2=".~i~'> AN-', w ) BE. wM 0
~~~ fQ I A~~
oQ
~~~1 O~~
~~Sl B= ARCTAN iD Ng 4 = S~-S~ g) foal lQ Gl ~~~
~~+ C Q)Ul ~ Z LEADlNQ -raA~ LiNG R gg BEAM u ~~~
~~REFL MAX lD~ e~~
~~~e SAP Mp 51 Swp MP S~ SwP 'V ~ ~~~
~~Q) 0>A fg Q.O g o N I C~~
~~>C I~~
LA
1 Oate 1/8/79 Revision 0 HNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATE R (Purposely left blank)
e I)
/
~~LMT-QAF-17 Thomas, Inc. 12/78'smbem 4o Testing ill MacG o Engineering~~
~~~ ~ SeNice ~ Trafning 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766'NP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. UTP-30 Revision No. '~~
Procedure Title MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF REACTOR h AND HEAD BUTT WELDS LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval i-ig-P Quality Assurance Officer) I Client Approval >5 8 ~~ & qv-Authorized Nuclear Inspector Approval Specific 'Qualification Record Component Examiners Date j-z7-S RP eat I- z7-S'J LL I-27-Pl q lg-Il I-27-S'I N. vtORSQ/ R >T I- 3o-j, pit LE /Q b, 41cHE9
I% Ifl
~~'r P 0,~~
~~'3VASHINGTON PUBLIC POPOVER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIE%'F COIIfTRACTOR SVBINIITTALS~~
~~( OATK 0< ISI KNGINEER~~
~~+gP /-9o- 8/~~
TITI E CONTRACT. NO. C-/99o~ Ps~ <BTviceg Co~ N 555'w 3 g Ass~i ke blue v4 CONTRACTOR QOCUMKNT TITLE REVe Hall 444I Q/+PCS'CHIC GXRlsal844dH 00 Cr+Ot Ve ~ d'I Yc,u~ Ce~s RI'~l u& IVKjJS PRKVIOUSLY REVIEWED @YES @NO IOATKIF YES) C)C t. ~O fq C WPCM X,-90 "P7) PREVIOUSLY APPROVKO RjYKS @NO (DATE IF YES) I ~o gJ RKASONS FOR RE SUBMITTALIIF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) cc stow VX on A'-> soHiie l e UI Ye o OISPOSITION d vl d d od W I Ql ~ 0 Zg REVIEWER
~~.,0 OO C 4~~
QJ U C 0l K L o.~ I OI UC d SUPERVISOR, Sl ANO OPERATIONS SUPPOR EN INE R PRO E ENGINEERI G eR MANAGER Pl ANT TECHNICAL SUPERVISOR 2 SUP R G ERATION ER ICE MA ER, b Z r4. en 84 NOTES/COMMENTSl ANT CC CeHeurvLI ~: WP 70K EQP 9.0
, l%1t f
LNT-QAF8- 9/80 Lambert o MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. Testlnp ~ Enpineerlnp ~ Service ~ Tralnlnp 771 East Brokaw Road Ssn Joss,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 FIELD CHANGE RECORD Procedure No. UTP-50 Field Change No. l Procedure Title rurjA Lac a Sou r C uA7/Ou 6 CAc c~ C~v. t2.F~ ( AwJ Z nt ~pC u Ec4$ Revision No. Date o ra 0 LMT, Inc. Approval Date Client Approval Date J-2-9'- 3/ Procedure Change: 4cjl F r ore s, ZO8 ZO 9 2G C 205 q~1 ZQEC A ('verdict'a P o Jl go~ Leo. OK) 6 ot bMc vier ANJ 5 u 4I r 6 I. ti 4rhh~o< l k ~ 2 Flu
I
~~;P '4, AL r d~~
4
AVASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM RE'VIE% OF COi lTRACTOR SUBIIIITTALS GATE WNP ISI ENGINEER
~~~ ~~~
I- 2-'7-8/ CONTRACT NO. C.-/9 o ~ CONTRACTOR TITI.K Ps@'~ ~ N s's'v 5olc I v IlC e'er CH7 OOCUMENT TITLE REVa 4'TP- 3o F)e/ 3 I.Pm a g) CiVCII491 % fIC I LOR /4 l uH mellS'RCVIOUSLY REVIEWED g YES
~~@NO IOATK IP YKS) i g + 8b PRKVIOUSLY APPROVEO g YES Q NO REASONS POR RK.SU8MITTAL IIP PREVIOVSLY APPROVEO)~~
~~{OATK I P YES) / ~O g / Ilwf t g/0 (gf LfRH Lfceg 14 Y LI h s. n)gid4 (.~Ce ~~~
~k~ a (( "V e." /;4 OISPOSITION REVIEWER 'l 4 44 )OOW vl 4 I
~~Z gX~~
~ .4 gV C C g 0 Xl-0 c. Ml 4 I-E VE / zf 8'f SUPCRVISOR, ISI ANO OP RATIONS SUPPORT ENGINE A PRO Aj g, CT KNGIN ERING MAN GER/PLANT TECHNICAL SUPERVISOR TION EAVIC ! gP UP ~ GEN IP/.
MA AGER, QUALITYSERVICES NOTES/COMMENTS> ANT'(ZQ ~~c<<rre WP 702 EOP 9.0
ply 4- QhsC MaThc PKKPBQ bl c,uL.a g. p A,khLL.Q < 4.<~- A.tbuih.a,h ldSibE E)Hhhl <AMO~
~~'VQLO ME'e p'EY (p,O =~~
c~n~li(. l I o gzv I oq~o QQ o ll gl py 20" ( f4 ~~~K'RSOMi~ ExeHivnz>ov ov BOTTOM HERO DOLLAR Q~ T06E1HER FIG 208
CAl . Bg.Ol'-K UY- //Q 1 l j EXT&I0 E'X/}H)NA'7IQH'S pgR. R'3 GgouGTRY PE'6'm Ir3 ~Au'$Pc/can'O HRINTAhv'oNlAc.r I lb/'~ UV RhSONK'. CXaMlhlATlQM oF N07'tLE TO TOP HE'AQ WELD'o c.
~~~p$~~
jyz~P~
tl 0 REv 6 Qg', CoO Q+ ULTRA Soa tc Q'RNI QATlQhl of iOP HE.RD F'ADlAL R. wosc.THER
t pzF; bwa; C8(r >~~5-)7 tt 0
)
~~C.R< ~3LOc.<', UT-il(o ~W~~
~~@07 C-; 'THIS SC Ado'G~~
~~('quiecz + fv/1 ""Vee" I Qg~t GraT>O~ 0~~
~~&CDJ-q5 J. yh 6xTGN0 EXRM/NR7 zoH gS F4a aS 8e~~~A)'g~~~
~~gyp Igp&SOc/c8C o 0'= TC3 HRw rwrN Qorvrh<7~~
~~~o,(g I~~
~~I t~~
~~~ B4sG HETRL o~~
I I J Peg pe.n/ 0 i c.uc.AR ~c4N I I PPR.Ru.ec. SCRN I I I I QEY- RGQUtRKD ~xq~)~g~]0N I VoLVMG ULTRRSONIC Eg/IRIAIATIOA'ERD TQ FLAN'66 M/ELQ I=t e. 2oE
~~~ I/8 II Or.,~~
~~C.o'J O'EV q5;m'=~~
~~+5o~~~
~~Go<~~
~~+ l3/sE bf E7"Ac 0 + ~ pKR,F'Khfbl cut. AR.~~
t
~~'pg~glpeg gcA~~~
~~QE'V - pCQuiRcb EgRMIPC3 77 QM YOc use"~~
~~'EXAYIIMAT)OM QF ULTR'A SON IC TOP HERD PADlllI. P. TO DOLLAR R.~~
~~Fice F ~0~~
~~'i/ ~P~~~
~~MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF REACTOR VESSEL AND HEAD CURCUMFER-ENTIAL AND LONGITUDINAL BUTT WELDS Procedure No. UTP-30 Revision No. 2 January 27, 1981~~
~~~ ~~~
I
~~~ ~~~
~~I I~~
~~~ ~~~
~~0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ I } I '~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~I ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~~~
~~I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 2 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 3 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 D ATE 1/2 7/81 B. 2. a) detect r ef1ectors which may interfere with the angl e beam exam1nat1ons; b) All welds and one-half t of the base metal beyond each edge of the weld shall receive a 45'nd 60'ngle beam examination, and a beam examination; 0'traight c) Other angles may be used where wall thickness or geometric configuration impedes eff'ective use of 45'nd 60'ngle beam examination. REFERENCES A. Th1s procedure is 1n compl1ance with the applicable port1ons of the foll owing r eference documents:
1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1974 edition., and all addenda through Summer,1975.

2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing; a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A, June 1975, "Personnel t}ualification and Cert)ficat1on in Nondestruct1ve Testing."

3. a) LHT Procedure (}A-6, "l}ualification and Certifi-cation of-NDE Personnel."
b) LNT Operating and l}uality Assurance Manual, Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection by WPPSS.
Lambert o MacG ill o Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 3 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 77'4 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 951'42 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE I/27/8I III ~ DEFINITIONS t ~ Weld thickness T Calibration block thickness 44 Sonic beam angle in metal a 01 scont1nuity dimens1on normal to. the surface I IV. RESPONSIBIlITY A. The 'Technical Manager, LHT, Inc. i s responsible'or the generation and control of this procedure and shall so indicate by. a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LHT, or h1s designated Level III alternate, LHT, shall qual1fy the procedure for a particular examination. V. PROCEDURE UAL IF ICATION The procedure shall be qual1f1ed for speci f1c examinations, personnel, and equi pment by perform1ng and document1ng a successful calibration. V I. PERSONNEL RE UIREHENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of t qualification as per the Procedure gualification. B. As a minimum, examination teams shall consist of one Level I I ex'aminer and One Level I exam1ner, or one
~~~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~I I~~
~~~ ~~~
~~0 0 0~~
~~~ ~ I I ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
I
~
~~I ~~~
~~~ I ~ ~ ~ e ~ I~~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - ~ I . ~ ~ ~ ~
~~I '. ~ ~~~
\ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ < ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~
Lambert ~ MacQ ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 5 UTP-30 Testing ~. Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 85112 REVISION: 2 408-297- 8766 OATE I/27/81 VI I. C. 1. A record of cal fbratfon shall be ava11able at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.
0. Search units shall be certified by the manufacturer as to essent1al propert1es, including bandwidth, damping, center frequency within 10% of nominal, and relative gain.

1. A record of search unit prqpertfes shall be ava11-able at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.
w
2. The angle beam search unit'wedges shall be chel:ked prior to each day's use to determine actual beam angle 1n metal when checked on a standard reference block, such as an IIW or DSC. The actual beam angle shall be recorded and shall be 45'2', or 60'3'o be acceptable for 1n1tfal or further use. Other beam angles shall be wfthfn x3'f their nomfnal value.

3. The results of examinations performed w1th angle beam search units which meet the above requirements are acceptable prov1ded the search unit beam angle on s,ubsequent checking is within +3'f the nom1nal angle. Should this tolerance not be met on subse-quent checking, determination of the need for re-examination shall be made and the basis for the decfs1on documented.
~~Lambert ~ I acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testinp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service 771 East Brokaw Road~~
~ Troininp PROC. -UTP-30 PAGE 6 FOLLOWING PAGE 7 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 VI I. D. 4. Search units shall be selected according to Table l.
Additional search units may be used for evaluation or in unusual circumstances; however, such use shall be documented by an approved Field Change to this procedure as per LMT, Inc. equality Assurance Proce-dure gA-6, "Procedure Generation and Control." Materia L-Wave Exam An le Beam Exam Th c ness ze re uenc Size Fre uenc An e I Over 2.5" .5" to 2 to 2-1/4 5 II x] II 1 MHz to 45'nd 1 I MHz to '2-1/4 MHz 1 5 "xl 5" 60 Table 1 E. Couplant materials shall be as low as practicable in sulfur and halogen content. Certification shall be pro-vided on a batch number basis for each brand name of couplant. Analysis for halogens and sulfur shall be made according to ASTM D-129-64 and ASTM D-808-63.
~~1. Residual halogens and sulfur shall not exceed 1% by weight.~~
2.. Certification, by batch number, for each batch of couplant used, shall be maintained on file at the jobsite~for WPPSS audit. F. Calibration blocks shall be WPPSS Calibration Blocks UT-115, UT-116, UT-117, UT-118, UT-119, UT-120 and UT-121, as applicable. These blocks are shown in Fig-ures 1 through 7.
Lambert o MacQill o Thomas, Inc. PROC PAGE
~
7 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS ION 2 40B - 297-8766 0 ATE 1/27/81 VI I. F. 1. The identity of the calibration block shall be re-corded on each calibration and examination record. V II I. PREPARATION A. Oocumentation
~~1. The following preliminary documentat1on requirements~~
~~'hall be reviewed by the ezaminer with the WPPSS ISI 4~~
Field Coordinator before beginning any exam'ination aa program,: a) Procedure and gual 1 fication b) Calibration Sheets c) Inspection Reports d) Material and Equ1pment Cert1fications e) Personnel Certif1cations f) NRC Form 4 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) g) NRC Form 5 (Operating Nuclear Plants Only) h) Status Indicators (Hold Tags)
~~1) Radiation Work Permits (when applicable)~~
~~B. ~Ph sical~~
~~1. The fol lowing physical preparat1on requ1rements shal l be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS IS I Field Coordinator before spec1fic examinat1ons are performed:~~
~~a) Insulat1on removal~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~~~
~~I I t ~ e 0 0 0 I ' I ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ I ~ ~
~~I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ I ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~~ ~~~
~~0 ~ I I~~
~~~ ~~~
~~0 0 0~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ~ I ', ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I '. ~ ~ ~ ~, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-30 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 11 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 X. B. 2. b) response with Table 2 to determine i,ts accepta-bility. Estimate system response to +1% of calibrated full scale. c) Position the search unit to obtain a 40% of fu'll scale echo on the calibrated screen. d) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 6 dB. :Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptability'. Esti-
~~~a mate s'stem response to +ll of calibrated full screen.~~
e) Position the search unit to obtain a 20% of full scale echo on the- calibrated screen. f) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptability. Estimate system response to +1% of calibra'ted full scale. g) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Calibration Report form (Figur e.8). Indication Gain Indication Tolerance Set Chan e Limits 80% -6 dB, 32% to 48% 80% -12 dB 16% to 24% 40% +6 dB 64% to 96% 20% +12 dB 64% to 96% Table 2
Lambert o MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-30 ll Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOMING PAGE 12 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS ION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 X. C. Strai ht 8eam Examination Calibration
1. Calibration shall be per formed on the basic calibra-tion block appropriate for the weld and thickness to be examined {see the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection Program> Plan and also Figures 1 through 7) whose temperature fs within 25'F of that of the component to be examined.

2. Sweep Range Calibration H
~
Position the responses from the 1/4t and 3/4t ') side drilled calibration holes at the second and sixth screen divisions of the tester hori-zoptal scale. b) If calibration is performed using a block whose thickness is not the same as that of the mate-rial being examined the responses should be positioned so that at least 1-1/4t of the mate-rial under examination is displayed on the tester screen. a
~~3. Distance Amplitude Correction a), Position the transducer to obtain the maximum response from the side dr illed hole giving the highest amplitude signal.~~
Lambert~ Macoillo Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 12 UTP-30 Testinp ~ Enplneerinp ~ Service ~ Tralninp FOLLOW I NG PAGE ]3 771. East Brokaw Road REV I S ION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408 -297- B766 DATE I /2 7/81 X. C'. 3. a) (I) Set this response,to 80% of ful l screen height. Mark the response po1nt on the tester screen. (2) Wi thout further adjusting the gain, obta1n and mark on the screen the responses from the other two staggered side drilled cali-bration holes. I b) Connect the responses from the hol es w'ith a smooth curve w'hich shall terminate when the s1gnal-to-no1se ratio is less than four. This 1s the Primary Reference Response. c) Obtain, record, and mark on the tester screen the response of th'e I/8-inch s1de drilled hole in an IIW-2 block or the combination of the ampl1tude response of the No. 5 hole- 1n a Rompas block and the last two responses from the curved surface range reference reflectors; 1 .e., at least one inch and four 1nches, or two 1nches and five inches. This step is optional
~~. at the examiner's discretion.~~
~~D. An le Beam Test Calibration~~
~~l. Vertical beam spread measurements for each trans-ducer are:required at the beginn1ng 'of the Pre-service and .each Inservice Inspection. These~~
Lamberto MacGillo Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 13 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 14 77'I East Srokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 1/2 7/81 'ATE X. D. 1. measurements shall be performed in accordance with LMT,Procedure UTP-14.
2. Calibration shall be performed on the bas1c calibra-t1on block appropriate for the weld and thickness to be examined (see the WNP-2 Preserv1ce Inspect1on Program Plan and also Figures 1 through 7) whose temperature is within 25'F of that of the component to be examined.

3. Sweep Range Calibration a) Position the responses from the l/4t and the 3/4t side drilled calibration holes at the second and sixth screen divisions of the tester horizontal scale.
4 ~ Distance Amplitude Correction a) Position the transducer to obtain the max1mum response from the side drilled calibration hole g1ving the h1ghest amplitude signal. (1) Set this response to 80% of full screen height. Mark the response point on the tester screen. (2) Without further adjusting the gain, obta1n and mark on the screen the respon'se from the other two 1n-line s1de drilled calibra-tion holes.
Lambert o MacGill o Thomas, Inc. PROC PAGE
.. UTP-30 14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 15 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 X. D. 4. b) Connect the responses from the holes with a smooth curve which shall terminate when the signal-to-noise ratio is less than four. This is the Primary Reference Response.
c) If calfbratfon is performed using a block whose thickness is not the same as that of the mqterial being examined, as in tapered areas, the responses should be positioned so 'that at least 1/2 "Yee" path of the'thicker section is displayed on the tester screen. d) Without further adjusting the gain, position the transducer for maximum response from the planar reflectors (notch) on the near and far surface. Hark these responses on the tester screen at 0 and 8 sweep divisions, respect-i vely. e) Without further adjusting the gain, obtain, record, and mark on the tester screen the response in both near and far positions, of the 1/8-inch side drilled hole in an IIW-2 block or the combination of the amplitude response of the No. 5 hole in a Rompas block and the last two responses from the curved surface range
Lambert o MacGill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-30 15 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 X. 0. 4. e) reflector s; i.e., at least one inch and four 1nches, or two 1nches and five inches, if used. XI. PERFORHANCE A. Calibration
~~1. Cal1bration shall be verifi,ed before and after"each~~
~~'xamination, with any change in test person'nel, and I~~~
~~at interval s not to exceed four hour s,~~
~
2. With any change 1n test personnel, and at the begining and ending of each day's examinations, ver1fication shall be made us1ng the basic block responses. Before and after each exam1nation, and at 1ntervals not to exceed four hours, verification sha'll be made using the basic block responses ot the verification block response, as per Paragraph X.D.4.e).

3. A response within 2 dB and 5% of the original verti-cal and hor1zontal screen values respectively shall be cons1dered proof of cal1brat1on.
~~Any examinat1on that has been performed in a non-calibrated condition shall be repeated.~~
~~5. Record the time(s) at which verification is per-formed on the Cal1bration Report form (Figure 8).~~
Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 16 UTP-30 Testinp ~ Enpineerinp ~ Service ~ Troininp 17 FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East B roka w R oad San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297- 8766 DATE 1/2 7/81 XI. 0
1. Scanning sensitivity shall be twice (2x) that of the Primary Reference Response.

2. Penetration of straight beam energy shall be veri-fied by{beefer a back surface echo, where geometry per-mits.
~~C ~ ~Covera e to Scan Pl an graw1ngs, F1 goree 9 through 20, and Reactor Figures 21 through 24)~~
~
1. Where practical, the weld and a zone at least t/2 on either side of the weld, measured from the edge of the weld, shall be examined by an angle beam at 45'nd 60', in both perpendicular and parallel direc-tions.

2. The weld and the t/2 zones on either side of the weld shall be examined with a calibrated straight beam.

3. The material through which angle beams pass shall be scanned with a straight beam, maintaining a 50% to 80% back reflection amplitude, where geometry permits.

4. Overlap between parallel scans shall be nominally 15% and in no case shall be less than 10%.
~~D. Directions~~
~~l. Each angle beam scan perpendicular to the weld shall cover at least t/2 + t(TanS) inches on each side of~~
l.ambert MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 17 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 18 FOLLOW I NG PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297-8766 D ATE 1/2 7/81 X I. D. 1. the weld. For a beam angle of 45'his distance is 1.5t and for 60'his distance is 2.25t.
~~2. Each angle beam scan parallel to the weld shall cover at least t/2 inches each side of the weld.~~
E. Scannin S eed Scanning speed shall not exceed four inches per second. F. Limitations, Physical or other limitations that prevent full'ompli-ance with the requirements of this procedure shall be
~~. recorded on the Examination Report form, Figure 25.~~
~~G. -Automatic Alarms Automatic alarms or recording may be used as an aid to the examiner. XII. EVALUATION A. Recordable Indications~~
1. Any indication that exceeds 20% of the reference level shall be recorded.

2. Any planar indication exceqding the amplitude of the calibration planar notch shall be recorded.

3. Clad interface and back wall reflections shall not be recorded.
I
~~$ ~ The extent and location of aminar ref ectors found 1 1 by straight beam scanning (XI.C.3) that might inter-fere with angle beam examination shall be recorded.~~
Lambert o MacQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 18 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 19 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 XI I ~ A. 4. Record all areas giving indications equal to or greater than the remaining back reflection. B. Methods
1. Indication recording is based on the scheme of reference points as shown in Figure 26, Refer to WPPSS drawings RPV 101 and. RPV 102 (Figures 23 and

24) for weld numbers, elevations, and angular orien-r tati on.
a) Depth data shall be obtained from successive scans perpendicular to the indication with a minimum 10% effective transducer width overlap, and data taken between the 20'X DAC points. b) Length data shall be taken between 20% DAC points. c) Record the following data for each scan perpen-dicular to the indication: (1:) Maximum amplitude (% DAC) with correspond-ing range to the indication (inches) and search unit position; search unit direc-tion. (2) Twenty percent of DAC points with associa-ted range. (3) Length of reflector.
Lambert + MacQ ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE 19 FOLLOWING PAGE 20 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REV I S ION 2 408- 297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 XI I ~ C. Evaluation Crfteria
1. Any indication exceeding 50% of the primary refer-ence df stance ampl ftude curve shall be evaluated by the examiner {as in XII.B.l except at 50% DAC) to determine the extent, size,'ocation and shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be included on the .potfffcatfon of Reportable Indication form (Figure 27), and on the Ultrasonic Indfcatf'on Data Tabulation (Figure 28).
D. Acce tance Criteria Acceptance criteria contained in Paragraph IWB-3510 and IWB-3511 of ASNE Section XI, l974 edition, addenda through'Summer 1975, are summari'zed in the tables drawn in Figures 29 and 30. XIII. RECORDS A A Report of Visual and Ultrasonic Examination (Fig-ur e 25) shall be prepared for each item examined, and shall be related to a Report of Ultrasonic Calibration (Figure 8). B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of all angle and calibrated straight beam examinations.
~~1. Chart records used fn indication analysis shall utilize two channels, one corresponding to verti-cal deflection of the tester signal and the other to hori zontal .~~
~~~ ~~~
~~P P~~
~~~ ~~~
~~0 0 0 ~ I I~~
~ ~ ~ ~ P 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ I I 'I '. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~I ~ ~ ~ ~~~
~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~~ I ~ ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~
~~I ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~~~
Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 21 UTP-30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 22 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca, 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297-8766 DATE I /2 7/81 XI I I. C. 2. Each nozzl e-to-shell weld shall have a minimum of one set of reference marks on the shell at each of the nozzle cardinal points. The reference marks, stamped,'ith low stress stamps, are located 6, 6-1/2 and 7 inches from the edge of the original weld preparation in the plate only and shall be at inter-vals as shown in Figure 33. The orientation of top h head nozzles is shown in Figure 34.
3. Nozzle-to-safe end and weld neck flange welds have reference marks, made with low stress stamps,. on the outside of the nozzle forging at a standard distance of 6, 6-1/2 and 7 inches from the edge of the origi-nal weld preparation. These distances are measured along the surface with a flexible rule marking intervals corresponding to those used for nozzle-to-vessel welds having equivalent cutout diameters.

4. Vessel longitudinal and girth seams are marked according to the conventions established in Fig-ll ure 35.

0. Other types of recording, such as event or alarm moni-tori ng, may be used as an aid to the examiner wher e feasible.
Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 22 UTP-30 Testlnp ~ Enpineerlnp ~ Service ~ Troininp FOLLOWING PAGE 23 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. S5112 REVISION 2 408- 2S7-8766 DATE 1/2 7/81 XIV. A. REVIEW Examination reports shall be subject to review by an assigned IHT Level III examiner for conformity to the requirements of this procedure. B. Following the final LHT review, the reports will be transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for I review by WPPSS and the Authori:zed Nuclear Inspect6r. 4 XV. DOCUHENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shad become the 1 property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the IS'I Field Coord-inator. Additional reports which may. include examina-tion documentation as reference'material shall be generated from copies. B. Field storage facilities shall. provide a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the LHT Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSS representatives and the'uthorized Nuclear Inspector.
I'J L V V Afd A III C I dlf'/<<' hW/Arf rvrfA// .It' ~ JI Jl I I,'I ~ / Id/ I I
~
~~I . I/.7~~
. II; Ill IP ~ .C 1 I .Ifd ~ OI h I' ~ '1 I I
~~t . IIP I I/~~
~
~~h 9-0-II ~ I ld .If Cd tf II jft I IP~~
~
~~II I l/ Ir IC~~
~~-~o-II ~~~
~~fD I I I~~
~/fvrrA,CCC . IS It/
s I IC ,It/ I f/ldvvr I) . It/
/AI rrr I I ~ I tf /tv I utu<<rls A 8 ~ rs wrcr fr/,III<<
~~IIA v'//I Pl'f'ICC td~~
.JTJ I. VV . I/o .off I tC Arprrt/
lrA.VIDlr//Jrfjfrdu/utlf I. /rDIJ/cAfo jc'r/Ar ftrvrrt/l; Idlurrfrfpfrdu ICAAIJ rAI/a/IAI/fhr.tfJrr. Clhr Aff.~h ~ t foc fAJc cA.vlv.sAI/fc Ac.ll /I/ ArrA/n, rrrrr,vr rrv/rr vt /I//. vJ
~
~~II II I ~ ~ I II 4W J our/os//rr cvAIA ff I dv JA//Cd///Al r Ilv/C Jl Jlvrl: ~ f t II rr/f rlflr/r<<lur<</I J./cr. I I I I II II I II~~
~
Cl
~~~ ~ 'I II I ~~~
0- 0" f. Alc D /tlur/t vl Ar//r//ArrwrA I! II I /A/dr Jrdlcl rdr <<o c pl g I
~~~ ~~~
LI Ll /pufa AvfA/pl rf f<<rr I AIIC/c/AI sf/el dh sl lcd cr I I fllrJdl/JACAolrf rrftll tl Jtrrhvl/AI l<<N fd /JI<<
~
I I jlAAI/OJrllt Jf//CAJ I Ss J///AAC/AAhl/Au%'AI/S fh ~ .SI fp ~ ICI I/I ~ jr/ I Ivur- r I//.Irs I
~~~ %'II I ~~~~
~~I~ II OP% PAO~~
~~~ ~~~~
I~
~~ ~~ I~ IAfrÃA/dlAAfWAP II II I I ~I olfrAAC/A/Af/CCAC&JI/'/i 0 ~
z
~
~~I~ ~ I II~~
~
~~I II I~ III I~ II I~ I~ II I I~~~
~
~~Ava'd/ ACVCC/AA I O. 0 0~~
~
II
~
~~II I ~~ I~ II I ~ Zdf Al dl/,A/r lrr rf'/V I TIIIS OAANWO IS WIIIVOID~~
~ OA IIIIN/AISIAVA I AIAI , ~~ ~ WASHIN(ITINPU8I.IC POWER SUPI'LY SYSI Figure 1 WSIIIVICS WltICIVW tAOCArlrs o<<I v <<<<<<<<V~ I<<v ~
~~EM A O IIIOwlsa f rrttcr/ Vf CA/rl///A//ol/ <<Col<<,'r~~
~ vhr ~ rl 'I'I + ~
I '/J/i 1 h rl 6 Il oil<<lw Q I rr, tv vrr<<r rorr rrt Ao Ahvcc 1 rc r ' /t .<<ra I' I; I c "I JV/I/'I ~ I IV<<rl sv }IIsvllfrrtvt'IO SAIC IIIVISIQI ~ t C IIA0 A/tV0 IIAIl / Id ld ow..<<o urcA ror <<IV I
*ri/e 4/t<< t>> /ft 1>t 'Af/
~~e e/~~
~~~ II ~~~
~~I C'ttrfrtf Pre>>>A/'/ I~~
~
~~I/ I I <> ~ t It>> IA~~
/l /.r ~t ll V I ~ -(>>
~~I u/AOt~~
>5 d 1 'I 'h t I d.e ~ ~,>,t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ el et -5 I
0- -0 t/ . /I<< g I> I I~
~~~ ~~~
I l I . 1<< <ftdrvf
/4 /I .PS>>
~~J jt~~
~~//>>~~
~~ly ~~~
~
f'td Alert C/> re<<Ill Arf l5 lll rrJ /.<V> /d/ ll f 'V'/, I I / I/' Act//rrluel /di ud CAD p I ctufrl/f//III I/ rd /r I u/rf/rtt /rl(l rl / I Airier Ar I I /8y/Cr/I
/ I Fr/I ~
r I l/.r>>rt<<IJ I/./t 4r ld I P///>III/A/ /Arbor / I dt $ t/,rl'// ~ />>4 It> ~ /// L Ver/fr>>' Vr'/4 I
/IttrfD ctrrdf/fr/A/AC4fA'/. I>I/I/fr /. 4r drlr>>.t /dr/I:/Itl //I>ftr t I<e <vv I'/
~~I ioev/f />I<'wdrfrctl/'/tr I I r>~~
~~//fr <Yt 'A/II>rftlr.>t I ~~~
Il I I A'/du/Airer/An; r.car . J c ~ I I /V///.I'v < .r/, <IJ~ I Du/ fd I / ~ <rl Curt 2/a A r, A trrtel I'I/A>I> <ttt"'>II I qt "e.
~< ~ ~ h i ~
h ~ ~ u ll /IA/rrrr I) ~ <Cl rr>'I t/ /rer Iri ~ ~ j t PI I er)/C/<<ep lt I 'it l
~~~ <~~
~~n/vt>r t/><<>If ///trrrre JI('l 5A ~~ t'AC~~
~~~ ~~~
I - rrOAI Oe>>,l>ur/lrf(rrl:/ ~ Ju (
~~/I/Iddfrd&II/I// ldIrtfd/prd1 1 /rrrdp //t. /If/ lr/IVrirrfrer/u>IIIA~~
{ Prf/rfAIIAIAlr/Al /. rArr fp / (tie/ I I /ld>u. I// Irr Ad/>if/D(tt /A'//I>>/'Ctti/ .V<'/
/ 'Ju f/. I F'I I crt>>lr- ~
~~V I/ /I/cilfr fre/te'rV/ AI dC/II dA>. J J~~
~~~ ~ ~~~~
~~I II~~
~~~ /It/ANI/WJ I> ~~~~
Il
~ /II DIAI/AIIIDArlA//JA//A//Ar/>>. ) 0 ~~ ~~ ~ ~
Il I V3 A
~~~ ~<~~
~~I II~~
~ ~ h II I ~~ I) ~ ~> le lfCI/fCAI(if Cd/ A/Vt/rJA Ct>.
rf i/AICII/ICAAI /pluri/I/A/I/u/r>I/II> 2/y Ar d: I eu /14 xre d drrrap p/lcc/>e/AAInwu r/II// TWO<>A>>><>C t5 >vee<>OIO to>et>51 ><<Mleevv>ct Mo , ~~ ~ WASIIII4Q ION POIII.IC POWER O>55>lv>CI >>>5>lce>tve e ", g. ~ SUI>PI.Y SYSTEh1 Figure 2 MOC >It>>5 Ott I v < g ~ w %<<<>> vv>>t lV I>>cv>II>t I I/r Cttf rt>>A'Ar, er <vlcc
>> t<t ~ ) rl C 5 I'OA IW 4'I I /fr/<A'/td >a >>A//
~~Ad/i/'>IA><>e~~
~~/ g~lj Af Bv~ir~~
~~~ t, ~ I ~ ~ ~ I( aev>t>ev< t ~~~
~~~r I > ~~~
~~I.>>>>! >mrs teel 8 I v >5>O>e ~ I c><to I/>vo OAII I I/i /C> e>evt >to I/I<.ll .. t~~
~~/ *<V /~~
0
~ L >IO>C I /' ever I/
~~I i e/ JCO Idrflo CCV>ffC/5>hrdhfC j /I I I/ J ot~~
.Clr .I oo /IP J oc J. ot 4
~~I lar I Io~~
~~'a It/~~
~~Q I r I/ P t IIO I to l otI'I>> I-~~
~~/o l/r 4>>I ISISIf I~~
I,
~~~ ~~~
~~I I II Ir~~
~~. o-'~~
~~I I ~ I I oo II IT>> IIS I/ I I I I I ~ IJ I~~
~~-i I ..'6- II~ I I~~
~~I I XA/Ad/r>/ft~~
~vs A/P/a'a/C f d I CCIV'+ C.aao aeo II '1' ;l. Ia/I'f: / '$ ll; l oC I
~~ACCP/ doer/ ' PI/ VP DOC CAV///Ihl A>t rr roar/ Afolrf>CC fr/f. /A 5 I I V.r r cc / G IP~~
~~>//AI A': d //JP i~~
~~{ Pf/IAt/fr/lodf n {I Io/, >/ o.ot, Jl' D.lo I I I v/./Ir~~
~~~ ~ I>A>r I~~
IO. /O AOt ~ossa'. rr./I />> o rr.ro jv Io I yr or/>+L>ro /olAI /Co/IfLl/o Ifh/Prff>ouc/A v. /I/ J/f Dde'+
~~>/Or/fret>CA/.aar C,'Olr/, //CCV>rl j~~
~~I// /roll>v/ LL//Cvt~~
~ >I/AAICP rftloof/>PA/NPC// /r. to g Df Afrdvf/ /dICCI puj/p fr//re cur/ffur fIf/fl j
~~fl/O>lff&a r >VII/d/'PMS/d 5 PL/l// ct II/I /+ CA> /da/I aacAdL j fPkfhfh/cr/PA/ J/fotfd J, I/// d//Afdo// I/dvo>f/ /taI I>'///J~~
~
Ar/IIII/rIO dr/I Ov/fCr I/Ir f/ dvhcf II Zl I o>AC/A/II/ul. PIC /I C. Ie>rfff/'//f// II A f/IPIA >fA>llrCd ~ err'u'ua A/i. M LI
~, CI rrdCJIIP J/Akt I/r/AO jrdf/r>P//PA/All// II 0 I, Or'/r>CAC>4AI>PA/A/PC/5 /Irr A/ofjoJ ~ Sl 'O '0 ~ I ~ I el OP@
II II iI I I V/ jdrfI J jfdkl//dhfjdlD VQO le II II Orfrfdftldudof>O'A/du/I//A V RA II II I I I I /lr/rerohcr Z c J/ A.urc/cc .-p. Z 0 dTP/ 4/ O/I >Ltrr/ /I/ I'II A ~ I Nes OIILNINors ve I I carer 0 Figure 3 Ioel OSI IIItIIIII RVeCI Lard . ~~ ~ WASIIINGZOIIPUDlIG POWjB lerII Nvect INI>lcleaeN tooceILLes oNIr
~ .j ~ ~ SUPI'I.'I SYSZKhf ~a a av ~ a~re>>a>>e>
~~INOeeeIIN / >lit'll I/I'lh>CI.Coh/aI>h>,~~
~ aw c d ll f I ~ ~ / C~ld JV/I INI*eeN ll.cp QL>oct~. pved dCatfer ~ I >elfP A'.. 4A 5, C C C e/et Ia ~ II Le 1 ataaad ~e c ae ~ Ie Lrrvo eeo DL IC IIIVISION ~ r cNCO LIVVO OLII I.II.Jo ae>>>> ceo -'P>I >>P 5 ~ eV ~
[
h J(II>rl lo I ~ Ol >'tlr I )Il ) ld JI JIA
~. II el ~ $ (dArtl(t /dr/AC/ I I>t I1 ~
~~J , IJo I. (4 A~~
. IIO I (4 h 'i D ~,0-I, I I I . Jlb . J//
~~Jld J lo~~
/td I --1 ~
~~rr ,tt r /.r I'.~~
~~~ ~~~
0 H II ./I J Id I I J IP IJ Ir
// .11 Jld . JIP S (
L. /rrrÃr(fl/Adr)r/ , Jld I ld AN>;<r/~~
~
~~It-r.r,//$~~
'I (Il J. LV ~ <<r . /1/
~~I Allo/'rsdtfr ddf rro os ( l IC /d(f~~
~~/I:dr J I~~
~~CdArt(l(t>tl. A'/ll>S>/I <<d Af(lrlr(IAr(C. d( /It fC d Cl f DA(rlrrfrr/AN 4 ld~~
/fir.r I 'P( f 11 J /t.dr A>r lr ~ r( <<3(f J<</r ~ I:/r /d.dd /rr 9 V// /drr rdtroA/ IMd<<fd wlrr 1 vt.//r /lit/
~~AII/rfr I crtr/A'/rr(>rr>l>YC Irll ct cr r)rtr( trot'../IArrrrcr> /.ro v rrsv r/>I cr> Ar At/~ .>I, r'lrr r /fvr"
.~

></re A/>>'J.' ~ d> ~ IO.>>r... <<> I A'/AAVDCAI/rdlfrrtr'/r/I// /o(Arfrrrcllrdrr /l(Afr P 4)'/ fO >/( >r<<vrrtlVC/ 'r<<A ~ Dr/frI fr ~ )>tlr /fr r<<>tv/C 'rrttV OV/A/)V>>l> flrltttfAr>(e<<'C'l'. I II D I) Il II )I Il II j j f+/ Jr (Ilt l (lroJ/<<rf A' I> Aldlrr r(l'> "I r/A> I'ldl(A r<<>,'I/ ~ I) II II I ll ) II Crttfl(f/"I'rllrfAA)r ill (' I rtf/rr(frrr)I lrfrwfdrrrrr u IA Drlfrtfr/.Iz /llf /dtfOA( ///(J Ill/ r. AII Drd(rr>I r > V I lrr rlr rt>(rrrt. /rdt/'/J /. C)rl)VAtr( It)>'IP'rr/A<<r Ot('rrrf /OC 0 '0 ')j .. I (rl lfI)Vrrr OP@ ~ II I >H II 2 Ir A>t(<<: . ~ DIAtrA:Irrt; r<<rr At>r.t:- f C ~ AO T)j 0 On ' ~ ~~ II I~I II II ~~ ~ I~ I /rf//II/I/AAI/rrrrld II I~ ~ I nrf/CAIrltlfl/AI AVIJA II ~ II ~ ~ rf Irr c'r Ar(/ 0 (dl Ar'fvf/ f o I(> 9 r(r(.tf(D II/IIf /dft/AD <<df A/, I lrr tll> /(I// ~ Dr//re )$)>r<<ffrd tr )>>>)D>>k>>>><<C >I WII>d>to Iod OSI W I<>eht I>>I> . g ~ WASll)NGTO:I PUOL1C CY)WCCl A T)j I Figure 4 WSI>IV>$) WS>SCIRW I>>OC:% W> S O<<>t I g I ~ SUI'l'LY SYSTCt.l ~ '<<V, 4 ~ ~~ C) t>>owtta I ><<CI.( vf rrrrtlr/l,: <<<<r I .<<, -'-':: o>>A>w >l Ir I>>. Ls ~ ~ lfdr r rtf ><<, I ~ '<<r) <VW ~ ~ f>> I~ ~ l>wvo ~ I)t e)v>$ >>v> c>>ta Ar>vo I lr 'a)I In@> >>> ~ l<<t<<r> la + rr>sr I I lots >>VP/>>'.I1 S.CI / .Jld IIJ J. I/ CO>IIACf JVCFACF J . 11d J. /2 . /rr S . //r I O /I<< ~ ~ OEO J/1 /I I Il ~ .C I I ~ 0 ol ~C . Ild >><< t JIO ~ /I I~ IC /o . lo<< Io C 01 ~ Ib EE // Ir . IP .N I I ~ C I C IJ Jd I IJ. . Jlo cIl Col I <srorlflr>I Is>orrc /5 Ill I .L.. C ./I ~ A ItI rr/ ~ IlyA>t Lv ~ EEO ~ .I<<S .IIO PFp/< r. sees'>ca Ilg Atfls <<<Al CSNllf>(l A'r. l I<>r.oj cr I t/ f/ I VSF frtc r/ >All/ A'/Aid I II. OS r wA/r Crf. /rt J rr 1/ PO rl Jf F>P/D uofFI/ FF PFI/oAIFD FrdfurrdclrA/rc FflfaRlf/dud/off /a FOR FfSR/CA/IOI/ IC CJII fo /fF+VlfrMfC ZFFDn". fj CPIFrF u/.J T. PVF fd CFISFI r/IA'ff/IIC'F<<.CIjfAIPA/<u <<v'olfI 1/Ic I/ //I s c'1 4 (I<<C'<<I/FD r/OS/A'.<<2 I>>'r Miffed f tr I,>/,'I. II Coll/If AC:It. IV/AI/,oil>fr/'. /r/AA/I/ I, P C ~ o. /<<<<fr /I /I//rff>4 ~ ~ CD ~ ~ ~ I I~ CA/ IFFAAD i! i' ': II I 11 PF/Fd<<i/luff/Or/I/III ro / orf fr'D S//sr rrf/ t OFF rFufs s'. <<IF'<<If/+;r sJIAI. o C)-- nf r/I///der fII Pll IIusr OAII IA'I II ISIC<<VFI ~ AO/FSIIJ/F uo/F r) OPA C'QO ~<< ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ v ca A ~~ rtrfrf/AIr ~ ~I ~~ r'rfr cfl ooFAAI Cd/'C"'<<rro rO O RFf IIFP SFACIS<<tfF<<IP DffrfIllC<<ff/o<<A/A<<r/r/ lit Aft I A PI //RAIIIIA/IOA/NIIFF fiirA/offoJ <<Is<</F ~ ' >h TWC OAAAOOOC IC M II AOC Q C COII IOCC IOO t>>I AV OCC AOKO II WASRINGTOll PUOLIC POWER O<<CCNVICC AOtICC~ I': ', ~ SUPPLY SYSlfM A Figure 5 tIOOOOO AOOC CAA ' E <<>>>>>> OO>> OO ~ IcI I f'IVVS F I> ~ ll/ llf OE CO<<OV<<C IA OAAm g .I."g +CAvroor Vl cflrdA'>frost ro..oiA', /r)V'I>r/I/I PAI >> <<<<c<<t Z. 5/Q SII ~ <rr/C/ I .I ,J/J I/I , Jl/ . //o l(l ~ ~ ~ e ~ L d . //I ~, ./If J J/ JIJ tot I '0 1 . L / . Jl I I Iee I I 1 . I/( I e'I K /o . IA /I(r/ I 'I I I ~ I I /I~ W4 ll // IS /( 5./1 ~ I I I I /I l/ rl II I .Jlf 0 I I I I I lt Ill I I,I ~ I I ~ ~ I I I I srevrrrrt or/re)r Il, /JA I OI A> ee/1 l/55> >v A'! ~ >f /, oo I fo /tr I )fr/t-I 5(t4 I Iy/ 5/>/ C( 1 ">r />A/ /Jd / >t .(d I At//I/ Ffee.v/ +I I///rr f/A/f /d. ff /ok/!i(rr'A!t/ 1/- (4/1 I I Alfrrr!!>t/f/YI/ /rill(rt/ SA fII r I /Si// 4 d Cr / I I I dAII )tt/IAI I//A. 4 ~f ~ I cf 'l f/ Jf JIA t>)tt I-oo I I tyur.f C/1'- IPd lf Ir tr /I ff /rid ~// ! I rAsa 4/ drc'Ar/cI fr(urrt I r)tr I, I lrt r//)tr/c c)/rr, " f Idfkrrrrur//A!Sriotr /Irrrr, //A/rt ce %. ~ ~ /1!At/id C(rrd)t>trto(!/Idrf FAf/Irr(1)/u uol'I, AJ./(>/A(A//.vr/, I'!.r I All cr/1//Ard Pt(///! J e ~ ~ ~ II ~ II ~ ~ ~ I rh/ 4( //OI//>I !I"' 1 key/' ' rd!//c cdv~wcr >t vly rc/AA'r ~ I'r r ~ ( L ee I 0; /rfC 8/'/5rr/ 1'/AI I >t/( D/Al(A Ird(!I>t>IF r>trrA!C/I/C I Fr(ld(re(r Q '0 '0 OP@ A(e(fl IS/rr >AO'/Y >/J ~ AO ~ ~ I~ I ~ ~ ~~ EI I51 O III ~ I ~I ~ II ~ ~ III I-IM Z ~ ~ ~rrrA/5r/ Z~O~ +IAr/CA//tN5( Sr!i/AO C/ll >5/feC// (A Cd A C~JAtfd >f/AA(PFF>td dr/IfAr/A'Air/I/A ///j ?df Al er I AAe //d e/e'l /5F. IAAr A((rr/t(r/ldrf I IIII~ CHIAVWO I5 ee>III>IIIO WASIIINGI(lt4 I'Util II: 19WEA II AV>CI AAle , /g,'Urn.v ~ IOA IIIIe>It AI ~v, w5IAvKIwttlcleew ~ SVS>CM tleoo>IA>>5 Iwl v I g v ev >0 e> ~ Figure 6 IIA5WIIA rrrttr/ ee ~ >>r e ~ i Ij r 1 vo (1 II I//I//V r! i I eV I 'Ve C>tll!err(t'ee v re et(*, ) / @II// MJ (I 1 II Io IIAA II > I > > ( ~ ~ el vele>w e > ~ I ~ eee I I ~ I eerve ~ Ml OAII Alv>5>>w ~e 5>>AO A/VVO oAIt I /l J.I eeee I >'V>O ><D r< >'/o/ J/i 41 /<</A I)/ . Jl/ ) 04 J I/ ) D) 1 at<< ~< ~, <<4/rrd /JJ//A(/ SCC/li// 4 to' o'/ //V <<J / 'l'I . I/.< J <<J . J// J. I<$ I 1 4 .Jlr ) D/ I I IP ~ ~~ ' I I I I/ / ~ . /S I <<4 IIS 1 I . 1S S. I $ ~ /1 . JI) 4O I I I I C l ~ I/ I.C -)I'Jl ~ ,I 'I// // o /d) )JV/r/J rrr Irrl JJ) /r/A I *IADC /fJA/ r/i 1///ll A <q 1 cdk'/fic'/.v// 1/ p<<(r Alir/A<CI M/Cl SA C) 1 <<Co<< ~ 'I I /<'/l/.S'o' ' C /r<1) I /CC.<r A/ltll/JA I !p ~ Iic, y srr, )t/A ~ /-Sd ddt f D/A //il// I !J /.r/ ~ ' /F/ Adr LR A'm 9 PR AS /4/ /d I WA/r r /t/t/t JD. DD JV J/FJ.

~~t. QFI//I/ Iid j/dA~/fdf:'At/J f/JA//D CA/SCCA//RI/AWA'/~~

o /DFA>/r///A/rdu d/A~r a J/ AI/d. r//dc. <I'C A//D/I~.r. e/Ada/< Nt/Sz Ar jlt/A/I <CI't>. r:/<F A'CC'r/ I ~ I// l /A trr/ cd s r>r C.<r /. / c//;/1 .r- .Vr ~ . rCCt/<rCI.'/ gqA Al CtC/rr/ ~ IA All D/A//A /t<VlAl/>C< 'I/<VIX ~ ~< Il /li/ d prr<s41 A/Jl// /l// ~ AJ/F /J OP A ~ I ~ < II <~ DAO VKO II II <~ II /of/FJ Cd/ LC< AOS,IC .<IJ SV 111 F/f W C'/<' 0 0 ~ A FAA/FD d/AA/ Arf/AD '0 C: D//CCIJ/ /A A //du Arrl/S 1m~ w~ cI ~ <<<sIav<cI <<<sr<11<<<<<<J'UI I'LY SYSl EM 4 < a< ~ WASNNC<l/1N PUfCllC PAY/Ell A '0 I Figure 7 f<<nnnf<< $ no <ovo ~ v v<> O I<<4<<<II<< 1 //PVCC C// Olrrl>/A/oo<s 8CC<C<<o <>/ / o CO ~'/'/ grt nba<<<<$ -l" II ~ <4 /1 P 4 ~ tvo / IS.F<1 Aj;>I,I/D+CIS'<IC no<<I<on l//<rd Z<o<<<<<v / P POC. tJO. UT P- 30 PAGE 30 FOLLONING PAGE 31 WPS-UTC1 10/79 Lambert ~ M aco ill ~ Thomas, I nc. ISO No. ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal . No. Testing 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose.Ca. S5112 Date 408-297-8766 Page of REPORT OFULTRASON I C CALI BRAT I ON S I Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level G N Authorised Inspector Customer In s trumen t '/N ReCal Due Cable Recorder S/N ReCal Due Recorder S/N ReCal Due Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed 1 0 Si nal 2 Signal 2 shall equal 501 of Signal 1 f5% of full scale . Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed Tester G Actual Value Signal amplitude must fall within listed values Transducers P R 0 Procedure Rev ~ Date C Cal. Block Type Ref . Ref 1. Temp a Ver ifi cation/Ref . Blk. Ref. Refl. Tplllp Cal. Check Time Instrument Settings 10 Gain A Sweep Delay Re ect 0 Damp. N 4 tp 8 10 Lambert I Macaill I Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. UTP-3Q PAGE 31 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 32 771 East; Brokaw Road San Jose,ca. 95112 . REVISION 2 DATE 1/27/81 408-297- B766 REF. DWG.: CB 8 I + 3133-I7, DET. 5 CAL. BLOCK: ll9-9~4" 300 23" 30 Z3" coo J 0'+ 45o J Oo REV 450 60'= O'EV 45'3 450 600 Oo+ 9f CLAD I6 BASE METAL J PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARA LLEL SCAN REV REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUME (WELD + $ g EITHER SIDE) ULTRASONIC EXAM NATION FOR I +1 SHELL RING LONG T UDINAL WELD I FIG. 9 PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 32 Testirig ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE 33 San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408 -297- 8766 DATE 1/27/81 .REF. DWG: CB)I <BI63-16, DET. 6 f7 CB (I +3I33-l7) DET. 2 CAL. BLOCK: II8-6 $ 22" I20 I6 22" II 5 5 I I 60o J I coo~ 45o I 45 3 Oo REV 0 REV 45 60o 45o 60o = Oo'+ Oo + PROFILE FOR <2&~5 RINGS ~I6 CLAD PROFILE FOR B.H. MERID. WFLD CAL BLOCK BASE METAL DESCRIPTION J PERPENDICUI AR SCAN +2 SHELL R IN G LONG. 7 6- l6 I20- 6 Ie If a ff PARALLEL REQUIRED. EXAMINATION ~3 SHELL R ING LONG. 69 I20 -6 I6 REV BOTTOM HEAD VOLUME MERIDIONAL 6-+4 IIB-6 4 Ul TRASONIC EXAM INATION FOR <2 8 ~3 SHELL RING LONGITUDINAL WELDS AND BOTTOM HEAD MERIDIONAL WELDS FIG. IO NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ Naca ill~ Thomas, Inc. ll PROC PAGE ~ 33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 34 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 REF. DWG.: CAI . BLOCK: IZI - 74'3" CB)I 3I33-l6g DET. 8, I7 zs" I 17 II 5 5 eood 60 J 450 J 45 J 0 REV Oo REV 74 Oo+ 45o, 60o = 0 + 45,60 = "CLAD BASE METAL J PERPENDICULAR SC AN PARALLEL SCAN REV REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUME ULTRASON I C E XAMI NAT ION OF 44 SHELL RING LONGITUDINAL WELD F I G. 1 i NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ Macaill ~ Thorn'as, Inc. PROC. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE 34 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297- 8766 DATE 1/27/81 REF. DWG.: CB (I ~EIM-I7, DET.4 94 C AL. B LOCK: IIB-6$ BASE METAL '0~J PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARALLEL SCAN REV- REQUIRED EXAMI-NATION'OLUME +l6 CLAD 450 J 28 0~ REV F5'so = r II 6 II 0 REV ~ II 45o,60o= 45o J 23" 60~J 0o+ Qlt 4 ULTRASONIC INSPECTION OF BOTTOM HEAD Ta ~ I SHELL RING WELD PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert M aca ill Thomas, ~ ~ Service Inc. PAGE 35 Testing ~ Engineering ~ ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 36 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 1/27/81 408-297-8766 REF. DWG.: CS)l <3133-I6, CAL. BLOCK: IZO-6 ~" OET. I ~6I6 <<0o ~ 6I I6 60o ~ 45'o FIEV 'I 7 45o 60o = 22" 5 ZO'7" 45o 60o ~45 +l6 CLAD 60o J Oo + BASE METAL PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARAI I EL SCAN REV REQUIRED EXAMI-NATION VOLUME ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF < TO 42 I SHELL R ING WELD FIG. I3 PROC. UTP<<30 Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. NO ~ Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ PAGE 36 Training 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE 37 San Jose.Ca. S5112 REVISION 2 408- 297- 8766 DATE 1/27/81 REF. DWG.: CB) I +3I33-I6, DET. 2 ~ ~ie" CAL. 8LOCK: 12P- 6'Z" l6 ~O~ + 60o g +l6 CLAD 45o J 22" 0~REV 45 60 O~ REV 45~ 6O 22" 45 OJ 6p op BASE METAL J PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARALLEL SCAN ~O %. REV - REQ D 'XAMINATION VOLUME ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF +2 TO ~5 SHELL RING V/ELD Lambert e Naca ill Thcmas, Testing ~ ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Inc. Training P ROC. PAGE 37 NO. UTP 30 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 408-297-8766 1/27/81 REF D.WG: Cl3$ E 4'3I33-16, DET. 3 CAL. BI OCK: l20- 6 I Oc+ ,60' C LAD l6 23" 450 J l7 0 REV 45 60-5 5II 0 REV 45 60= t7" 22" 450 J 60og BASE METAL J PERP ENDICULAR SCAN PARALLEI SCAN ~0~+ REV - REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUMF U LTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF 3 TO <4 SHELL RING V/ELD F I G. I 5 NO. UTP- 30 Lambert e Macaill o Thomas, Inc. P ROC. PAGE 38 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE 3.9 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297- B766 DATE 1/27/81 R E F. DWG.: C 8 3 I 4 3 I 33- 16, DET. 4 CAL. BLOCK: I2I- 74" EXTEND EXAMINATION AS FAR AS GEOMETRY ,PERMITS TRANSDUCER TO MAINTAIN CONTACT 5I( 0 REV 45 SO 450 J CLAD 6OO~ OO g + BASE METAL PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARALLEL SCAN REV- REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUME ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF ~4 SHELL RING TO FLANGE WELD FIG. 16 P ROC NO. UTP-30 Lambert MacGill Thomas, Inc. ~ o 1 PAGE 39 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road 40'EVISION 2 San Jose,ca. 95112 DATE 1/27/81 408-297-8766 REF. DWG.: CB f I +3I33-57-Nl CAL. Bl OCK: -6I-N2 II9- 9 N9 8ASE METAI I E RPE NDI C ULAR PARALLEL SCAN ":I REV" REQUIRED EXAMINATION I VOLUME \~ I EXTEND EXAMINATION AS FAR AS GEOMETRY PERMITS ! TRANSDUCER TO MAINTAIN I CONTACT I I I 24 I l6" I I I I I 45<J 60J I 0 45o REV 60o- Oog 9$ I 'LAD ULTRASONIC E XAMINATION OF NOZZLE TO ~ SHELL RlNG WELDS (NI,N2(N9) I FIG. I7 PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ Macaill Thomas, Inc. ~ PAGE 40 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLONING PAGE 41 771 East 8 roka w R oad REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 1/27/81 408 = 297-8766 REF. DWG.-'B(I +ZIP-6I AND MRP"4 CAL. BLOCK: Il9-9$ + BASE METAL PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARALLEL SCAN REV - REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUME I 'l 'XTEND I EXAMINATION AS FAR l AS GEOMETRY PERMITS I TRANSDUCER TO MAINTAIN I CONTACT. I I l I I I l2 I I q I I I 0 REV 45o~ 45o 60o I I ~l6 CLAD ULTRASONIC FXAMINATION FOR MRP-4 REPAIR AREA AROUND RECIRC. INLET NOZZLE N2- l20o. FIG. I8 Lambert o I acG ill Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ o Engineering ~ Service 771 East Brokaw Road ~ Training PROC. PAGE NO. UTP-30 41 FOLLOWING PAGE 42 REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 1/27/81 408- 297-8766 REF. DWG.: C8(I <<3l33-68-N4 N5 "76-N6 BASE METAL -87" NIO J PERPENDICULAR SCAN -IOO-Nie PARALLEL SCAN Q rr CAL. BLOCK: l20" 676 - REQUIRED EXAMINATION REV VOLUME EXTEND EXAMINATION AS FAR AS GEOMEtRY PERMITS THE TRANSDUCER TO MAINTAIN CONTACT l7 12 II 5 60o Oo REV 45 o+ Oo~ 45'0o SHELL RING T CLAD 4t 2 ~II l6 A3 ULTRASONlC EXAMINATION FOR NOZZLE TO +2 AND 4:5 SHELL RING WELDS l (N4, N5, N6,NIO ( Nl6) F . I9 PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert e Maca ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 42 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 3 771 East 8 roka w R oad San Jose.ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 REF. DWG.: CB ( t 3I55-64 CAL. BLOCK: 121- 7 $ BASE METAL PERPENDICULAR SCAN PARALLEL SCAN I REV- REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUME I I j I ~ ! EXTEND EXAMINATION AS I FAR AS GEOMETRY PERMITS TRANSDUCER TO I MAINTAIN CONTACT I I 'I IB I I -I I2 I I 5 I I I I I P REV 45oJ I 45o>60o= Oo~ +l6 CLAD ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION FOR NOZZLE, TO ~4 SHELL RING WELD (N5) FIG. 20 h, W PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lamberto Macaill Thomas, Inc. e PAGE 43 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Septic e ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 44 771 East 8rokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,ca. 95112 DATE 1/27/81 408-297-8766 ZIQ Z52o 288o i~e'3 I Map-Z AD 2 "X l5$ ) 7QO 290 150o 2)Q 270o I I 120o 240o I N4" I N)6 N5 AC lppo )90o 28PO N6 95 t MRP-I I )35o ~ 15"X BH BG 30')oo S2 Z IZO' )soo 24Po 27po 15Oo AB MRP-4 N2 N2 26 IQX49 'OQ NI 88 BC AA 135 225o REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL MAJOR REPAlR AREAS PROC. "NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ M aca ill ~ Thcmas, Inc. PAGE 44 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE 4 San Jose,Ca. S5112 . REVISION 2 408-2S7-8766 DATE 1/27/81 REF DNG,: MRP -I CAL. BLOCK: l20-6 I6 I 70O 290'80c l90O BM BK 42 SHELL I5 X30 95 RING BH BG 52k A A9 2250 ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION FOR MRP- REPAIR AREA I FIG. 22.a NO. UTP-30 Lambert e MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC-Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training PAGE 45 FOLLOWING PAGE 46 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 408- 297-8766 1/27/81 z' ~O 0 CC'J Q 0 ~<X~ UJ UJ OQ v) Q-J K UJO 0 cl oI O CC 0 0 UJ O O CC', o UJ OCC *'-pUJ o QUJ > o 0 PUJ CC K 0 O 0 O ~qu> Q U LTRASONIC E XAMtNATlON FOR MRP-l REPAIR AREA FIG. 2kb I~ ' ~ \ keek'l I Ia'r vary r far rrr ~ ) 4 Nof Cl )) le ~L IL 1~0' 0 \, ILLICIT Iookoeeeekao tckea Cocvcovek '\IOe '110 oo'0 1AOL1C VOILOLAIAIVAteo4C.CAleoka,leoea DL) 10 ~ ~ ckLOLK ILCOUeko Mf4I> ~ lo 0 0 'L'LO 011 ~ akt eeoc l II N'l0 oaok ~ Akt'utACAILSML)IIL~ Ltketl aolk. kakt ~ 5 kf Hlo Nollal 10 Skf 0 Leeo vacco ~ kit IL 4VI ceeow4 $ . LAILt~ I I'1 L $ lo SLI ee ~ bitt el C ece 0 0 15 VIIOO OV 10 aletaea. I eall Iukl Mkt Q 4 II A ~ aei0 dL lcso < ktcck ccavcck ev OevesoeoVALLV 0 kb ~ LLICRONCLCS 110 110 Ollkell of HollllAICIIAOLVicf ~ ~ IA 100 0IC ~0 CCC Iltv. 111. ) 0 AO LIO LID IG 5 CLAOOINC tiftN LOCAleOIIOC 110 4I10 4 0 \50 0 0so~ ~1 Q it AL ~ ~ tct) tat AI Aot ll Nit NLS 0NI0 Nike NS Nih ~ 0 ~ ILIW TLANOef Le ~ Sg oo'Al. ~ Cy ~0 Q llo'll. fg WI'At. SIOeAC AO\ tl AOIVC 1vl ~ Nl IIILLLLS. C LOO 0 05~0'c'ok ISIC Not 1 AI AC ~L SLS LOO ~ el 110 lola 4os opt $ 10 0 0 ~ I 1 Ooa' 0 4OA 0 Nllk Iet Ilolocll ~ I'CIO 4 ILL NL10 g 4 0u oleo tefaoL 'Dw AIINca Moto 01V L )acct tl INI Scot III) ~L ~ li LLA AO ~LL S~Lo L 1'Il'll'401 L LI 1IO Llo 00 ~ Oa 0 110 O O 0 0 110 0";" 0 0 ~LL 510 4 CDg N1IC Nll ~ N'1 el Nlla Nlt 0 AIIA& NL0 ~ IILC 410 4'lk ~ 4 ~pl IIL ~C+ M~ 111 1LLA LLO ~ 11k lab 4ob OC. 00 5'5'LA Are I 1 oeeeke oueICAL ~ ~ L'L 5'L 0\ 1 1L"SL'av LO. 1 L'Ot LSL OL DL ola 0' Ll \'I IK. ~t e~1 Dao 1 1 0 Ok WL ko OP% V.A O 110'toN 0 OIIALIIVCL II l O')I O INCII IL'vku'4ev Oeervv ek "e I, Data 1 1\ IC 0 ~ r fvtt CIIAIIINOII tofINOIOtoo WASIIINGIL)II I'UIILIC POWER SUPPLY'YS I EVi I-I ~z ()c DN ta toclcovacl AND Ieev ovate ~ wewf c t coo toooee Aaet coca 1 v ~,IQN IVV 9 Icos WAftoeaL SA I L CAL tel flu Oe A Wt OCW WALL 'I Iek WC C et IC A I eON Iltt ~ IOCA NO WIL0 ~ CeIW'eNCNI ~ V)I0 I et ac A I AeN ~ I I4 A As A Iok t~o Rcuc 151 Ia k .id'9. Ok '100 Cl SOC ~ I feflc Lft I ~ cfeelo wllccltetcoe tl~ II ovkt Aoolo eattlo ~ C I KI QJ 0 111010 IIk ULS trc gg ~~ RLACSOR PRS arc)RC VLLVLL ROLL.L)U) loluio fok Iutcow fvSI OIALV Ist ILOV.LOL VtV) ~ r\ leaaa ~ I veaeeeN oe Cecal aervf 1"i aIIrt f3 ~ ~ 0 IAS I CS I I 'I ~ 'L. RICLILIP PROLePASet PL ~ tt CAulouLC ( CAO \0 coll CI ~ toetsA ~ cote INIIALceptt 1'< IAILUIFLIICCNIL a CII OCCAIL1 OC NOllll ALICIAOLeC ICC )L%'s RIV. CCL OP 'Co OC Nl CCP 0~ eo %0 OA I CON I CLSt>> S'jC 0Nlt SKL X / Ist (CICIIIICIJ OO AH Al I I ~ I IA ~ ' eeC la a OR CPI. I I LIO acat Coo ALAI ALLCIAILC Pil as 0 SO %L 'Ns ~ OLCAI +CW Cto C (It'll NLL 0 OI %st / 0 '0'0 OP% soc10IA ucoo ALAI.IARL'I RPvs IA'e I I ~ ~ LL slue Ce ANAL ~ ~ t A ~ ~,AA DAO ran )I tetr A I I ~ IA 0 ~ ~ ~ ~~ ) ILAIL'IltVt ~ %LA%too WILSC<<VLstl sra Vu<<t <<: IX)WK<: 'Scjl'c'I L .IYOlfcLS Zg, H ~Z0 IeeecoAAoeese Il IHI~ seeeIQ ~ I/I HN esetolgotscC AAoeeeltsevecl HISrt t teeeeS teeetuteAHCSStel1 Q Meet CAI tttttto III I I H OIA HAI~ Asti VICIIee,oleftet HAIL Ittl ~ I ~ 'L A d Cl ~ eeet I tN Hes At ~ te ~ e A ~ <> Ae ~ eeeu4 eeIH ns J ~ I SSL NA 4.%% ~ SA SOO CR% CS Nolt 'L 'III~ I yl kt AC lOll eeu tS ~ elk% 'Ikt '. I \ O 0 Sl II II lls'ICO CIRSI'e\ LO+ ( BOClOI.L e L 40 ~SLLCS>> I 1st II lt LuLD I OP le ~ IOReAL'Clast CIIIL I I e& tel' eeevue kuy Its) CO I ~~~ ~ e'eeC N ~ t ~ teel ttt ~ I ~ PROC. NO. UTP-30 PAGE 48 FOLLOWXNG PAGE 49 LMT UTX2 1P 7g Location Lambert ~ M aco ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal.mc. Time 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408-297- B766 page eg REPORT OF VISUAL AND ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION I Description Size Material S/N (s) T E M Location Preparation Temp Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Revievr/Level g Authorised Inspector Customer Tester 1 S/N S/N Q U Recorder 1 S/N S/N I Transducer 1 P peg. a N Couplant Cable Ref Marker Photo T P Calibration Procedure Rev ~ =R Examination Procedure Rev. 0 C Recording Procedure Rev. C A Calib. Blk. Temp. ampa Sweep L Ref. Gain Damp. Re)ect Gate I Alarm Mag. Tape Count Chart Cal. Check Time Ca 1. Re f . Blk. ., Re f 1. Amp e Sweep Position Scan Gain Ref. Dwg. Reject Level Report Level NAD ~ No Apparant Disc. L ~ Linear G ~ Geometry S ~ Spot M ~ Multiples Scan Disp. Scan Type Disp. Scan Disp. PT Visual 13 Base Metal 14 15 16 17 12 18 Scan Description of Indications 0 N Sketch Fiaure 25 PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ MacQill o Thomas, Inc. Testing i Englneedng ~ SeNice ~ Training PAGE 49 FOLLOWING PAGE 50 771 East 8rokaw Road "' San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 408-297-8786 DATE: 1/27/81 Nozzle 0 Ref 0 TDC 0 Vertical Weld Vessel 0 Reference location positive in down direction Vertical weld located by girth weld junc-tion Girth weld locati positive clockwise Girth weld 0 from top RECORDING CONVENTIONS Figure 26 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~~ 0 0 I I ~ ~ ~ o s ~ ~ I~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PROC. NO. UTP-30, PAGE 51, FOLLOWING PAGE 52 LMT-UTX-3 3/77 Lambert ~ MacGill o Thomas, Inc. Location Report Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Job No. 771 East 8rokaw Road Date San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297.8768 ULTRASONIC INDICATION DATA TABULATION I. Indication No. Scan II. MAXIMUM AMPLITUDE DATA

l. Amplitude DAC

2. Metal Path

3. Transducer Position III ~ INDICATION LENGTH

~~

1. Length measured between I DAC limits

2. Indication length

3. Transducer Position s

IV. INDICATION CROSS SECTION DATA AT INTERVALS ALONG THE INDICATED LENGTH BETWEEN DAC POINTS Measurement Reference Trans.Pos. Transducer m Ind. Transducer m In Alon Znd. Min. Metal Path Max. Metal Path Metal Amp Path e Dxst. Index Metal Path 'mp. Dxst. Index Heing t D1st. from to .to Near Ref. Ref. Surf. Figure 28. UTP-30 Lambert ~ M aca ill~ Thoma8, Inc. PAGE 52 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 53 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE: 1/27/81 C TABLE IWB 3510 AI.LOWABLEINDICATIONS fOR MATERIALSSA.533, SA 508. turtecc I hdicctiohc @<@surf ace IhdicetIcha 10tccht hit terceht ch 0 1 88 2,32 005 2,00 2.42 010 218 2.6'I 015 242 2.81 0 20 2,71 3.25 025 3 08 3.68 030 3 48 4,13 0 35 348 4 63 040 3 48 6.24 045 3 48 586 050 3 48 651 I hf Ihlclhlcdlclc I ~ lhN, 4hcct 4lctpOIctioh Ic pollhlltcd. Figure 29 Lambert e Naca ill e Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE NO. UTP-30 53 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sennce ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 54 771 East Srokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408- 297-8766 DATE: 1/27/81 TABLE IW8 3511.1 ALLOWABLEPLANAR INDICATIONS 5fleterlel: Ferrit)c steels thet meet the requirements ot NB-2331 end hare specified minimum yi~ )d strength or SO kai or )era et room temperature 'hick~ Range: 4 in, end greeter lit'urf*,ta'ubru Aspect ale lie, ~ ~ eee lnd ice t iona, erat,k,i rf ece I nd ice t iona, ~ 2.0 i 2.5 005 2,1 .', 28

0. 10 2.$ 20 015 2.5 3.2 0.20 2.0 3.5 025 3.2 " 4.1 030 3.7 4.5 035, 3.7 5.2 040 3.7 58 0.45 37 5.5 050 3.7 7.2 NOTES...

(I) Oimentiona ~ end t ere defined in tho fiftureo referenced ln IWS 3511.1. For intermedwte ftovv~t retioo, eA, lineer interpol ~ tion ia pormittibi~ . I2) Component thKknoa t io moooured normal to the pretrure-reteinine fur fece ol the component. Whore tlw tection thKk. nota veriee, the everette thickneoa over ttw tonttth ol ttw planer indKet ion ie the component thKk note. I3) The total depth of en eltovvebfe eubourf ace indication la twkte dw titted veheL TASLE IW8.3511 3 ALLOWABLELAMINARINDICATIONS Cerriper wnt Thick ncaa, Lemtner Aree, t r fn.' ~e ln. 4 12 5 18 8 24 'l0 30 12 35 14 42 td 45 NOTES> ll) Component thick~ r le meeoured nonnel to the preeoure. re tet nlntt witece of the component, Whore the eeet ton thkkneto verieo, the evoreee thicknooo over the cree ol tlw laminar NdKehon it the component thKknect I2) For intormediete thick~, tineer interpofetlon ot cree Ie pennea4le. l3) Ttw cree of ~ femtner hevv la defined in IW843QL I Ficrure 30 NO. UTP - 30 PROC. Lambert ~ Nl aca ill Thomas, Inc. ~ PAGE 54 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troinin p FOLLOWING PAGE 55 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 6k Wo 6 I e4EF. MARKS e". 7" 7" SINGLE. BEVEL JOINT MARKING Figure 31 PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ MacG ill ~ Thomas, Service Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ ~ PAGE Training FOLLOWING PAGE 56 771 East Srokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-. 297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 'i 7", 6~Z'o REF. MARKS 6$ 'i DOUBLE BEVEL JOINT MARKING Figure 32 PROC. NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ M ace ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 56 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 57 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. S5112 REVI SION 2 408-297- 8766 DATE 1/27/81 SIZE OF CUTOUT NUMBER OF INTERVA S UP TO 44 ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 OVER 4 AND INCLUDING I2"0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I2 I2"AND 'VER ~ ~ ~ o o 24 INCLUDING 25 25"f - ~ 4'VER ~ ~ ~ ~ \ 72 0 pO 7 270 .90'- Z I5" CUTO T Wo 4 Isoo WO Wi 6$ NOZZ LE - TO- SHELL WF LD Figure 33 NO. UTP-30 Lambert e Macaill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 57 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training '771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE F San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 4OS -297-8766 DATE 1/27/81 00 270o 90o I80o TOP HEAD NOZZ LES (OUTSIDE VIEW) Figure 34 NO. UTP-30 Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, inc. PROC. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE F 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297-876'6 DATE 1/27/81 T P 3 -I-o-0 3 l -0 0 OQ>> I I 2.-l I BO TOM VESSEL LONGITUDINAL AND GIRTH SEAMS I Date 1/8/79 Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATE R (Purposely left blank) 0: Da te 1/8/79 Revision 0 HNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATER (Purposely left blank) 0, Oate 1/8/79 Revision 0 HNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATER (Purposely left blank) Oate l/8/79 Revision 0 MNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN LATE R (Purposely left blank) I Da te 1/8/79 Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN NOT USED (Purposely left blank) NUCLEAR FNERQY SYSTEte1S DIVISION Gc;NEURAL ELECTR>C CoiViPANY, 175 CURTNER AVc:NUE. SAN JOSE. CALIFOR IIA 5125 Phone (4CS) 29 .30"3 TV(X No. 913.339 0116 RECEIVED NOY y5 ]>"t6 m/c 352 November l0, 1976 GEMP-2 76 471 NHP 2 FILES 4 54 -76 g 9o V'NP NQ 2 P I> SEC L OE IR pp OEEG~I Hr. H. G. Conn GE I Washington Public Power Supply System GL GELHAUS 3000 George Mashington Way C l. I P. 0. Box 968 SIIE h! A!I'CE!I Richland, VA 99352 ID IRIS'ot'F11 ~ c~wLtr \

~~SUBJECT:~~
~~M02808 Ql"I IIOL l'PPSS Hanford 2 Contract 2 TRAt)SHI TTAL OF DOCUt'(ENT YPF 3l33-482~~
~~Dear Bill:~~
At the request of your Nr. Dean Gano, enclosed is a copy of YPF Ho. 3133-482 entitled "Meld Identification and thrking Procedure". Normal di tribution of the document will be made in the near future. Yery truly yours, F. A. HacLean Project t1anager Hanford 2
~~/mr Enclosure cc: JJ Verderber w/a JE Stice w/a PA tiilani M Allison~~
Rior()ICO IOC>>TI ~ ICATIOP> R~P>>l 1'Oy y 5 197o l'"LD ""'.l E'Crs NNP 2 l~ ~ flyers C t>UCL=">')R I"I AC'AOR G.f t;.'lD P~Fjt',I,'C P.<<.QC- D'JRE V:-SSKLS 4AOC I>O> l l2 OOVCT RCV, Ob> O CVS TOuC A O
~~> >%ASM' Eo (I ~~~
S
~~%0>>> >LL >~ (c I~~
I
~
~~r'iO)')IRD rII> (>4 r>>>>>>>>> lLBJALA4>(>n>>>> I j I'I ~~~
~
~~I CI>(>4~~
~~> v 'CC )~~
~~I cc> '>1[~~
~
~~C u>o ov <>)'>>~~
~~~ ~~~
OATC IIV I I OAT C T >l 1 A Cobn I >><<O I TENT I OA I On I OA u LAC P:!S ACI>AACO ll RP 3-12-74 7 V A v>>,g JY CHCCKCO LAC 5-Ol-74 lVJC ROT AVT 4> 0 A I 1 C O LAC 5-06-74 F' TVPCO 1' SCOPE 1.1, This procedure describes the reruired ." thods for establishing the center'line of all full penetration reactor pressure vessel veld seams, and marking system vhen rcquircd,.vhich re'ain on the outside of the vessel. R.,O REFEPZ.'>CE 241 Customer's cont"act spocification - Seo Contract QA, Handbook ~ ~ F 0 MSPO'.>SXBILITIES 3>l Departrient assigned.
~~--1 Aton> E CT~IIAT 0 niTTa)T 4~> ~ Cn4(<va>nl f)~ >>>(I~I U(u> I "u> ~ I >>>> Sisal>>>tl>I A ~ 4'u IM l>>4">> I I4> l;.> 4 ~ ~>~~
~~Q A>O'Stt>T > >I>> Cn(>(~>>>>II AP>(>> >n>I >t>(>4>>>I I>> S l>>AC f CA>.l C i"" l>l( ( 0 Ao>44>>S $ ~>>>>(> I (l(l ~>474~~
~~'r( ~~~
0 C<<>>I >>I I(P l(>l >n>I Al( 4>~ S ~ ~ I>r 14> ~ l VI'S on ISS p p g+r~ /T P ~
'((>(-c h7;LD ID:.ll. ( I CA.TG!: P~lD t J PA ltG PPQCEDUP
~~~ Aof ho, 2 of t)UCLCA R P ACTOR VCGSLLS +CV. HO.~~
~~no ep P S( s I( (nil((a oi:c 3-}2-74~~
~ ~ @~TO(lt% ~ ov 4)Pp 4.0 PPZLit!ItthRY LAYOUT Prcli..in "ry la"ou ia re"..uircd to ina re t.;at '.hc cen er 1'ne o! a welded scam can bc accurately located on the completed veldt Thc method utili"ca rcfcrcncc marks tha" are atanpcd using low stress dies. The refcrcncc narks arc located pzi-narily on thc outside of pla.c natcrial a. a tandard dis tancc frcm thc edge of the veld preps, prio to thc.
~~welding o a scam. Py u ing thcsc re.'ercncc narks, the center line of the. veld can accurately be located. 5~P PRELIMINARY LAY(-UT M 'THOD~~
~~~ ~ ~~~
Reference ma>k: will be stanped on the outside of the vessel at a standard di(.'.t neo of 6> 6-1/2 and 7 inches from the we'd . edge prep of tt(e plate at intcrvt(la of 12 inchei except ys noted in other sections of this procedure hc inside of th wold scarr, nay also bo marked if nccoasarv.
~
5 ' Single bevel )oint marking> Fig. sh" 6" 6r'i" FIG. i
IQ HTI I'ICATIOH
~~-"ZP-C .ZO" "D IABZZUG PROC"-.BUM C~~
~~tkOC HO, 3 o l2 tlUC' ' "")C'OA V S S>>LS OCVI NO, p STAN< DARO o< h'PP 3 12~7C Cvs owC A~~
~
~~5. 3. Double bevel )oint mark'ng: Fige 2 7~~
~~7"'E'F; MARKS 7 7/l~~
~~~ 0 ~ ~ % 0 %0 FICE 2 .,5.< For plate to plate fields, both plates must be ma ked.~~
5~ 5 For plate to forging (norzles and flanges) Melds, only the plate needs to be marked. See Fig. 3 e o ~ ore se1 5.6 The reference marks fo" longitudinal seams shall start a-p oximately at the ccn.er line of the tcp ro nd seam," . All other. aeama vill start as depictod in section 6 ~
~~)OC)<T)f eC*TICK) Iw )~~
~ ~ Vi" LD +D"" I 'Gii I Cn l>iD !'EXP <ING PRGCZDVBZ fAOC I)O, 4 Of U ILOOVCT tsUCLL'AB ')%AC.OR Vc.SSELS aCv IO. 0 CL'STOMC 1 S )I i aJ) I )aD
~~~ ~ v vs." I OATC 3-1 2-7 4 VI~~
5. 7. D':...cnsion H (;.,a:<i;.us wolC width) and '., (wiC h o>>cld on narrow sPdo} aro actual t'.ensured di tanccs for tho plato to plato welds where Loth pla cs aro rarkcd. For veld whc c only one plate ia marked, such as plate to forging tho, dir)ensio"..s arc thcore cal and aro calculated frow approved engineering drawings.
~~i Fig. 3. FtEr. NRi~~> rt>>t 10 LITIC <'t'<<"LD IDI".'tITIFICZi.IOlI ACRID t~~iRNIltQ l'MC~DUP~~~~~
~~~~~ Apf, HPt 5 Ot P'UCLE1>R fIIOOVC1 f~~~~
~~~~C V5 0 a4 C II I~I ICTQR VESSFLS GTIIIiDIIliO ACV. ~O.~~~~

~~~~ov l~~~~

P oATC 3-12-74 S'."c o". Cutout tIu<"r o. n c "vals ~l Up to ~nd includ'ng 12" P / Z 'tl, ~ g/ j Pj Over 12" anu including 25" p Gf >>/Z /L, Over 25" and includinf "8"gf 7 l2 38" and includin 2"8 2.'Z. Over 16 Over 52" and including o5" pf ~ >>>> ,20 $ .8 )locale to shell wold> P ~ t ~ ~ ~ ~ t~ t ~ 0 ~ ~~ ~ t ~ ~ e ROME'IG ~; 4 ~A. 180 ~ ~ et ~ ~ ~ W 7't ~g!+ O't 7 FIG.. I Io KTII'IcATIGIo fe P 1 / TIT I.g VELD IDEosa I FICE)oIO!7 gaseD oVLPi sIotG'otOCEDVRE rAoC uo, 6 O'I 12 ~oPLIoT NVCL AR K~ACTOR'ESSELS IItv. Iop. 0 ~YOPTA UTAHDARD ov NRP OATL 3-12-74 5.lo llo"xlo to safe end veld and veld neck flangcs< 6 6'/2 7 PICo 5 Tho reference marks vill be atamped on the outside of the noxxlo forging at a standard distance of 6> 6-1/2 and 7 inches from the edge 'of the veld prop. A11 stamping bo on the th'cker portion of tho forging at least beyond vill tho point vhcro tho neck starts to thicken. These mcasurcments are made along the surface vith a flexible rule. 5o12 The nu.".>or of intervals arouoI'ill bo tho samo as in paragraph 5. Oi using the outside diameter in place of s i xo of cutout.. Fig. 4 6~ 0 'INAL LIIIYOUT Final layout describea the direction and starting point for marking nu."..bcrs > location of numbers in relation to the scami and thd use of referonco marks. I ~ ~ ~ ~ Iogt TIPICATION>>q>>ip tac hZLO D"!l -c -"C:i 0'l RlO ~J PK l(Q P LOC DJP a*os pro, 7 or 12 hooUCf tiUCLZAR RZliCiOR %~SSZLS acv. tao>> 0 CVSTOLIC I S ~ AllDti!(0 ~ v l;Rp oAvc 3-12-74 6e2 pc f crcncc a ks dose ibcd in 4 0 o cl < i a y, layout bo used to locato thc bo'nda"'cs of vclda..his ic accomplishod by rovioving thc crginocring drawings and moasuring f rom thc "cfcrcnco marks thc standard distance to the cdgcs of tho o ig ..al void pi cp. Thc ccntc" point of dimensions M and N< can be cons'dcrcd thc center linc Fig.. bar and 6, of thc weld. F~g a ~ is an eravple o'n angle weld prep. engineering dzaving that shows a single bevel veld joint with a 5/8" back-up 15'ncluded I fgglPC' FIG 6 i6 ~ 4 Kith the information from the dravings and the use of the reference marks, evaluate the seam to be marked and 5.dcntify the vide side of the veld. ~ ~ ID'TIfl~&TIOH RIP ~ l t(tLt li".' I"'l'IFICh,IOll i'fD t 'sB.".I!'G PROC DUP ~ AOt HO. 8 > Of AoovcT NUC'".;M R AC.OR VESS LS ~cv. vo. 0 CUITOIACI ST/;:)DARD cv hT~> oi-.t 3-12-74 6.5 i F~g 7 io an oxamplo of a typi cal wold )oint doocribod in 6. 3. Soo Fig. 6, Q)p5 2f" gV RELb NOM lMhf. I 7Hl(: K /2 7/I I '=)p" 7" FIG. 7 6.5.1 Measure the standard distance from the reference gnarks toward the veld to find the original edges of the seam. Tho distance between the edges represents the vidth of the veld. ewe ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ og ~ ~ I ~ I ~ g 6o6 N:on laying out rondo vhoro only ono sot of roforonco mcrl:s aro givon tho thoo otical width calculated fro~ the approved ongknnoring drawings tnust bo usod in dotcrmining the theor~tioal wahoo bounda~ and contor Zino of the seam. I I F I ~' iocrn<r<cATio~ >~I4'4 D ID liTIF "CATION AND lsiR'~G PROC DU% ~eor. tie. 9 or 12 raoovcv NUCLEAR'R PS ACTO R VESSELS htV. t40, 0 Cul'TOMC a ST A'i Dgi lt 9 Iv HiP oaTc 3-12-74 6.6.l Nozxla to shell weld> Fig. 8 +cu, g/I FICe 8 6m6o2 To determine the width of the veld (Wi and M ) locate the original veld edge using the refcxcnce narks on the plate. Measure from this edge the theoretical width calculatad fry tho approved engineering dravings and <nark the opposite cdgo o" the veld. This dimension will thon be Mg or M the center of which vill be the cantar lino of the veld.
iiv >r tc*ticpg ); fP tirade hE'D -

D-":c7ZF:CiiT1C'l i 'lD .'J)LKZbG PROC'.DU% ~ mreo, 10 ot }2 hOOVC ~ hUCLZAR P".ACTOR 'v~SSEL8 A(V ROI 0 <<IIC I CUITOMCII C I~.i C>CC D(a><D tv )'cRP cATt 3<<}2<<74 6i7 Location, direct'on and s.""..p'.ng o. zcfcrcncc nv.-.hers wil} bc as fo}Jo s g Scc )'igc 9. ~ ~ 6.7.} Vessel longitudinal and girth seams',7. 2 For circumferential scans, number intarvals clockwise looking cio~n fr".m ') o top of thc vessel starting at thc vessel D'inc. For longitud'nal scar:,s, nunhcr the intervals from tcp o bottom. TOi" ~4 ~ ~ +" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~C MMf>> 0 I ~ ~ p Q p'G ~ 9 ~- ~ >><< ~ M lgflcTItlcATlotl Ptgp ' P~iK-:ZllC P ROC-"GUM <o 9 J D J X C's' Q; A,'e D M4t te1, 3] pP 'maovsv ))UCLKnA P=)iC OR V SSFLS RCV. HOi p cmfovca ~ S /i.lDAR0 ~ <71a oATc 3~}A+74

~~~~6. 7.3 .op head no-"lc" (c'>> <<5 o'6 v'w) t Scg 5, 8 (, Fgg (~~~~

p4 %/ Vl 27g + 30' o ~ 0% tO ~ t~ F.'ZC" lp 6.7.4 No=ale to shell veld< See 5.8 t Pig. 4~ e )Oruv<r)Cr t)OK >ill-1 v)v).c 'li~LD 3E.'lT'. ICi)TTON )'lD NLR: !lG PItQ EDUC PAoC KO, 12 . Or 12 oovcv NUCLEAR R=))~TOR V" SSELS ACV KO. 0 CUSTOL)CA ST))::D)):K ~v >lRP O~tC 3-3,2-7 4 5.7. 5 ))ll interval nu;."crs sh llbe sta=..ped with low stress dies.. Each sta."..ping w'll bo an the outside of tho vessel and will bc M /2 + 1/2" fros) the ccntc" line of the weld. Thc r.;a"king shall remain on tho vessel. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 12/78 Lamberto MacGill~ Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 408- 297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. ~p-34 Revision No. 2 Procedure Title LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval J>~g (Quality Assurance Officer) Client Approval iol~Ze Authorized Nuclear Inspector Approval g~g ~ r Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS DATE WNP ~~ IS I KNGINEKR /~- zg- SO TITLE CONTRACT NO+ { j~vo ~ Ps%' d'or N S s5 ~s~ oc Ia <cl NIcclc0tr Pc IH CONTRACTOR 4.~ Mlle.. DOCUMENT TITLE RKV. /V Lcc trav 7 PCS v ulct Hk9 L quV ICf Lob ~~ C4dl ~ W VC'o~l 4 *0~ Cp M c~f 4tH J5 o Hcf Ea )+5 ~ PREVIOUSLY RKVIKWKD g YES P NO {DATE IF YES) /g I980 btPCPf -2.-8O- 7'/) ~ RKVIOUSLYAPPROVED Q YKS ~ NO {DATE IF YES) REASONS FOR RE SUSMITTAL {IF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) DISPOSiTION 0 n0 0 00 IU I g REVIEWER 0 Zg IU .0 OO C 2U Cg Zlgg O, Vl Ol C EE UC 0 r CC2< I//c /f/+

i. SUPERVISOR>ilSI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT KNGIN PROJECT KI5QINKERING MANAGER/PLANTTKCHNICAI SUPERVISOR D,GEN R ON IC MANAGERo QUALITYSKRVICKS go NOTES/COMMKNTSc l4, Ccr C mW~ WC -Pg WP 702 KDP $ .0

UTP-34 LSMbefI+ MSCGIII + ThOIYl88, IAC. PROC. PAGE I Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWItIG PAGE 2 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297- 8766 DATE 12/9/80 TITLE: NUCLEAR PRESERV ICE AND INSERV ICE AXIAL LONGITUDINAL WAVE EXAMINATION Of COMPOt(ENT STUDS AND BOLTS AND SCOPE A. ~Sco e 'URPOSE This procedure provides instructions for implementation of the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections V and XI, for the ul trasonic examination of welds in pressure vessel, piping, and component bolts and studs greater than two inches in diameter, not in-cluding reactor pressure vessel studs. B. ~Sco e This procedure is applicable to axial longitudinal wave ultrasonic examination of forged bolting. REF EREt/CES A. This procedure is in compliance with the applicable sec-tions of the foll owing reference documents:

~~~~l. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; QUAL IF I CAT I 0tJ:~~~~

e A roved for oee vA ave~ gP Lambert>> MacGill ~ Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 2 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 3 771 East Brokaw Road REV I S ION 2 San Jose.Ca. S5112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 A. l. a) Section V, Nondestructive Examination, 1974 edition, Summer 1975 addenda. b) Section XI, Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Powe~r lant Components, 1974 edition, umme r ~~ t91S ' dd end a. a

~~~~2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing; a~~~~

a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A, June 1975, "Personnel Qualification and Certification Pro-grams in Nondestructive Testing." b) LMT, Inc. Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel." c) LMT, Inc. Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection by WPPSS. III. DEFINITIONS UT System - Includes the ultrasonic tester, cable, trans-ducer, and wedge, if used. IV ~ RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. Lambert o INacGill o Thomas, Inc. 4 PROC. PAGE 3 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNic8 ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 IV. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, Inc., or his designated Level III alternate, LMT, shall qual-ify the procedure for a particular examination. V. PROCEDURE UAL I F ICATION A. The procedure shall be qualified for specific examina-tions, personnel, and equipment by performing and docu-menting a successful calibration for each di fferent length/diameter combination of stud or bolt to be examined. V I. PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS A. Examiners, using this procedure shall have levels of qualification as, per the Procedure Qualification. B. As a minimum, examination teams shall consist of one Level I I examiner and one Level I examiner or one Level II examiner and one NDE Trainee as defined in QA-6. C. Personnel shall be qualified and certified according to the requirements of ASME XI, SNT-TC-IA, and LMT, Inc. Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel." Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 4 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408 -297- 8766 DATE 12/9/80 VI I. E UIPMENT AND MATERIAL RE UIREMENTS A. Ul trasonic.testers shall be of the pul se echo type. Instruments shall have an ampl itude display linear within 5% of calibrated screen height over 80% of that height; and an attenuator, stepped in increments of 2 dB or less, which is accurate over the range of the test to x20% of nominal value. Instruments shall have had their internal alignment and calibration verified within 90 days of any impl ementation of thi s proce-dure.

~~~~1. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.~~~~

B. Connecting cables shall be coaxial, and their length limited to less than that at which significant signal degradation (2 dB) occurs, but shall not exceed 200 feet. C. Electronic recording equipment, when used, shall be electronically aligned within 180 days of use.

~~~~1. A record of calibration shall be avail able at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.~~~~

D. Search units shall be certified by the manufacturer as to essential properties, including bandwidth, damping, center frequency within 10% of nominal, and relative gain. Lambert o MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 5 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Srokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 40S-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 VI I. D. l. A record of search unit properties shall be avail-able at the jobsite for WPPSS review.

2. Search units shall be selected according to Tabl e l.

3. Other frequencies and sizes may be used where part geometry or grain structure impedes effective use of the transducers shown in Table 1.

Material L-wave Transducer Thickness Len th Diameter inc. Fre uenc MHz 2" to 10" 5 II 5 >10" to 36" .75" 1-5 Table 1 E. Couplant materials shall be as low as practicable in sulfur and halogen content. Certification shall be provided on a batch basis for each brand name of coup-lant. Analysis for halogens and sulfur shall be made according to ASTM 0-129-64 and ASTM D-808-63.

1. Residual halogens and sulfur shall not exceed 1% by weight.

2. Certification, by batch number, for each batch of couplant used, shall be maintained on file at the jobsite.

Lambert ~ iVIacG ill ~ Thomas, inc. PROC. UTP-34 Testinp ~ fnpineerinp ~ Service ~ Troininp PAGE 6 FOLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 40B-297- B766 DATE 12/9/80 VI I. F. Calibration blocks shall be representative of the full length of the component studs to be examined, and of the form and dimension of Figures 1 and la.

~~~~1. Whenever practical, the calibration block shall be made from material identical to that being exam-ined.~~~~

~~~~VIII. PREPARATION A. Documentation~~~~

~~~~1. The following preliminary documentation require-ments shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before beginning any examination program:~~~~

a) Procedure and gualification b) Calibration Sheets c) Inspection Reports d) ,Material and Equi pment Certifications e) Personnel Certifications f) NRC Form 4 (operating nuclear plants only) g) NRC Form 5 (operating nuclear plants only) h) Status Indicators (Hold tags) i) Radiation Work Permits (where applicable) B . ~Ph a ic a 1

~~~~1. The following physical preparation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinations are performed:~~~~

Lambert ~ MacG ill Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 7 UTP-34 Testing ~ Enpineering ~ Service ~ Troininp FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 OATE 12/9/80 VI I I, B. 1. a) Insulation removal b) OSHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c) Cleanup requirements d) Safety precautions (other work in area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration

~~~~1. Responsibility a) It shal'1 be the responsibility of the Level II examiner to determine the need for surface preparation.~~~~

b) Surfaces shall be sufficiently smooth and clean so that a meaningful examination may be per-formed. IX. LIMITATIONS A. This procedure is based on ASME nuclear requirements; it may not be applicable to military, API, or AWS re-quirements without modification. B. Thi s examination i s 1 imited to a search for transversly oriented flaws. UTP-34 Lambert ~ M acG Testing ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 8 ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOMING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 X. CALIBRATION A. Test calibration is performed on a complete system. Any change in the ultrasonic instrument, transducer cabl e, or transducer requires test recal ibration. A change in qualified personnel, recording instrumenta-tion or recorder connection requires a calibration check. B. Instrument alignment verification for screen height and amplitude control linearity shall be performed daily before any examinations are performed.

~~~~1. Instrument Linearity Verification 4~~~~

a) Position the search unit on a calibration block to obtain two echoes with a 2:1 amplitude ratio. b) Set the larger echo to 80% of calibrated screen height. c) Vary the amplitude of the larger echo from 100% to 20% of calibrated screen height in 10% in-c rements. d) Note that at each increment the smaller echo remains 1/2 the larger within a tolerance band of +5% of full screen height. Lamberto MacQ444o Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 9 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose,Ca, 95112 408-297-8766 OATE 12/9/80 X. B. 1. e) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Calibration Report form (Figure 2).

~~~~2. Attenuator L"inearity Verification a) Position the search unit to obtain an 80% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen.~~~~

b) Adjust the sensitivity control to decrease the system gain by 6 dB and 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its accepta-bility. Estimate system response to el% of calibrated full scale. c) Position the search unit to obtain a 40% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. d) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 6 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptability. Esti-mate system response to all of calibrated full screen. e) Position the search unit to obtain a 20% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. f) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptability. Estimate system response to a1% of calibrated full scale. Lambert ~ M acQ ill~ Thomas, Inc.. PROC. PAGE 10 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training F OLLObf I NG PAGE 11 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 RE VI S ION 2 408- 297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 X. B. 2. g) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Calibration Report form (Figure 2.). Indication Gain Indication To erance Set Chan e Limits 80'X -6 dB 32K to 48% 80% -12 dB 16% to 24% 40% +6 dB 64% to 96% 20% +12 dB 64% to 96% Table 2 C. Strai ht Beam Test

1. Calibration is performed on a complete system on the appropriate calibration block at the beginning of each day's testing of that material. Calibra-tion is performed with the transducer on the end of the calibration standard opposite the flat bottomed hole. Calibration using a cal'ibration block is established by a distance amplitude curve connect-ing the response from the notch reference reflector at each end of the calibration standard. The amp-litude of the near notch response shall be set at 80% of the tester screen height. The back reflec-tion of the 14-inch standard shall be set to seven horizontal divisions of the tester screen and the back reflection of the'23-inch standard shall be set at eight horizontal divisions of the tester

Lambert~ MacGillo Thomas, lnc. PROC. UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service i Training PAGE 11 FOLLOWING PAGE 12 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408- 297-8766 ~ OATE 12/9/80 X. C. 1. screen. Record the distance amplitude response on the tester screen and on the Calibration Report form.~ This is the Primary Reference Response. Also note the response of the flat bottomed hole on the tester screen and on the Calibration Report.

2. Without further adjusting the gain, obtain, record and mark on the tester screen the response of the No. 5 hole in a Rompas block. Also record the two range responses (near and far) from the curved sur-face reference reflectors; i .e., at least two inches, and 14 inches/23 inches (for the approp-riate test length), if used.

~~~~XI. PERFORMANCE A. Calibration Verification~~~~

1. Calibration shall be verified before and after each examination.

2. Verification shall be made using the response of the basic block, as per X.C.1., or using the recorded response of the standard reference block as per step X.C.2.

3. Responses within +2 dB and within +.5" or 5% of bolt or stud length, whichever is greater, shall be proof of calibration.

Lambert ~ MlcG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-34 12 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 13 771 East Brokaw Road San JoseaCa. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 XI. A. 4. Failure to demonstrate calibration shall require recalibration and retest of the part under consid-eration.

1. Scanning sensitivity shall be twice (2x) that of the Primary Reference Response.

2. Penetration of straight beam energy shall be veri-fied by an observable back surface echo.

~~~~C. CoveracOe~~~~

1. Where practical, the part shall be completely scan-ned from an available end (Figure 4) with a contin-uous movement of the transducer to maximize the back reflection and to ensure the full volume of the part is examined.

~~~~D. Limitations Limitations that prevent full compliance with XI.C. shall be recorded on the Examination Report form (Fig-ure 3). XI I. EVALUATION A. Methods~~~~

~~~~1. For each indication that exceeds 50% of the ref-erence levels, the following information must be recorded:~~~~

Lambert ~ MacGPPP o Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 13 UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Traininp 77'P East FOLLOWING PAGE 14 Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95'P12 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 XI I. A. 1., a) Peak ampl itude (5 DAC) wi th corresponding range to indication and search unit position. b) Range and transducer position at 50% DAC ampl i-tude points. c) Length and depth of ref ector. 1 B. Evaluation Criteria Any indication exceeding 50% of the Primary Reference ht Distance Amplitude Curve shall be evaluated by the examiner to determine the extent, size, location, and shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be included on the Notification of Reportable Indication form (OAF-16), Figure 5. C. Reference S stems for Recordin Indications Each stud examined shall be identified with a stamped or vibra-tooled component and stud number. Indications" shall be located in inches from the scanning surface end of the bolt or stud, in inches from the outer sur-face, and in degrees circumferentially, from a refer-ence mark on the flat bolt or stud surface. D. Acce tance Criteria Acceptance criteria contained in Paragraph IWB-3515 of ASHE Section XI, 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975, are summarized in the table drawn in Figure 6. Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-34 14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 15 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. S5112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 XIII. RECORDS A. A Report of Visual and Ultrasonic Examination (Fi g-ure 3) shall be prepared for each item examined, and shall be related to a Report of Ultrasonic Calibration (Figure 2). B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of all examin-ations. 0

~~~~1. Chart records used in indication analysis shall utilize two channels, one corresponding to vertical deflection of the tester signal and the other to horizontal .~~~~

a) These channels shall be calibrated to match the oscilloscope display. That i s, an. indication 90% of vertical amplitude appearing at five divisions on the tester screen should have a nine division deflection on one chart channel and a five division deflection on the other. 2 ~ Chart records shall include pre and post test cali-bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the test.

~~~~3. Location and other pertinent information shall be manually noted on each chart.~~~~

Lambert ~ MacQill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-34 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE 15 FOLLOWING PAGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 40S-297- 8766 DATE 12/9/80 XI I I. B. 3. a) Pertinent information includes, but is not l imi ted to, date, time, i tern,. equi pment, exami-ners, scans, gain, and recorder settings and speed. C. Recordin Conventions

~~~~1. Ultrasonic scans and the location of indications shall be recorded as follows:"~~~~

~~~~a) In inches, axially, from examination surface; b) In inches or degrees, CW or CCW from circumfer-ential datum point.~~~~

~~~~0. Other types of recording, such as event or alarm moni-toring may be used as an aid to the examiner where feasible.~~~~

XIV. REVIEW A. Examination Reports shall be subject to r eview by an assigned LHT Level II I for conformity to the require-ments of this procedure. B. Following the final LHT review, the reports will be transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. Lambert o MacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-34 16 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 17 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 XV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Co-ordinator. Additional reports which may include exami-nation documentation as reference material shall be generated from copies. 8 . Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the LHT Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. ding cft Jifs's/A/r Q Dld frdfAtfftlrrrnr nvf rvrc Drrf/c ArtCk'AN/: 'I fAf/A/dfr/J I I c 'Pg - Cl/d/ (AFFI JCF DffA/C .CFO t.OOF L. S Jfddtr JIB AVAA/R tV/frr Sf/fArJFSFC J/AA/J'lffrt Fsf ~ /DCI t.ddF CtSCC4'/f VJ'll, WA'Af tl rtl ftrtf C. JfAA/DARD dill'vrvr+t /dr/R A/ItIC// CVFA/C Ad/Crt fd rtC r fran VA/SStl (re aeACFFJ 0/W'RW//4 A/D/FA i fd frvs /fvpr/rD/rr A/dfcrf 4'/) drf/rrpfvD rrcfrrvdrfrfrrf D U C) Pl P) "tt I<'i ? .ad&. lNN IIIVNNNOll INNNOl0 ~ 01 lNI IN tNlllNVICl tlA r > WASIIINGTON PUBLIC POWE C DolNVKItotlClION SUPPLY SYSTEM ttlOOlltrtlOto V t NDO tiVI 'Aaltr41%a NN/ o NNt C I lNONIt1 FS'/4)YCS C/J A sc/A'c rrdlv Cdrr/A dr Ar vf 0 ttrf trfl/SD fdk Cdvrf/rvff/pA/ ONANN t )St VDVllV u/ a//AS/A/rav r/fa.i. /rf s l ~ NO tall ~V CHID tttVO NO Dill NlVINON et CNaO rr/VO Oll ~ v S CO oaoND r/ifcrt 224 Wi\ \%~ $ % H F1GURE 1 ZDWS INCTI SIN ~* ~ Oy ~ LLN I ~SQ- ~ Ou(ssn o(I. SUN (ACTI I I I 'LQOCIC 10'SMT I I (3SS SI ~ IO Q I I I Ss ~ I~ ~ lkl oolfoae SUE TWIT ~ VI.L Dl tbl. %001 L 01 LRS OT oukNN (PITI(SS ~ OCTLIII .Sr ).Nor RCCSRC PUTAO afub U1 CIJSR+LJ 101l I\Sf)C ISS-CC QNS TSSLCVLOS O~ ~~1 .inn.f. DCfr L 0SLMT 0IUO LNLNNWIIN Q NsLN VLSL Ms)ST Wlla lALOLTCNaal Ul CL) WIST S +gP 8jfA/l '1 MLNOLNDMLCNININS)SILCNLLICO'4 Io bc 1 fgs Uuscoko14caenc\Iolab CLN )0 S. LOCAIS 1NNSS IISICNSO llo ATANT,

~~~~i. SltfCN SNoulb O'0 PCTIPC)IOICUSAR f0 1NO ACID 0 ~ 1NC )Ifub.~~~~

)IW I+ ~ ) fINS OSls)VC I1 WI I SOI 0 fONUSI Is )sf SI NVNS ANO WALIIIIN()IONP(IB(IC POWER 4)SI OveCI Se5)ICINSI SIII'Pl Y SYSTEM f b f) IT ~nN ff)NrfffD CbfrffDrfffl SDDutb soo. ovlaRUclloss gf 'l )NOONJS)l O)N T I Is; sel I 0 M C 4 klkkk Os)No YT SS 1 QI40%0 TI 'O'I sv RCCINC PULSP v~fub l, pvM N\ )v ul CkklookflbllSSOCIC. LS NO kl NSVIQQN ~T CIIKO ))TVO HO Oktl l S VISIO)1 OT cIIlo ))Tvo Uslf 1'II fl OTNOINU U1CIS 313 ~ NV / lORE I I) P ROt: . tl0. UTP -34 PAGE 19 LMT-UT -1 4 80 Larvabert ~ Macaiii e Thomas, 4nc. Location Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal. No. Time 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose.ca. 95112 Date 408- 297- 8766 Page of RE PORT OPULTRASON IC CALIBRATION Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level Authorized Inspector Customer Instrument S/N ReCal Due Cable Recorder S/N ReCal Due Recorder S/N ReCal Due Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed Si nal 2 Signal 2 shall equal 50% of Signal 1 15% of full scale Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed Si nal Am . 80% 32 Actual Value Signal amplitude must fall within listed values Transducers Xfg. Type gfxe FI'eg Index nngfe Xfg. Type Fxeg . Index Angle Index en gin Hfg, Type Size Fxeg. Index nngle P R Procedure Rev. Date 0 C Verification/Ref. Cal. Block Type Ref . Re f1. Temp. Blk. Ref. Refl. TelllP e DAC Cal. Check Time Instrument Settings 10 Gain Sweep Delay Reject ~ n Dampe 2 4 6 8 10 F IGUR PROC. NO. UTP-34 PAGE 20 FOLLOWING PAGE 21 LMT-UTX2 10 79 Location Lambert s MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. Report No. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Ca 1. No. T ime 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose.Ca. 95112 Date 40B-297- B766 Page of REPORT OF VISUAL AND ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION I Description Size Material S/N (s) T E M Location Preparation Temp Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level Authorized Inspector Customer 0 Tester 1 S/N S/N U Recorder 1 S/N S/N I Transducer 1 P M E N Couplant Cable Marker Photo T P Calibration Procedure Rev ~ R Examination Procedure Rev. 0 C Recording Procedure Rev. C A Calib. Blk. Temp. Ref. Amp. Sweep L Ref. Gain Damp. Reject Gate I Alnrm Mag. Tape Count Chart Cal. Check Ti mc Cal. Ref . B1k. Ref. Ref 1. Amp, Sweep Position Scan Gain Ref. Dwg. Reject Level Report Level NAD ~ No Apparant Disc. L ~ Linear G ~ Geometry S ~ Spot M ~ Multiples Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. -0 Visual 13 Base Metal 14 15 16 17 12 18 Scan Description of Indications Sketch FIG RE 3 Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-34 21 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 22 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 2 408-297-8766 OATE 12/9/80 Note: All aws are exaggerated Stud in size and scale. Unacce table ur ace F aw S<a S~a / / I / i Acct table Subsurface Flaw I I r Subsurface t Flaw ~ma / / I Longitudinal Scan 43 Scan Area o Examine Stud olume Contact Surface at 0 Chart Division Subsurface c W Nonaxial 0 0 Indiciation ~ Q v lQ Ql 8 4 Ic Axial Indiciation Back Surface at 10 Chart Divisions Component Stud Scanning F I GURE 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ I ~Os o ~ ' ~ UTP-34 Lambert e MacGill e Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE F Testing e Engineering ~ Service e Training 771 East Bf.okaw Road REVISION 2 San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/9/80 TABLE IWB 3515.1 ALLOWABLEPLANAR INDICATIONS Material: SA-193 Grade 87, SA.320 Grade L13, SA640 CIaaa 3 Grade 823, 821 that meet the requirements of NB 2333 Chsrneter Rsneet Nerninel 8isee Qreeter then 1 in. Aroect Subw rf Retd, see'ndscstens, slv'0 s~ In, 0.,10 0,10 0.10 0.20 0 '15 0.30 0.15 0.40 0.20 0.50 0.25 g)isrneter hsnyeI feenr4Insl 8Ises 2 ln. end Qrester, Otrt Hea Ores 1 ln. Aspest 84rbw rfsos' hell&, nd see I sons, ~ s, rn. fv'.0 0 075 0.10 0 075 0.20 0,10 0.30 0.10 040 0.15 0.50 0.18 HQT55 lll Oimentions ~ .end t ere defined In Fio. IW84515.1. For intsrmediste flaw aspect ration, rla, linear IntertxAtlon Ie permissible. I2I The totsl depth of en ellovveble tusowfaoe Indioetion ls tvvtoa the he ted vel ve. FIGURE 6 0 Lambert~ MacGill o Thomas, Inc. l Testing ~ Engineering ~ Servjce ~ Train)ng 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 408. 297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SllEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. ~p-33 Revision No. 5 Procedure Title N T N F MAlN STEAM FLUEO HEAO F 0 LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval - ~-ei Quality Assuiance Of.ficer) Client Approval s C ~/s ~ Authorized Nuclear Inspector Approval 'Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date ) h'i h W WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS WNP I5 I KNO INKKR DATE c02 WP cr/ e 8 CONTRACT NOe CONTRACTOR '2- TITLE '2 derv ce cr PI~<~ ~ l ~ (/C lEAY. QH / Zhc DOCUMENT TITLK RK u77- 33 PAR/)II/)d+Oh ~ P HAIK 0 Pvt-rJue A A-W~~ " e J PRKVIOUSI Y REVIEWED Pg YKS P NO (DATK IS YES) PRKVIOUSLY APPROVED H YES NO (DATE IF YES) $ ~$ Q 0 REASONS FOR RK SU8MITTAL(IP PREVIOUSLY APPROVKO) C r~~9 D.j n. 7= u '2. C //lr~48n DISPOSITION 0 0 00 hl 9I 4I 0 AEVIEWER )0 OO 0 C Z2. hl U C +X 0 Zt E ~g 0 UC 0 's/~o I SUPKRVIS, ISI AN O E ATIONS SUPPORT K Ol PR ECT ENQINEERINQ M AOKR/PLANT TECHNICAL SUPERVISOR N 0 /z~/ei E C A AO R, 0 ALITYSERVICES NOTES/COMMENTS) 'lo Fi 2 WP 702 EDP9 0 E l.ambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 1 UTP-33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 2 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 5 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 T ITLE: ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF MAIN STEAM FLUED HEAD ATTACHMENT WELDS PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~Pur oee This procedure provides instructions for implementation of the intent of the ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, for the straight beam and angle beam contact ultrasonic examination of main steam flued heads. B. ~Sco e This procedure is applicable to the manual longitudinal and shear wave examination of the main steam flued head attachment welds, performed from the outside surfaces. REFERENCES A. 'This procedure is in compliance with the applicable por-tions of the foll owing reference documents:

~~1. American Society of H echanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; a) Section V, "Nondestructive Examination", 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975.~~

QUAL IF ICATION: Approved for use WBI u,[fl T~I7-H l.ambert ~ I acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road PROC'TP-33 PAGE 2 FOLLOWING PAGE ~ San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS ION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 A. 1. b) Section XI, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components", 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975.

2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing; a) Recommended'ractice No. SNT-TC-1A, June 1975, "Personnel gualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing."

3. a) LMT Procedure gA-6, "gualification and 'Certifi-cation of NDE Personnel."

b) LMT Operating and guality Assurance Manual, Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection by WPPSS. III~ DE F IN IT IONS Flued Head: The fitting that connects the process pipe to the. containment penetration sleeve which i s used to pass process piping through the nuclear containment vessel wall (see Figure 1). IV. RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., i s responsibl e for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so .indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. Lambert ~ NlacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC'TP-33 PAGE 3 Testlnp ~ Enpineerfnp ~ Service ~ Traininp FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 IV. B. The responsible Level III 'Field Supervisor, LMT, or his designated Level III alternate, LMT, shall qualify the procedure for a particular examination. V ~ PROCEDURE UALIF ICATION The procedure shall be qualified for specific examinations, personnel; and equipment by performing and documenting a successful calibration. VI ~ PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of qualifications as per the Procedure Qualification. B. As a minimum, examination teams shall consist of one Level II examiner and one Level I examiner, or one Level II examiner and one NDE Trainee 'as defined in LMT Proce-dure QA-6. C. Personnel shall be qualified and certified according to the requirements of ASME XI, SNT-TC-lA, and LMT, Inc. Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certification of NDE Personnel." VI I ~ E UIPMENT AND MATERIAL RE UIREMENTS 1 A. Ultrasonic testers shall be of the pulse echo type. Instruments shall have an amplitude display linear within 5X of calibrated screen height over 80% of that Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC'TP-33 PAGE 4 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV I SION 5 VII '. 408"297-8766 height; and an attenuator, stepped in increments of 2 dB or less, which is accurate over the range of the test to a20% of nominal val.ue. OATE Instruments shall have had their 12/8/80 internal alignment,and calibration verified within 90 days of any implementation of this procedure.

~~~~1. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.~~~~

B. Connecting cables shall be coaxial, and their length limited to less than that at which significant signal degradation (2 dB) occurs, but shall not exceed 200 C. feet. Electronic recording equipment shall be electronically aligned within 180 days of use.

1. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.

0. Search units shall be certified by the manufacturer as to essential properties, including bandwidth, damping, center frequency within 10% of nominal, and relative gain.

l. A record of search unit properties shall be avail-able at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.

2. The angle beam search unit wedges shall be checked.

prior to each day's use to determine actual beam angle fn metal when checked on a standard reference Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 5 UTP-33 Testing Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REYISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8'/80 VII. D. 2. block, such as an IIW or DSC. The actual beam angle shall be recorded and shall be 45, +2', or 60', a3'o be acceptable for initial or further use. Other beam angles shall be within +3'f their nominal.

3. The results of examinations performed with angle beam search units which meet the above requirement are acceptable provided the search unit beam angle on subsequent checking is within a3'f the 'nominal angle. Should this tolerance not be met on subse-quent checking, determination of the need for re-examination shall be made and the basis for the decision documented.

4. Search units shall be selected according to Table 1.

Additional search units may be used for evaluation or in unusual circumstances; however, such use shall be documented by an approved Field Change to this procedure as per LMT, Inc. guality Assurance Pro-cedure gA-5, "Procedure Generation and Control." Material L-wave Examination An le Beam Examination Thickness Size Fre uenc Size Fre uenc An le Overll .5 to 1 MHz to .5 x.5 1 MHz to 45 5 ] II 2.25 MHz to 2.25 MHz and 1.5 "x1.5" 600 Table 1 Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Service Inc. PROC. PAGE 6 UTP-33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VII. E. Coupl ant materials shall be as low as practicable in sul fur and halogen content. Certification shall be pro-vided on a batch basis for each brand name of coupl ant. Analysis for halogens and sul fur shall be made according to ASTN D-129-64 and ASTH D-808-63.

1. Residual halogens and sulfur shall not exceed 1% by weight.

2. Certification, by batch number, for each batch of couplant used, shall be maintained on file at the jobsite.

~~~~F. The WNP-2 Calibration Block UT-40 shown in Figure 2 shall be used.~~~~

~~~~1. The identity of the calibration block shall be re-corded on each Calibrat ion and Examination Report form (see Figures 3 and 4).~~~~

~~~~VIII. PREPARATION A. Documentation~~~~

~~~~1. The following preliminary documentation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before beginning any examination program:~~~~

a) Procedure gualification b) Calibration Sheets Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 7 UTP-33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VIII. A. 1. c) Inspection Reports "d) Material and Equipment Certifications e) Personnel Certifications f) NRC Form 4 (operating nuclear plants only) g) NRC Form 5 (operating nuclear plants only) h) Status Indicators (Hold tags) i) Radiation Work Permits (when applicable) B. ~Ph sical

~~~~1. The following physical preparation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator before specific examinations are performed:~~~~

a) Insulation removal b) OSHA requirements (ladders, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c), Cl eanup requirements d) Safety precautions (other work in area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration

1. Responsibility It shall be the responsibility of the Level II exam-iner to determine the need for surface preparation.

2. Surfaces shall be sufficiently smooth and clean so that a meaningful examination can be performed.

Lambert ~ MacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 8 UTP-33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 5 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 VIII. C. 3. Welds shall'be identified and all required marking procedures completed before performing any examina-tions. IX. LIMITATIONS This procedure is for use on the WNP-2 main steam flued head fittings; it is not adaptable to other applications without modification. X. CALIBRATION A. Test calibration. is performed on a complete system. Any change in the ultrasonic instrument, transducer cabl e, or transducer requires test recalibration. A change in qualified personnel, recording instrumentation, or re-corder connection cable requires a calibration check; however, instrument alignment verification need not be made with the transducer used for testing. B. Instrument alignment verification for screen height and amplitude control linearity shall be performed daily before the day's examinations.

~~~~1. Instrument Linearity Verification a) Position the search unit on a calibration block to obtain two echoes with a 2: 1 amplitude ratio.~~~~

Testing ill Thomas, Inc. Lambert ~ M acG ~ PROC. UTP-33 PAGE 9 ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 771 East Srokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 X. B. 1. b) Set the larger echo to 80% of 'calibrated screen height. c) Vary the amplitude of the larger echo from 100% to 20% of calibrated screen height in 10% in-crements. d) Note that at each increment the smaller echo remains 1/2 the larger within a tolerance band of x5% of full screen height. e) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Calibration'Report form (Figure 3).

~~~~2. Attenuator Linearity Verification a) Position the search unit to obtain an 80% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen.~~~~

b) Adjust the sensitivity control to dec~ease the system gain by 6 dB and 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its accepta-bility. Estimate system response to all of calibrated full scale. c) Position the 'search unit to obtain a 407 of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. d) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 6 dB. Compare the response with Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-33 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 OATE 12/8/80 X. B. 2. d) Table 2 to determine its acceptability. Esti-mate system response to a1% of calibrated full screen. e) Position the search unit to obtain a 20% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. f) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptability. Estimate system response to el% of calibrated full scale. g) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Calibration Report form. Indication Gain Indication Tolerance Set Chan e Limits 80$ -6 dB 32% to 48% 80% -12 dB 16$ to 24% 40% +6 dB 64% to 96% 20% +12 dB 64% to 96% Table 2 Lambert ~ MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC'TP-33 PAGE 11 Testing ~ Engineering Service ~ Training FOLLOW I NG PACE 12 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE 12/8/80 X. C. Strai ht Beam Test Calibration (Reference Figure 2)

1. Calibration shall be performed on WNP-2 Block UT-40 whose temperature is within 25'F of that of the main steam flued head to be examined.

2. Sw'eep Range Calibration for the L-wave Scan from the Plane Surface.

~~~~a) With the search unit on surface 1, position the responses from T/4 (hole No. 1) and 3T/4 (hole Ho. 3) holes at 2 and 6 screen divisions, respectively.~~~~

~~~~3. Distance Amplitude Correction for the L-wave Scan from the Plane Surface.~~~~

a) Position the search unit on surface 1 to obtain the maximum response from the hole giving the highest amplitude signal. (1) Set this response to 80% of full screen height. Mark the response point on the screen. (2) Without further adjusting the gain, obtain and mark on the screen the responses from the other holes. b) Connect the responses with a smooth curve which shall terminate when the signal-to-noise ratio Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC..UTP-33 PAGE 12 Testing Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 X. C. 3. b) i s less than four. Thi s i s the Plane Surface L-wave Primary Reference Response. c) Obtain, record, and mark on the tester screen the response of the 1/8" side dril,led hole in an I IW-2 block or the No. 5 hole in a Rompas bl ock", i f used. D. 1. Sweep Range Calibration for L-wave Scan from the Circumfer ential Surface (Reference Figure 1)') With the search unit on surface 2, position the responses from hole 2 and hole 4 at 1.5 and 6.8 divisions of the tester horizontal scale.

~~~~2. Distance Amplitude Corr ection for L-wave Scan from the Circumferential Surface.~~~~

a) Using surface 2,, posit'ion the search unit to obtain the- maximum response from, the hole giving the highest amplitude signal. (1) Set this response to 80% of full screen height. Mark the'response point on the screen. (2) Without further adjusting the gain, obtain and mark on the screen the responses from the other holes. b) Connect the responses with a smooth curve which shall terminate when the signal-to-noise ratio l.ambert.>> MacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-33 13 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 14 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose, Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 D. 2. b) i s less than four. Thi s i s the Circumferential Surface L-wave Primary Refer ence Response. c),Using surface 3, and without further adjusting the gain, obtain and mark on the screen the re-sponse from hole 4. d) Obtain, record, and mark on the tester screen the response of the 1/8" side drilled hole in an IIW-2 block or the No. 5 hole in a Rompas block, if used. E. An le Beam Test Calibration 45'nd 60') (Reference Figure 1)

1. Calibration shall be performed from surface 4 of Basic Calibration Block WNP-2, UT-40, whose tempera-ture is within 25'F of that of the main steam flued head to be examined.

2. Sweep Range Calibration a) Position the responses from the T/4 (hole 5) and 3T/4 h

~~~~(hole 1) holes to 2 and 6 screen divi-sions, respectively.~~~~

~~~~3. Distance Amplitude Correction a) Position the search unit to obtain the maximum response from the hole (1, 4, 5) giving the highest amplitude.~~~~

Lambert ~ I acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering P ~ Service ~ 771 East Brokaw Road Training PROC. PAGE 14 UTP-33 FOLLOWING PAGE San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE 12/8/80 X ~ E..3. a) (1) Set thi s response to 80% of full screen height. Hark the response point on the tester screen. (2) Without further adjusting the gain, obtain and mark on the screen the response from the other holes (1, 4, 5). b) Connect the responses with a smooth curve which shall terminate when the signal-to-noise ratio is less than four. This is the Primary Refer- -,ence Response. c) Using surface ), position the 45'earch unit to- obtain maximum response from the notch. Mark this response on the tester screen. d) Obtain, record, and mark on the tester screen the response of the 1/8 " side drilled hole in an IIW-2 block or the No. 5 hole in the Rompas block, if used., XI. PERFORMANCE A. Calibration Verification

~~~~1. Calibration shall be verified before and after each .~~~~

examination, with any change in test personnel, and at intervals not to exceed four (4) hours. Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc.. PROC. PAGE 15 UTP-33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 0 ATE 12/8/80 A. 2. Verification shall be made using the response of the basic block or using the verification block re-sponse, as per Section X, for a single point ampli-tude and range check.

3. The response within 2 dB and 10% of the original vertical and hori zontal screen values respectively shall be considered proof of calibration.

4. An unacceptable calibration check shall be c'ause for full examination of the test system to determine the reason for the calibration change. Typical causes for calibration change are ambient temperature effects on transducers and electronics, control settings inadvertently changed, and loss of couplant between the transducer and wedge. If, in the judg-ment of the examiner, the cause of the calibration change has been corrected or may be compensated for by a change in control settings, calibration may be restored using the calibration check response.

5. Any examination that has been performed in a non-calibrated condition shall be repeated.

6. Record the time(s) at which verification is per-formed on the Calibration Report form (Figure 3).

Lambert ~ M acQ ill~ Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-33 16 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 17 771 East Brokaw Road Sa'n Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80

~~~~1. Scanning sensitivity shall be at least two times t~~~~

~~~~(2x) that of the Primary Reference Response.~~~~

~~~~2. Penetration of straight beam energy shall be veri-fied by a back, surface echo, where geometry permits.~~~~

~~~~(see Figure 1). C. ~Cevera e~~~~

1. The material through'hich angle beams pass 'shall be scanned with a straight beam, maintaining a 50% to 80% back reflection amplitude, when geometry permits (see Figure 1).

2. The weld and the entire flued head shall be scanned with a calibrated straight beam, applied from both the outer cylindrical and plane surfaces (see Fig-ures 5 - 7).

3. The weld and flued head shall be scanned in four (4) directions by angle beams at 45'nd 60', applied from the outer plane surfaces of the fitting (see Figures 8 - 12). a

4. Overlap between parallel scans shall be nomionally 15% and in no case shall be. less than 10%.

~~~~D. Directions~~~~

~~~~1. There shall be four (4) angle beam scans perpendic-ular to the weld; two 45'nd two 60'n each direc-tion.~~~~

Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 17 UTP-33 Testing ~ Enpineerinp ~ SeNioe ~ Traininp FOLLOW I NG PAGE 18 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 XI. D. 2. There shall be four (4) angl e beam scans paral el to 1 the weld; two 45'nd two 60'n each direction.

~~~~3. Scans shall be identified- according to the conven-tions of Figures '5 - 12.~~~~

~~~~E. ~Seed~~~~

~~~~1. Scanning speed shall not exceed four inches per second.~~~~

~~~~F. Limitations~~~~

~~~~1. Physical or other l imitations that prevent ful l compliance with Par agraph XI. C. and D. shall be recorded on the Examination Report form (Figure 4).~~~~

~~~~G. Automatic Alarms~~~~

~~~~1. Automatic alarms may be used as an aid to the exami-ner.~~~~

~~~~XII. EVALUATIONS A. Methods~~~~

~~~~1. For each indication that exceeds 50% of the refer-ence level, the following information must be recorded.~~~~

a) Peak ampl itude (5 DAC) wi th corresponding range to indication (inches), search unit position, and search unit direction. Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 18 UTP-33 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REV IS I'ON 5 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 XI I. A. 1. b) Range and tr'ansducer position at DAC ampl itude points; c) Length of. reflector. .B. Evaluation Criteria

1. Any indication exceeding 100% of the Primary Refer-ence Distance Amplitude Curve shall be evaluated by the examiner to determine the extent, size location, and shape of the reflector. These parameter's shall be included on the Notification of Reportable Indication form (}AF-16 (Figure 13).

C ~ Reference S stem for Recordin Indications'. The reference system of Figure 1 shall be used to ~ locate indications. Reference markers will be placed at eight equally spaced locations around the flued head fitting on the circumferential tapered surface beginning with 0 at Top Dead Center (TDC). D. Acce tance Criteria 1.,The acceptance criteria for fer ritic piping con-tafned in Paragraph IWB-3514 of ASNE Section XI, .1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975, summar-ized in the table drawn in Figure 14 shall be applied to the examination. l.ambert ~ M acQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-33 19 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 20 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 D ATE 12/8/80 XIII. RECORDS ~ A. A Report of Visual and Ultrasonic Examination (Figure 4) shall be prepared for each examination angle of each flued "head. These reports shall reference the appro-priate Report of Ul.trasonic Calibration (Figure 3). B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of all examina-tlons ~ Chart records used in indication analysis shall uti-lize two channels, one 'corresponding to vertical deflection of the tester signal and the other to horizontal. a) These channels shall be cal'ibrated to match the oscilloscope display. That is, an indication 90$ of vertical amplitude appearing at five divisions on the tester screen should have a nine'division deflection on one chart channel and a five division deflection on the other. =2 ~ Chart records shall include pre and post test cali-bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the test.

~~~~3. Location and other pertinent information shall be manually noted on each=chart.~~~~

Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-33 20 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297- 8766 D ATE 12/8/80 XI I I. B. 3. a) Pertinent information includes, but i s not limited to, date, time, item, equipment, exami-ners, scans, gain, and recorder settings and speed o C. Recordin Conventions Ul trasonic scans and the 1 ocatio'n of indications shall be recorded according to Figure l. D. Other types of recording, such as event or alarm moni-'oring, may be used as an aid to the examiner where feasible. I XI V. REVIEW A. Examination reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LMT Level II I e'xaminer for conformity to the requirements of this procedure. B. Following the final LMT review, the reports will be transmitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the Authorized 'Nuclear Inspector. XV ~ DOCUMENTATION STORAGE .AND DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of. WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field e Coordinator. Additional reports which may include examination documentation as reference material shall be generated from copies. Lambert ~ Nl acG Testing ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 21 UTP-33 ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOW I HG PAGE 22 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 XV. B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to the'iles shall be limited to the LHT Field Supervisor, his designated representatives, II WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspec- PROC. NO. UTP-33 Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 22 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE~ 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297- 8766 DATE: 12/8/80 Weld pre fo guard px e. Circumferential surfaces 4 .3O Note: No at achment a this eld prep Plane urface Locate indica ions in radial inches easured from the corn r of the plane and cir umferential surfaces and lockwise from TDC. Flued head ttachment weld 2R'Pa on ess 4.19 FLUED HEAD Figure 1 550 O'AICC ( NLRB IA Q LI1 ~ 5 aCCSSj ~ IAl' 55lt l I I ~ %4CII 14CIIl (O'E5 II415 1I I I I I I I ~ I ~ 1 tlat ~AIII S. k sevr d(agwirw $ ~isvsfer sr~ur Ivlv p) drofA A'f vr rl. war'-r t AIJfr//4 Sf Fr F +ff 4'ri g sacr sf fA ~ I a Akr aurwzruswcrfwmrvrs. 4'J'vr /rchfrrmrrsirr Stepan: I I I I J.

g. pgcrrfews frrrwauu fr vurrss c/w/gltrY/prfrD I f. Crkfwfffwvrrvrwlk ri~rwrkrk o J I /(rfrJvgrAP; fr re'f) 0 P l< DrnkrO r m~urO. 0

+P I c rfrnw frdrwAwwro<<ir+SfS r<<Iit A @AS I uru wwrrvrouifp AIfkk. 0 Slsfrtr Sf'lor vf crkl/<<AfrfAlrrsrc f. N/ko rrrvokl ArfrkrNwcKwfuO. 2l 4 0, o.ror Drrr Q~Af ~1/4 R 0 w ror C ~MIKES I ~ 'O4 pm~< NI P~ INI5giWN0 i 5 WI I NO IO SOII IIIIIN ritti NVICI iNO WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER INIINVICIWtfICIKW SUPPLY SYSTEM f100 Ni<<5 oNc v NILSNNQlpl WNI Aa iit rsryevi zif mrwsavurJ ttil'I IIICWIINIIC SCIIA~ PAPAIN j15AIAtCII50 IICAO I AIVI5%0 'l5 AI aIIIII 5IAIOS Al DNANN Itt +c A5t04Aw uf CIAI5aI,II~ IIII14W, Ct5 aO 4 15 1%4'lltO ~ 0%. C4IISIASC1NAI PRoc. No. UTP-33 DAC;r. 24 LLOUMQ y S-uTCl 10/79 Lambert ~ M aco ill ~ Thomas, I nc. ISO No. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal. No. Time 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408-297- 8766 PGga Qf REPORT OF ULTRASONICCALI BRAT ZON S Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level I G Authorized Inspector Cus tomer N Instrument S/N ReCal Due Cable Recorder S/N ReCal Due Recorder S/N ReCal Due Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed 100 0 7 Si nal 2 Signal 2 shall equal 50% of Signal 1 f5% of full scale Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed ~LIL c~t.~ -~ Actual Value Signal amplitude must fall within listed values Transducers P R 0 Procedure Rev. Date C Cal. Block Type S/N Ref . Ref 1. Temp+ Verification/Ref. Blk. Ref. Refl. Tempo DAC Cal. Check Time Instrument Settings 10 R Gain A Sweep Delay Re ect 0 Damp. N 4 6 8 10 Fig re 3 PlK)C. NO. UTP-33 PAGE 25 I FOLLOW NG PAGE 26 NPS-U TX2 2/79 ISO No. Lambert ~ M acQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Report No. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training Cal.No. - Tiam 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408-297-8766 pago ar REPORT OF VISUAL AND ULTRASONIC EXAHINATION ISI No, Size Haterial S/N (s) Description location Preparation Temp. S Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Lovel I G Authorized Inspector Customer N Tester 1 S/N S/N 0 U Recorder 1 S/N S/N I P Transducer 1 H E N T Couplant Cable Marker Photo Calibration Procedure Rev. Examination Procedure Rev. Record Procedure Reav. C Ca lib. Blk. Temp. Ref . Amp, Swp. A L Ref. Gain Damp Reject Gate I Alarm Mag. Tape Count Chart Cal. Check Time B Cal. Ref. Blk. Reft Rfl. ~ Amp. Sweep Position Scan Gain Ref. Dwg. Reject Level Report Level NAD ~ No apparent disc. L ~ Linear G ~ Geometry S ~ Spot M ~ Hultiples Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. PT Visual 13 Base Hetal 14 ~ 9 15 10 16 17 12 18 Scan Descri tion of Indications Figure 4 NO. UTP-33 Lambert' M acG ill ~ Thomas, Service I nc. PROC. Testing ~ Engineering ~ ~ Training PAGE 26 FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 SCA N aUR F'ACE SCAN 3 L-WAVE 'SCAN FIG. 5 NO. UTP-33 Lambert ~ Naca III ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 2 7 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Se Nice ~ Training FOLLOW'lING PAGE 28 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 RE VIS ION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/Po ~Up pAC~ ~egg G PROC. NO. UTP-33 Lambert M acG ill Thomas, I nc. ~ ~ PAGE 28 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 29 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 SCAN S L"WAVE SCAN FIG. 7 PROC. NO. UTP-33 Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 30 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 12/8/80 S Z $ 50 SCAN Cn '5 SCAN, PERPENDICULAR To THE WELD OUTWARD FIG, S NO. UTP-33 Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 30 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Seeice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 3 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVIS ION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 4 U3 U li) I'i r <) <>) SCAN 7 ,/ 0b" SCAN PE.RPENDICULAR TO Wf I I) INWARD I {(.r. '3 NO. UTP-33 Lambert ~ Macaill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Srokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 5 408-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 UJ U 8 8 z z z 0 4 SCAN 8 GO SCAN PERPENDtCULAR TO THE WELD OUTVlARD FIG. la NO. UTP-33 Lambert ~ Nl acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE 32 FOLLOWING PAGE 771 East Brokaw Road 14 San Jose,Ca. REVISION 95112'08-297-8766 DATE 12/8/80 (no u3 U K Ul z z 0I SCAN 9 60 bCAN, ~E><ENDIC.ULAR TO WELD iNWAPD P ROC. NO. UTP- 3 3 Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 34 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE l2/8/80 0 4J W c 0 8 8 Q W Q g N 4 5 ~ 0 6,"8 O'6 A Ice tQ 4 Qc SCAN IO- 45 CW <( II -45 CCW~ l2-60 CN iS-eooCCI~ L9 z 2 Z 8 I i'CANS 10-l3 f5 AND Coo'lRCUMFRENTiAL SCANS CW h CCW FlG 12 PROC. NO. UTP-33 PAGE 34 FOLLOWTNG PP r i. WPS-QAF-16 2 79 Job Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Location Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 14030 Elvira St.. Report No Saratoga. Ca. 95070 408-867-4109 Exam Date NOTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE INDICATION Part I - LMT Findin s LMT Job No. I.D 0 ~ ISO No. NDT Method UT PT MT ET VT Descr p on o ~ In 'icat on: S etc p otograp attac e es No Examinat on Re erence: Signature o Examiner Certi . Leve Date: Signature o LMT Fie Supervisor ate: Nota cat on Ac now e ge y ates Client Re resentative: Part II - Re-examination n ings: S etc p otograp 'ttac e Yes No Re-examination Re ference: Signature of Examiner/Certif. Level Date. Sig'nature of LMT Supervisor Date: Closed Dates Client Representative Figure 13 Material: Ferritic steels that meet the requirements of NB-2:.~3 and a specified minimum yield strength of 50 ksi or less Thickness Range: t, 0.1 to 6.0 in. Allowable Allowable Depth by. Depth by Volumetric Examination Methods Volumetric for Pipe Sizes >4" for Pipe Nominal Hall thickness Sizes <4" Surface Indications Subsurface Indication t, in. a/t, a a/t, S Preservice Fxaminations 0.1 to 0.312 Over 0.312 to 2.0 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t Over 2.0 to 6.0 10.4 minus 0.9t 10.4 minus 0.9t 10% Inservice Examinations O.l to 0.312 Over 0.312 to 2.0 15.3 mi:nus 1.3t 15. 3 minus l. 3t Over 2.0 to 6.0 15.3 minus 1.3t 15.3 minus 1.3t NOTES: 1 The allowable length, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as determined by UT examination. 3 The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. A0 W 0 R 0 ALLOHABLE INDICATIONS C '0 I Figure 14 ~ \ 'CI / +p g l~ ~ n~ Da te 1/8/79 Revi sion 0 MNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN NOT USED (Purposely left blank) Lambert o MacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. TesÃnp ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Traininp 771 East 8rokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 408.297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. UTp-17 Revision No. 1 Procedure Title LHT, Inc. QA Review and Approval (Quality Assurance Officer) J Client Approval I xa Authorized Nuclear Inspector Approval Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date Q +MAa'Wiw/W J- 3~-S/ g g7w~rr/W

~~~~8. p/d'4/Y +su-J'/~~~~

g /jwdwlc/yw " /-9~-sl /-3~-0'/ tl WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM q REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBI~IITTALS ISI ENGINEK DATK CONTRACT NO TITLE -/'Ii O ~ Der cvvlce5 v N555 AHAB Aeoola e CONT RACTQ R LH/ 5/ c DOCUMENT TITt K RE ~ PREVIOUSLY REVIEWED g YKS Q NO IDATK I I YKS) - Z-8O- 3'/) PREVIOUSLY APPROVED +YES HNO IDATK IF YES) REASONS FOR RE SUBMITTALIIV PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) DISPOSITION O Ul Vl O O OO A EVIEWEA s. )0 4f OO W O C Zg ~o C C Z Eg IL Il. f. Ml OI K UC O SUPERVISOR, ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT KNGI E R S9/fl 4h Nh PROJ ENG NEERIN MANAGER/Pl ANT TKCHNICAI SUPERYISOR R I ~ I I/ ~ QKN RA IQN ER MANAGER, QUAtJTY SER NOTES/COMMKNTSl NZ WP 70@ EDP 9iQ Lambert ~ MaoGill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 1 UTP-17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 2 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 TITLE: MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF RHR HEAT EXCHANGER WELDS PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~Pur ose This procedur'e provides instructions for implementation of the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections V and XI, for the straight and angle beam contact ultrasonic examination of full penetratio'n welds in the WNP-2 RHR heat exchanger, shown in Figure 1. B. ~Sco e This procedure is applicable to the manual, contact 45'nd 60'ngles and straight beam examinations of welds and the associated heat affected zones in the base metal extending for a distance of one wall thickness from the weld edge. It is limited to welds in ferritic material .75" to 1.25" in thickness, and to examinations per-formed from the outside surface of the component. The procedure i s applicable to nozzl e attachment welds. QUAL IF ICAT ION: Approved for use Lambert ~ I acG Testing ill ~ Thomas, Inc. ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road PROC. PAGE 2 UTP-17 FOLLOWING PAGE 3 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-2S7- 8766 DATE 12/11/80 REFERENCES A. The procedure is in compliance with the applicable portions of the foll owing reference documents:

l. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; a) Sections V and XI, 1974 edition, Summer 1975 addenda.

2. Applicable Code Case; a) Code Case 1698 removing transfer measurement.

3. American Society for Nondestructive Testing; a) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-lA, June 1975, "Personnel gualification and Certification Pro-grams in Nondestructive Testing."

b) LMT, Inc. Procedure gA-6, "l}ual i fication and Certification of NDE Personnel." c) LMT, Inc. Operating and guality Assurance Manual, Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection by WPPSS. II I. DEFINITIONS None. Lambert ~ MacQill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 3 UTP-17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Semice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 771 East Srokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/11/BO VI ~ RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager,, LMT, Inc., i s responsibl e for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, Inc., or his designated Level III alternate, LMT, shall qualify the procedure for a particular examination. V. PROCEDURE UAL IF I CATION A. The procedure shall be qualified for specific examina-tions, personnel, and equipment by performing and docu-menting a successful calibration. A demonstration examination of at 1east one area of each different geometry (shell-to-head, shell-to-flange, and nozzle-to-head welds) shall also be performed in the presence of the LMT Level III. V I. PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS A. Examiners using this procedure shall have levels of qualification as per the Procedure gualification. B. As a minimum, examination teams shall consist of one Level II examiner and one Level I examiner or one Level I I examiner and one NOE Trainee as defined in gA-6. Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 4 UTP-17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 V I. C. Personnel shall be qualified and certified according to the requirements of ASHE Sections V and XI, SNT-TC-1A, and LNT Procedure QA-6, "Qualification and Certifica-tion of NDE Personnel." VI I.' UIPMENT AND MATERIAL RE UIREHENTS A.'ltrasonic testers shall be of the pulse echo type. Instruments shall have an amplitude display linear within 5% of calibrated screen height over 80% of that height; and an attenuator, stepped in increments of 2 dB or less, which is accurate over the range of the test to x20% of nominal value. Instr uments shall have had their internal alignment and calibration verified within 90 days of any implementation of this proce-dure.

~~~~l. A record of calibration shall'be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit.~~~~

B. Connecting cables shall be coaxial, and their length 1 imited to less than that at which significant signal degradation (2 dB) occurs, but shall not exceed 200 feet. C. Electronic recording equipment, when used, shall be electronically aligned within 180 days of use. 1.. A record of calibration shall be available at the jobsite for WPPSS audit. e ~ 'e a o e ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ ~ ~ I I I . I ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I - I- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Lambert ~ MacG ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 6 UTP-17 Testing ~ Enginee'ring ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 7 771 East Brokaw Road . San Jose.Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 VI I. D. 4. Search units shall be selected according to Table l. Additional search units may be used for evaluation or in unusual circumstances; however, such use shall be documented by an approved Field Change to this procedure as per LMT, Inc. guality Assurance Procedure gA-5. Materia L-Wave Exam n e Beam Exam Thickness Size Fre uenc Size Fre uenc An e .75" to .25 "to 5 MHz* 5 llx 5ll 2.25 MHz 454 1.25" 5 H and 60 Table 1

~~~~Five MHz is recommended to obtain flaw and near surface resolution comparable to the 2.25 MHz angle beam test.~~~~

E. Couplant materials shall be as low as practicable in sulfur and halogen content. Certification shall be provided on a batch basis for each brand name of coup- ~ lant. Analysis for halogens and sulfur shall be made according to ASTM D-129-64 and ASTM D-808-63.

~~~~1. Residual halogens and sulfur shall not exceed 1% by weight.~~~~

p ~ ~ ~ j ~ ~ ~ ~ W 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t I ~ ~ I l ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ I I ~ ~ ~ I ~ I Lambert ~ M acG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-17 Testing ~ Englneerinp ~ SeNlce ~ Tralnlnp PAGE 8 FOLLOWING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 VIII.. A. l. e) Personnel Certifications f) NRC Form 4 (operating nuclear plants only) g) NRC Form 5 (operating nuclear plants only) h) Status Indicators (Hold tags) i) Radiation Work Permits (where applicable) B. ~Ph sical t

~~~~1. The following physical prepar ation requirements-shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS I S I Fi el d Coordi nator before s pec i f i c exami nati ons are performed:~~~~

a) Insulation removal b) OSHA requirements ('adders, lighting, fresh air, scaffolding, etc.) c) Cleanup requirements d) Safety precautions (other work in area, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration

l. It shall, be the responsibility of the Level II examiner to determine the suitability of the surface for ultrasonic examination.

2. Surfaces should be sufficiently smooth and clean that 'a meaningful examination may be performed.

Areas where surface conditions would interfere with ultrasonic examination shall abc documented and recorded. ~ 4 I ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 I ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Lambert ~ M acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-17 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 11 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 4QS-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 X. B. Instrument alignment verification for screen height and amplitude control linearity shall be perfomed before the initial examination in any given series and re-peated at intervals not exceeding 90 days.

~~~~1. Instrumen't L'inearity Verification a) Position the search unit. on a calibration block r~~~~

to obtain two echoes with a 2:1 amplitude ratio. b) Set the larger echo to 80% of calibrated screen height. c) Vary the amplitudeof the larger echo from 100% to 20% of calibrated screen height in 10% in-c rements. d) Note that at each increment the smaller echo r emai.ns 1/2 the larger within a tolerance band of a5% of full screen height. e) Record successful performance of the verifica-tion on a Calibration Report form (Figure 3).

~~~~2. Attenuator Linearity Verification a) Position the search unit to obtain an 80% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen.~~~~

Lambert ~ MacG ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. UTP-17 Testing ~ En gin ecting ~ SeNice ~ Training PAGE 11 FOLLOWING PAGE 12 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 OATE 12/11/80 X ~ B. 2. b) Adjust the sensitivity control to decrease the system gain by 6 dB and 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its accept-abili'ty. Estimate system response to all of calibrated full scale. c) Position the search unit to obtain a 40% of full .scale echo on the calibrated screen. d) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 6 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine its acceptability. Esti-mate system response.to a1% of calibrated full screen. e) Position the search unit to obtain a 20% of full scale echo on the calibrated screen. f) Adjust the sensitivity control to increase the system gain by 12 dB. Compare the response with Table 2 to determine fts acceptabflfty. Estimate system response to a1% of calibrated ful scale. 1 g) Record successful performance of the veri fica-tfon-on a Calibration Report form (Figure 3). 0 ~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~ > ~ e 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o 0 ~ 0 ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~, I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ 0 0 0 I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ I I ~ ~, I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Lambert ~ MacQ illo Thomas, Ine. PROC. PAGE UTP-17 15 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Trolning FOLLOWING PAGE 16 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408"297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 A. l. and any areas giving indications equal to or greater than the remaining back reflection or areas which exhibit loss of back reflection shall be noted os the examination report; however, this is not an examination for acceptance of the part. B. Calibration Verification t I Calibration verification shall be performed before and after each examination, with any change in test personnel, at at l east once every four hours.

2. The calibration check shall as a mini'mum consist of verification of the DAC curve by a single point amplitude and range check using the basic cal ibra-tion block or a portable block such as the Rompas whose response has been related to that of the basic block (X.D.I.).

a) The amplitude response of the r eference re- ~ flector during the calibration check shall be within x2 dB, and its sweep location within al0% of the calibration reference response value recorded on the calibration sheet to be acceptable. ~ e ~ ~ (e 0 0 0 ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I ~ ' ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Lamberto MacGill o Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE UT,P-17.- 17 Testfng ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOMIHG PAGE 18 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-87S6 OATE 12/11/80 XI. 0. ~Covera e

1. Girth and longitudinal examinations shall cover the weld metal and adgofnfng base metal for a distance of at least one plate thickness on each side of the weld (Fi'gure 4).'ozzle-to-vessel weld examina-tions shall cover the, weld metal and vessel side t

base metal for a distance o f at least one plate thickness (Fi gure 5) . This volume shall be fully examined with two parallel and two axial orineta-tions of the angle beam transducer and in two directions of the ultrasonic beam (Figure 8).

~~~~2. The 0'amination scan transducer shall thoroughly cover the area of the weld and the base metal for a distance from the weld edge of five plate thick-nesses (,see Figures 4, 5 and 8).~~~~

E. Scanning sensitivity for both angle and straight beam examinations shall be at least two times (2x) the pr i-mary reference sensitivity. F. Scannin S eed Scanning for both angle and straight beam examinations shall not exceed four fnches per second. G. Limitations Physical or other limitations that prevent full compli-ance with the requirements of this procedure shall be r ecorded on the Examination Report form, Figure 6). Lambert ~ I acG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road PROC. PAGE UTP-17 18 FOLLOWING PAGE 19 San Jose,ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/) 1/80 XI ~ H. Automatic Alarms Automatic alarms or recording may be used as an aid to the examiner. XI I ~ EVALUATION A. Methods r

~~~~1. For each indication that exceeds 50% of the refer-ence level, the following information must be recorded.~~~~

a) Peak amplitude (5 DAC).with corresponding range to indication (inches), search unf t position, and search unit direction; b) Range and transducer position at 50% DAC amplitude points; c) Length of reflector. B. Evaluation Criteria

1. Any indication exceeding 100% of the primary refer-ence distance amplitude curve shall be evaluated by the examainer to determine the extent, size, loca-tion and shape of the reflector. These parameters shall be included on the Notification of Reportable Indication form gA-31 (Figure 7), and recorded on the Ul trasonic Indication Data Tabulation form (Figure 10).

Lambert ~ MleGilio Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE UTP-17 19 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 20 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 40S-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 XI I. C. Reference S stem for Recordin Indications

~~~~1. The reference system of Figures 1 and 8 shall be used to locate indications.~~~~

~~~~a) Indications shall be located in inches from the appropriate reference marker. D. Acce tance Criteria C~~~~

1. Acceptance criteria contained in paragraph IWB 3511 of ASME Section XI, 1974 edition, addenda through Summer 1975, are summarized in the table drawn in Figure 9.

~~~~XIII. RECORDS I 'A. A report of Visual and Ultrasonic Examination (Figure~~~~

~~~~6) shall be prepared for each item examined, and shall be related to a Report of Ultrasonic Calibration (Fi g-ure 3).~~~~

~~~~B. Oscillograph chart records shall be made of all and angle beam examinations. 0'traight~~~~

~~1. Chart records used in indication analysis shall utilize'wo channels, one'orresponding to vertical deflection of the tester signal and the other to horizontal .~~

Lambert ~ M aoG ill~ Thomas, I no. PROC. PAGE 20 UTP-17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training F OLLOW I NG PAGE 21 771 East Broka w Road .San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297-8766 DATE 12/11/80 XIII. B. 1. a) These channels shall be calibrated to match the oscilloscope display. That is, an indica-tion 90% of vertical amplitude appearing at five divisions on the tester screen should hav'e a nine division deflection on one chart channel and a five division deflection on the other.

~~~~2. Chart records shall include pre and post test calf-bration checks made at the same scanning speed as the test.~~~~

3, Location and other pertinent information shall be manually noted on each chart. a) Pertinent information includes, but is not limited to, date, time, item, equipment, examiners, scans, gain,'nd recorder settings and speed. C. Recordin Conventions Ultrasonic scans and the location of indications shall be recorded -.according to Figure!8 ~ D. Other types;of recording, such as event or alarm moni-toring, may be used as an aid to the examiner where feasible. Lambert ~ MaeQill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 21 UTP-17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 22 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297- 6766 DATE 12/11/80 XI V. REVIEW A. Examination Reports shall be subject to review by an assigned LMT Level II I examiner for conformity to the requirements! of this procedure. B. Foll owfng th'e final LHT review, the reports will be transmitted to the WPPSS IS I Field Coordinator for by WPPSS and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. i.'eview XV. DOCUMENTATION STORAGE ANO DISTRIBUTION A. Original examination documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off by the ISI Field Coordinator. Additional reports which may include examination documentation as reference material shall be generated: fr om copies. B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to ff les shall, be 1 imi ted to the LMT Field Supervisor, hfs designated representatives, WPPSS representatives, and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. PROC. NO. UTP-17 PAGE 22 FOLLOWING PAGE 23 N5 C-4 90 l8 - 90-NOTE: I C I>CW 0 3GIRTH WELD LOCATION POSITIVE CLOCKWISE FROM TOP. 2 N40oAT TDC 00 00 ~(REF) ~X C-I '00 270 90 270 90 I 0=+ I I l80~ SECTION X- X F 0 LL PENETRATION HEATi EXCHANGER WELDS ~ A ~ P ~ 'I = ~ ~ \ ~ t ~ 1 I ~ I lP ~ ~ ~ l r(off/: orANtp i/oa'rrrr //Altllttt d>> /rrltrrFlcc/ - j /PFCP d/octt 8 o. ( wrll .>>p RrrR.rr/.F>>cll. CA/ srAup'Ntlrl'ktif>>rt/4/ . g A// Drlttrllr/roll>>ARF rlllhrlrFF. I~ o///trr/Nrrnrrrirrrrl J. Ar>>crrrrlrrlo forcrr~rlcF lf r gj>>ww t ~ jootrtQ rrrf/: . /rltr/Fjo orrrclrrrr/crlofF/r. ~ ~ I ~ il s'A/hfRA frolt/rrl/F Rrtr/F/ ro C/w/F A'RJACFI WOR~ PO FD(rCr /5RlllFD ~ ~ , r rrorct/ ~ ~ ~ 8'prew F Io d( orpA'AtAFD w/pttr,fco //F/ /tor( 4/A flAP CrtrD A///C ,. C Now r/ "I ~ P ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r ~ I I E ~ 0 wwezr~/ I - OA oft (RPO ~ I ~ ~ OOA ,t. ldd Y..o>>o ~ ~ ~ '\ ~ ~ ~./rx '< ~ ooo ~IP PElWC (re' /5MC/4' erai.e I p .OOF r rttrtrrrtrol ~ I I>> +-. ooo P ~ (SSC /rofF <J ~ 5, ~ I ~ ~ ~ I QA COPY >>ealttt l>>rlttttllvctotto r~ WASHINGTON PUBUC POWEA ('g > ~ ~ . tt ~ ~ = ~ ~ ~ I>>5tltvttt I>>5/tello>> t1OC /Ilk5 0>> LY LNI SUPPl.Y SYSTEM ~P>>O 'aPI~IO>> IO%l t>>OOltta ruiVCF OAA>>>> f.'rffC+~l /t/r/t r/cAfLA'cr/Art/GFE D 5 5/ 551tlCD foR COV/PRI/Cfrort/ 5i lAVdRP/ J/dAr BC'/ICAL'f. I/Z 0ttt IItVI5IO>> IY cttto Jrovo>>o ooft ~Y CHCO //YVO c ./F.PP RCW'ast O>>a>>O ufo'.sr< Iltv D l.kr olvrt 5'/iPIIY sd>'tt rPI PROC. NO. UTP-17 PAGE 24 FOLLOWING PAGE 25 WPS-UTC1 10/79 Lambert ~ M aco ill ~ Thomas, Inc. ISO No. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training mal. Ne. Time 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. S5112 Date 408-297- 8766 Page of RE PORT OF ULTRASONI C CALI BRAT ION S Examiner/Level Review/Level I Examiner/Level G N Authorized Inspector Customer Instrument S/N ReCal Due Cable +corder i S/N ReCal Due Recorder S/N ReCal Due Vertical Linearity Check Check Completed 100 7 e Y Si nal 2 I I ~ U Signal 2 shall equal 50% of Signa), 1 i5% of full scale Attenuator Linearity Check Check Completed p Teste G Actual Value Signal amplitude must fall within listed values Transducers p R 0 Procedure Rev. Date C Cal. Block Type S/N Ref. Refl. Tempe Verification/Ref. Blk. Ref. Refl. Temp. .DAC Cal. Check Time Instrument Settings 10 R Gain Sweep Delay Re ect Dampe re 0 3 4, 6 8 10 8 8 eJ2' ~2'0~J OO 4g 0 a REV 0 REV 45-L SO>, 0'+ 4S'eO'= 45'CO~= + BASE METAL . - J PERPENDICULAR SCAN = PARALLEL SCAN REV REQUIRED EXAMINATION VOLUME tN ELD+ T EITHER SlOE) ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF C I 8 C4 VESSEL WELDS F I G. 4 UTP-17 PAGE 26 FOLLOWING PAGE 27 WPS-UTX2 2/79 ISO No Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. Cal.mo. ",- " Time Testing ~ Engineering e Se~ice ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road Job No. San Jose,Ca. 95112 Date 408-297- B766 REPORT OF VISUAL AND ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION I ISI No. Material S/N (s) T E Description H Location Preparation Temp. S Examiner/Level Examiner/Level Review/Level I G Authorized Inspector Customer N E Tester 1 S/N S/N 0 U Recorder 1 S/N S/N I P Transducer 1 H E N T Couplant Cable Marker Photo P Calibration Procedure Rev. R Exffmination Procedure Rev. 0 Rev. C Record Procedure C Calib. Blk. Temp. Ref. Ampe Swp. A Reject Gate L Ref. Gain Damp I Alarm Nag. Tape Count Chart Cal. Check Time B Cal. Ref. Rlk. Ref: Rf1 ~ Amp. Sweep Position Scan Gain Ref . Dug. Re j tLeeovel Report Level NAD ea No apparent disc ~ L ~ Linear G se Geometry S ea Spot H Ra Hultiples Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. Scan Type Disp. 0 PT H Visual 13 Base Metal 14 15 10 17. 12 18 Scan Descri tion of Indications Figure 6 D ÃI CD C) CD C o I V 3 fl CD I I CD Oog 45QJ BEY C) 45 Oo 3 + BASE'METAL J. P E RPE NDICUA R SCA N = PARALLEL SCAN REV-REQUIRED EXAMINATIONVOLUME .(WELD + T EITHER SIDE) FIG.- 5 ULT RASON I C EXAMINATION OF N3 4. N4 NOZZLE TO VESSEL WELD S "AQs PROC. t(0. UTP-17 PAGE 27 FOLLO';llilG PAGE 28 MPS-OAF-16 2 79 Job Lambert o MacG Illo Thomas, Inc. Location Testing Engineering i Seniice ~ Traininp Report No 14030 EMra St. Saratoga, Ca. 05070 408-867-4109 Exam Date h NQTIPICATION OP REPORTABLE INDICATION Part I- LMT Findin s LNT Job No. I D.O ISO No. NOT Methods UT PT ET VT Descr p on o i In cat one etc p otograp attac e es No Exam nat on Re erencec S qnature o Exam ner Cert . Leve Date! S gnature,o LMT P e uperv sor ate: Nota cat on Ac now e ge y ates Client Re resentative: etc Part II otograp - Re-examination attac e es o F n ngs> S p Re-examination

~~~~Reference:~~~~
Signature of Examiner/Certi f. Level Date: Signature of LMT Supervisor Date c. Closed Dates Client Representative Figure 7
Lambert ~ Maca ill e Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE NO. UTP- 17 28 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOW!ING PAGE 29 771 East Brokaw Road REVISION 1 San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 12/ l1/80 I5 13 5 6 l6 O UJ O
~~~~~O Pg cf Q.' (f O ~l-Q UJ U~~~~~~
~~~~cr. OUJN UJ U CC CL't UJ <<r,' CL CL N-4~~~~
~~~~~Z <<C<<<<<<C~~~~~
Zg oz r- UJ UJ UJ + UJ<<O<<O UJ UJ UJ -I +UJaaaUJ 8 9 ~V)WC3W~ ~ CZ ZZo 17 0 <<0<<t <<t: <<<<0 -'u <<6 rn u r 0+ AJ MANUAL $ CAN Dl RECTlON$ F I G. S
Lambert o Macoill e Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO. OTP-17 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Sepv ice ~ Training P AGtE 29 FOLLO!3 IHG PAGE F 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 1 408-867.4109 DATE 12/11/80 ALLOWABLE PLANAR INOICATIONS Material: F err<tie steels that meet the requirements of NB 2331 and have specified minimum yield strength of 50 ksi or less at room temperature
~~~~'urface Asriect ftetiO, ell,W'ubwrtece tndicsttoll4 Indiselione, rlr,'.' '~~~~
elv 20 28 005 21 2 ft 0 10 23 29 0 15 28 32 020 29 38 0 25 32 4.1 030 3.7 48 035 3.2 52 040 3,7 68 0.45 37 85 050 3.2 72 NOTSS ll! Dimensions ~ end v eie defined in the figures referenced in IWB 351 'l, l, F or intermesli ~ t ~ ffevv espect r ~ tios, el', Iineer interpol ~ lion i ~ permissilil ~, f2) Comoirnent thickness t i ~ measured normet to the pressure. reteinine sur fece of the component. Wher ~ Ihe section thick. ness verres, the evere9e thickness over the fen9th of the plener indiceliOn i ~ 'the cortlpOnent thickness. f3l The total dept@ or en etlovrebfe sutseurfocR indication 4 tsvioe the l4sed vefue Figure 9
PROC. HO. UTP-17 PAGE F L<iT-UTX-3 3/77 Lambert~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. Location Report
~~~~,Mi'esting ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Trolnlng 771 East Brokew Rood Sen Jose.Ce. 95112 Job No.~~~~
~~~~Date Page 0~~~~
~~~~'I 408.297.8766 ULTRASONIC INDICATION DATA TABULATION I. Indication No. Scan II. MAXIMUM AMPLITUDE DATA I~~~~
l.
~~~~'. Amplitude Metal Path~~~~
3. Transducer Position X,DAC III ~ INDICATION LENGTH

1. Length measured between g DAC limits

2. Indication length

3. Transducer Position IV. INDICATION CROSS SECTION DATA AT ~
INTERVALS ALONG THE INDICATED LENGTH BETWEEN DAC POINTS Measurement Reference Trans.Pos. Transducerm Inde Transducer w Ind. Alon Ind.. Min. Metal Path Max. Metal Path Metal Ampe Dxst. Path Index Metal Path
~~~~'mp. Dzst.~~~~
Index Heing t Dxst. from to to Near Ref. Ref. Surf. Figure 10
Date l/8/79 Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN NOT USED (Purposely left blank)
Da te 1/8/79 Revision 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN NOT USED (Purposely left blank)
0 Date 1/8/79 Revi sion 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN
~~~~.NOT USED (Purposely left blank)~~~~
Date 1/8/79 Revi sion 0 WNP-2 PSI PROGRAM PLAN NOT USED (Purposely left blank)
I.MT-QAY7 9/77 Lambert o MacG ill~ 7hornas, Inc. Testing ~ ingueerinq o Service ~ Trolning 771 East 8raksw Road Son Jose.Co. 95112 408-297-8768 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. MEP-2 Revision No. Procedure Title MELD MARKING PROCEDURE LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval alzty Assurance 0 neer Client Approval rs~ ZS~ ~<~~ ~ ~r 8 Authorized Nuclear Inspector
~one r rona: ~reval~lA/ w s P/ ~l Specific Qualification Record Job Site Component Examiners Date
WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS IS) ENGINEER WNP Qa kne 3//// S / CONTRACT NOr TITLE C-14 O2- C HCs5 4 QI JZR P CONTRACTOR Qb4 / %PJC. RE DOCUMENT TITLE e PREVIOUSLY RKVIKWKD YES Q NO {DATE IF YKS) ~ 7 PREVIOUSLY APPROVED Q YES Q NO {DATKIP'ES) ~ P 7 REASONS FOR RK.SUSMITTAI {IS PRKVIOUSLY APPROVKD)
"Ale Je-DISPOSITION O <o O OO W W 0 I )O W
~~~~I Zg REVIEWER 0 ,OO C WU~~~~
~
C +Z X c{ fl Sf'/P C E Vl O t OI U c{ SUPERVISOR, ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT KNGIN PROJECT ENGINEKRINQ MA GKR/PLANT TECHNICAI SUPERVISOR ML>> I ii<NM%~q l el I G RATI 4 1 SE {c.'i C MA AGER, NOTES/C MENTS)
~~~~c. e,~~~~
~~~~" Ate~~~~~
4 i XI. ~ t- i t +, -I{- SV l&J Pv/ ce Cthe +0 + I S7 8 WP 702 Eop e.o
~~~~-2 Lambert MscQ ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC PAGE ~~~~~
1 ME P Testing Engtneerlng ~ Setvlce ~ Trolning FOLLOWING PAGE 2 771 East Brokaw Road RE V IS ION 1 San Jose.ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 10/13/80 TITLE: WELD MARKING PROCEDURE PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~Pur ose This procedure provfdes instructions for implementation of the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1974, edft1on,, addenda through Summer 1975, for weld fdentif1cation and marking methods to be used dur-ing the Preserv1ce Inspection (PSI) of the WNP-2 Nuclear Plant. B. ~Sco e This procedure 1s applicable to austenit1c and ferrit1c pipe wel ds. II. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Revision 12, approved for the WNP-2 PSI by WPPSS. B. ASME Bo1ler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sect1on XI, 1974 ed1-t1on, W1nter l975 addenda. QUAL IF I CAT I N: Approved for use fi~/eP j5
Lambert o MacG Testing ill~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 2 FOLLOWING PAGE 3
~~~~~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road RE V I S ION 1 San Jose.Ca. 95112 DATE 10/13/80 408- 297- 8766 D.~~~~
~~~~on LHT rac o. Procedure~~~~
~~~~-, pages - t rough E-5.~~~~
gA-26, "WNP-2 Management Plan." III. DEFINITIONS None. I V. RESPONSIBILITY The Technical Manager, LMT, Inc., is responsible for the gene-ration and control of this procedure and shall so indicate by a dated signature on the cover sheet.. V~ PROCEDURE UAL IF I CATION This procedure shall be considered qualified upon acceptance by WPPSS and successful completion of an "example" weld. VI. PERSONNEL RE UIREHENTS A. This procedure shall be implemented under the direction of the LHT Field Supervisor and LMT examination personnel. B. LMT personnel shall provide direction and control for the weld marking operations but are not necessarily required to perform hands-on operations. The actual marking operations may be performed by other WPPSS-employed personnel. VI I. E UIPHENT AND MATERIALS RE UIREMENTS A. Die stamps shall be one-quarter inch low stress dot type.
L8Mb9flt~ iViScQ Ill Th&88, Inc. PROC. PAGE 3 ME,P-2 Testing ~ ~ Senrice ~ Training Engineering FOLLOW ING PAGE 4 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION I 4Oe-a97-8766 DATE 10/13/80 VI I. A. 1. Stainless dies shall be used on stainless piping and al-1oy steel dies shall be used on carbon and al 1oy steel components. VI I I. PREPARATION A. Documentation
~~~~1. The following documentation shall be submitted to the WPPSS ISI F1eld Coordinator before beginning the weld mark1ng operations:~~~~
~~~~a) Procedure b) Materials Certfffcatfons {for dies) c) Personnel Certfffcatfons~~~~
~~~~2. Progress reports may be submitted on a continuing basis, but not befor e the weld marking operation begins.~~~~
B. Ph sical Pre aration 1; The following phys1cal preparation requirements shall be reviewed by the examiner with the WPPSS ISI Field Co-ordinator before work is begun on individual systems or in specific areas: a) Insulation removal b) Safety precautions {work in other areas, etc.) C. Surface Pre aration This procedure is specifica'ily,intended for use at the WNP-2 plant of the Wash1ngton Pub11c Power Supply System (WPPSS) and may not be generally applicable to other projects.
Lambert o MacG ill~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 4 MEP-2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Trolnlng FOLLOWING PAGE 5 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297- 8766 DATE 10/13/80 X .. CALIBRATION Angle location around the weld shall be made from circumferen-tial tape measurements at or near the weld. Nominal degree lo-cations are shown in Figure l. XI. PERFORMANCE A. Weld Identificat1on
l. Welds identified by ISI 1dentificat1on numbers on Weld and Component Identification Diagrams found in Section 8 of the WPPSS Preservice Inspection Program Plan and in dicated as requiring volumetr1c or surface examination on the assoc1ated Program Plan and Schedule Tables shall be phys1cally marked w1th the appropriate IS I ident1fi-cat1on numbers shown on the Diagrams.
~~~~a) Branch connect1ons and fitting seam welds shall not be marked.~~~~
~~~~2. Identif1cation numbers shall be located as conspicuously as possible and to the extent practical:~~~~
a) parallel to the weld; b) entirely with1n a band between two and three 1nches from the weld centerline; c) on the downstream side of pipe-to-p1pe welds;
Lamberl ~ MIcQ ill ~ Thos>as, Inc. PROC. PAGE 5 MEP-2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Troining FOLLOWING PAGE 6 771 East Brokaw Road RE V IS ION 1 San Jose,Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 DATE 10/13/80 XI. A. 3. When weld is obstructed preventing marking as specified in Paragraph 2., the marking shall be located as near to the specific position as poss1ble. d) on the pipe side of pipe-to-fitt1ng welds; e) on either s1de of seam welds.
3. Deviations from the above practice shall be approved in advance by the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator.

4. Typical phys1cal locations of mark1ngs are shown 1n Fi gure 2.
~~~~B. Weld Centerl1ne and Reference Point Determinat1on and~~~~
~~~~~Markin~~~~
l. Welds listed in the Program Plan and Schedule Tables in Section 8.0 of the WPPSS Preserv1ce Inspection Pl an as subject to volumetric examinat1on shall be physically K identified by the LHT examiner and center lines and ref-erence marks established accord1ng to the follow1ng rules as shown in Figure 3.
a) Weld centerline reference points shall be estab-lished by stamping a "+" at the v1sually determined center of the weld. b) The number of reference po1nts shall be accord1ng to Table l.
~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I I ~ ~~~~~
~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ e e O S ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I ~ ~ ~~~~~
~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I ~~~~~
~~~~~ ~ ~ I ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I ~ ~ I~~~~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~
Lsmbert o MscQill o Yhornas, lnc. PAGE 7 HEP>>2 Testfng ~ Engfneerfng ~ Seafce ~ Trofnfng FOLLOWING PAGE 8 771 East Brokaw Road San 408-297-8766'ROC. Jose.Ca. 95112 REY IS ION 1 DATE 10/13/80 XI ~ B. 1. e) The longitudinal seam wel d zero mark shall be lo-cated at the upstream girth weld. f) Reference marks shall be, located using a cloth tape measurement from reference zero according to Figure 1. C. Welded Su ort Lu Harkin
1. Welded suppor t lugs identified by ISI identification number on weld and component ide'ntification diagrams found in Section 8 of the WPPSS Pteservice Inspection Program Plan and indicated as requiring volumetric or surface examination on the associated Program Plan and Schedule Tables shall be physically marked with the orientation. numbers as shown in Figure 4.
a) The lugs shall be marked on an accessible side, but not on a surface designated for ultrasonic scan-ning. b) Stamping shall be numerical (Number 1 through the number of lugs) clockwise when looking in the direc-tion of flow (only the individual lug number need be stamped on the lug).'
Lambert + MacG ill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 8 MEP-2 TesNnp ~ Engineenng ~ Sennce ~ Troining FOLLOW ING PAGE 9 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408 -297- 8766 DATE 10/13/80 XI I. EVALUATION Each completed marked weld shall be evaluated by the LMT exam-iner for compliance with the requirements of this procedure. XIII'ECORDS Completion and acceptance of each weld shall be noted by the LMT examiner at the time of completion on a system ISO or other rep-resentative drawing and a copy of the marked drawing shall be submitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator as the marking of the piping shown on the drawing is completed. A typical iso-metric. drawing is shown in Figure 5. XI V. REVIEW A. Records of weld identification are subject to review by the assigned LMT Level III examiner for conformity to the re-4 quirements of this procedure. B. Following the final LMT review, the records will be trans-mitted to the WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator for review by WPPSS and the ANI.
Lambed MscG ill Yhomas, Inc. P ROC. ME,P -2 Testing Engineerfng ~ Service ~ Troining PAGE.9 771 East Brokaw Road FOLLOWING PAGE 10 San Jose,Ca. 95112 REVISION 1 408-297- 8766 DATE 10/13/80 XV. STORAGE A. Original documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon sign-off of the ISI Field Coordinator. Additional reports which may include the documentation as reference material shall be gener ated from copies. B. Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area and access to files shall be limited to the LMT Field Super-visor and his designated representatives, WPPSS repr esenta-tives, and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector.
SPECIFIC ANGLE LOCATIONS AROUND A PIPE'S CIRCUHFERENCE Cf rcum-Nomfnal ~PI Sl DG. f 4So 90'35 180 2254 2700 3150 360 1.0" 1.315 4.13 ~ 52 1.03 1.55 2.07 2.58 3 ~1 3.61 4 ~ 13 1.5" 1.900 5.97 .75 1.49 2.24 2.98 3.73 4.48 5 '2 5.97 2.0" 2.375 7.46 .93 87 '0 3.73 4.66 5.6 6.53 7.46 2 '" 2.875 9.03 - 1.13 1 2.26 2 3.39 4.52 5.65 6.77 7 '0 9.03 3.0'.0 3 '00 11.00 1.37 2.75 4.12 5 '0 6.87 8.25 9.62 11.DO 4.500 14 ~ 14 1.77 3 '3 5.30 7 F 07 8.84 10.6 12 '7 14 ~ 14 6.0" 6 '25 20.81 2.60 5.2 7 '0 10.41 13.01 15.61 18.21 20. 81 8.0" 8.625 27.10 3.39 6.77 10.16 13.55 16.94 20.32 23.71 27.10 10.0" 10.750 33.77 4.22 8.44 12.66 16.89 21.11 25 '3 29.55 33.77 12.0" 12.75 40.06 5.01 10.01 15.02 20.03 25.03 30.04 35 F 05 a0.06 14.0" 14.00 43.98 5.50 11.00 16;49 21.99 27.49 32.99 38.48 43.98 16.0" 16.00 50.27 6.28 12. 57 18.85 25 '3 31 ~ 42 37 '0 43.98 50.27 18.0" 18.00 56.55 7.07 14.14 21.21 28.27 35.34 42.41 49.48 56.55 20.0" 20.00 62.83 7.85 15.71 23.56 31.42 39.27 47.12 54.98 62.83 22.0" 22.00 69.12 8.64 17.28 25.92 34.56 43.2 51.84 60.48 69.12 24.0" 24.0D 75.40 9.42 18 F 85 28.27 37.70 47.12 56.55 65.97 75.40 C) 26.D" 26.00 81.68 10.21 20.42 30.63 40.84 51.05 61.26 71.47 81.68 28.0" 28.00 87.96 11.00 21.99 32 '9 43.98 54.98 65.97 76.97 87.96 F)gure 1
WOO ODt7 OAR I AO I mA O ~ Qo ~ ~ m Cl V I D N WELD IDENTIFICATION MARKING LOCATION m F) gure 2
PROC. NEP-2 PAGE 11 FOLLOWING PAGE 12 Flow Direction 180 Reference Vertical 00 Point reference is in 90 Ident. line with nearest horizontal exten-sion Weld 2 00 C Reference Reference point 90 0 Point 1800 Reference Point Ident. Weld 1
1. Reference arrow is always in the direction of flow.

2. Zero Reference is at Top Dead Center on a horizontal run.
E
~~~~3. For verti.cal runs, Zero Reference is on a line with 0 Reference on the nearest horizontal run or extension.~~~~
REFERENCE POINT DETERMINATION AND MARKING Figure 3
PROC. MEP-2 PAGE 12 FOLLOWING PAGE F FLOW D I RECTION IS
~~~~>NTO I AtCZ LUG MARKI NCt FIG. +~~~~
~~~~r LLVL(l)LLLO LAMl(a)L'\LOL OCML(a)L L welO LCML(a)k 1 LI~ ILILLL COL atec a Ut.aoe.~~~~
~~~~~ L Isa(4L'4 ~LOMa(a)L LL'll~ L. Laaeae 14 Weaea LLML(a)L 1 aeav OLasa(l)A-L Isae Noae I)~~~~
~~~~Lo IALLUL tea l LC ML(a')L. ~ ae a VILL C ICase o Asat Ot LI ~ 4 I4 I v Q~~~~
~~~C Ml(I)L-4 o. Lceeee 14 woto leva(a)sn aLOUIOOL OLQINkl ~ I lava(eaeea OACOleltlM. ~ awao ONLL~~~
~~~~0 tack~ OCLAL(4L-4f% (twe 44 I) VIAL(a)LO LL ase(1)L 1ML(II)4 II Cava tv aaa aoJ LAML(4LLtegoaeoe) (ULL AAIIOAALOLA)~~~~
~~~~~ atv tLCICOOAA LL LLL 1cML(a)K Otal (at.c)~~~~
LCMa(a)L cela MllooceL (OL1) CjtVCOLL \Lettalt DLA'WIVtaei
~~~~'LL ML(l)~~~~
~~~~Oasea LL LCD~~~~
~ allo. 1L 1eo ~ so av LL 1oa ~ ~ OL Late 'll'll t ala oeaa Lait 441 ~ ~ sa av.lL lel LOCAL alae OAAO aa ~ w oAL' a+ILoo aoasa(a)L Otal aaa c ~ eoL aaaII a
~~~~(IAL (ttI~ La'lL COL 'vetalta CO~~~~
~~~~~ oe aee Lave volltc Ma Rv 11 OAAAO OAL~~~~~
LA 1OD ~ vao.AAL tlLIe 4aM LL MAL&Le ~ we aaa~ k LL etc OLO'AOOA IO el)'
~ MLO. 1LL ~ ~ ~ via IAI LLKL(I)ALlea /
~~~~OLAI IOLM ea OAQ tease(a)L ~ICtsa(l)L C ILva (aaa I(~~~~
'LC ML(l)L-~ ~ aaae LL Lc ML(a)L ~ aoo LAasa(I)A Lf IAvaIUL Laao aA (I)L-atae LLML(l L 1tae '1MLa ~L taL1IOLM LCM$UA ~ LU4 OLM\(a)A)tat ~L LLC ai (tv/ala $
LLIS'L(UA4 ~IIL +~1LML 4LOLoao OMLIL LA LAOOAA 'll 'll'a ao 444 OMaa+L LC LAO(a)L 4LUL 'liaAL(UL 1 aoasl(UA oto \LML(I)A'1LUO 'W!,. O (LL\) g~( COM Oaa MC. LO I.' ~ Ife cI Ale AVIIcool al AII l mnO 1 MA Dtallsaooa OAAOO. I(MAL OAII 'I 14 1O C) WAS)I)NGTOH PU8(C POWOl Ileoeosowola wIIAVIotoo SUPP( Y SYSTEM tl
~
~~~~Iol A Mlal Arcl Aso OUI ovce C I VVIIAOOAAVLOAL 1 AAWIIAWOW leOO osa~~~~
~ Im ~ ~ Os laevs CA I ~ OA I Iata I ~ oo I ~ IIO ~ COLVOACOI COIIIVCAIIQAOIAOAAO
(
~. LA) (!LL= ).! T% ". ~ IIII ..I 1('%((IL if() 5t:f O)L MAIN OCCIM LINC A.
av UI
NOI WASHBfGTON PUBIC POPOVER SUPP' SYSTEM CI 7-REVI OPS 8 l ltmtSTROCTloN RESP. ORQI CS8 I APPR VKQI APPRQVKOs Tl T LKs ~ T I T
1. 0 SCOPE This instruction defines the requirements for preservice visual examination of nuclear power plant components by (}CS81 Personnel or vendor contractor personnel nder PCS&I supervision for conditions such as scratches, wear, cracks, corrosion, erosion, misalignment or improper movement of parts or components, or evidence of leakage.
~~~~2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS, CODES AND STANDARDS~~~~
~
~~~~The following documents form a part of this examination instruction to the extent specified herein. 2.1 Codes and Standards~~~~
~~~~a. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.~~~~
(1) Section XI, Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Compon-ents, Editions and Addenda through 1977 edition. (2) Section V, Nondestructive Examination, Editions and Addenda through 1977 edition.
b. ODI No. 902, "Training and Certification Procedure; ISI/HDE Examiners".

c. Topical Report tlPPSS-gA-004, Operational Ouali ty Assurance Program.

3. 0 DESCRIPTION The principal objective of the techniques described herein is the location and recording of surface conditions for parts or components requiring visual exam-inations under the scope of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section XI,
"~
~~~~Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components, according to the requirements given in ASHE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V, Non-destructive Examination, and this instruction.~~~~
~~~~.0 n~~~~
~~~~4. 1 Personnel Pe uirements E~~~~
All personnel performing the examinations shall be certified to at least Level 1 Visual and records of the certification maintained in accordance with ODT No. 902; "Training and Certification Procedure; ISI/NDE Examiners".
~~
EFFECTIVE GATE: SUPERSKQKS ISSUE OATEQI QUALITYAFFECTINGc NQ 1-2-79 New Issue @YES PAGE OF WP 002
QCI 7-1 Rev. 0 4.2 Direct Visual Examination Direct visual examination may be made when access is sufficient to place the eye within 2( inches of the surface to be examined and at an angle not less than 30 to the surface to be examined. Hirrors may be used to improve the angle of vision. Lighting of 15 to 50 foot candles at the examination surface (as measured by a mode 703-3A Weston Light Heter or equivalent) is required. Resolution shall be considered adequate, when the combination of lighting, access, and angles of vision can resolve a black line 1/32 of an inch wide on an 185 neutral gray background. placed on the surface to be examined. 4.3 Remote Visual Examination Remote visual examination may be substituted for direct visual examination where access does not permit direct visual examination. Remote visual examination may include visual aids such as, telescopes, periscopes, bore-scopes, fiberoptics or TV cameras and monitoring systems, with or without attachments for permanent recording. Hirrors, movable lights or rotating optics, or any combination thereof, may be employed. Where practical such systems shall have a resolution capability at least equivalent to that obtainable by direct visual observation. Re lication Surface replication methods shall be considered acceptable provided the surface resolution is at least equivalent to that obtainable by the visual observation. 4.5 ~Cl eanin Surfaces which require cleaning or decontamination for valid interpretation of results shal.l be prepared by an approved process.
5. 0 EXAHINATION 5.1 Valve Bodies The normally accessible internal pressure boundary surfaces shall be examined for signs of distress. Where applicable, the stem, disk, seat, internal pilot valve, rings, stem-to-disk connection and packing shall be visually examined for mechanical damage. In addition, the valve bowl, seat, disk and stem may be examined for evidence of metallurgical damage such as erosion, corrosion, or cracking.
5.2 Pum Casin s The normally accessible internal pressure boundary surfaces shall be examined for signs of distress. Examine the accessible interior surfaces, and where applicable the pump bowl and the pump impeller for evidence of cracking, corrosion, erosion, galling, mechanical damage, or other abnormal conditions. Page 2 of 14
QCI 7-1 Rev. 0 5.3 Pressure Retainin Boltin Bolting may be examined either in place under tension, when the connection is disassembled, or when the bolting is removed. The parts to be examined shall include (where applicable and accessible) bolts, studs, nuts, washers, bushings, threads in base material and flange ligaments between threaded stud holes. The areas of threads, shanks, and heads shall be examined. Discontinuities such as laps, galling, corrosion, seams, or cracks which would be detrimental to the intended service should be noted. 5.4 Su ort Com onents Included are the support components that extend from the piping, valve, and pump attachment to and including the supporting structure. The compon-ents shall be examined for evidence of movement, misalignment, breakage, and other deleterious conditions. The support settings of constant and variable springtype hangers, snubbers, and shock absor hers shall be recorded. 5.5 Closure Mead and Vessel Claddin i(hen required, clad surfaces shall be examined ,or evidence of metallurgical or mechanical damage such as cracking, corrosion, or gouges. 5.6 Vessel Interior Surfaces, Attachments and Core Su ort Structures The areas shall include the space above and below the reactor core made accessible for examination by the removal of components during normal refueling outages. Also included are attachments and core-supports, guide rod brackets, core spray brackets, and jet pump riser brace arm. The components shall be examined for evidence of mechanical damage such as breakage, movement, gouges, cracks, or corrosion. Any extraneous parts shall also be examined and the results noted. 5.7 Visual Examination For Leaka e Visual Examination for Evidence of Leakage During Pressure Tests or Hydrostatic Tests will be Performed in Accordance with Requirements of Ilr(A-5000, IWB-1220, INC-2510 and IWO-2000 of Section XI as Follows: 5.7. 1 Vessel Penetrations Each vessel penetration designated for examination shall be examined for evidence of leakage. 5.7.2 Exem t Com onents The examination of exempt components, which may be conducted without the removal of insulation shall be performed by inspectino ( I) the exposed sur,aces of and joints in component insulation to locate evidence of leakage and (2) the floor areas (or equipment) directly underneath components for evidence of accumulated leakage that may drip from components. Page 3 of 14
gCI 7-1 0, Rev. 0 5,7.3 Examination of Insulated Joints - Vertical Examination of insulated joints along vertical surfaces of vessels, walls, and piping need not be performed, provided the lowest terminal ends of vertical surfaces are examined, and the insulation design is such that any leakages originating along the vertical surfaces can accumulate and leak from the insulation joint at the lowest elevation. 5.7.4 Examination of Insulated Joints - Horizontal Examination of insulation joints along horizontal surfaces of com-ponents shall be conducted at each insulation joint except where accessibility is limited by structural members or other components. In the latter cases, either the insulation shall be removed to permit component examination, or provisions shall be included to channel potential leakages to areas accessible for examination. 5.7.5 ~Leaka es All leakages observed during pressure or hydrostatic tests shall be noted. At locations where leakages are normally expected and collected (E.G., valve stems, pump seals), the examination shall verify that the leakage collection system is operative. 5.7.6 Sources of Leaka es The source of leakages (other than normal controlled leakages) shall be located and the area shall be examined to the extent necessary to establish the requirements for corrective action. All indications or abnormal surface conditions visible on welds, base metal, and support or restraint members, shall be reported and detailed according to Paragraph 5.9. Scratches, gouges, wear, corrosion or erosion on surfaces, misalignment or movement of parts, or evidence of leakage shall be of primary concern. When settings or gauge readings are required (such as on hangers), the readings shall be recorded. 5.8. 1 Visual Examination Forms A separate Visual Examination form must be prepared for each type of component examined, (Figures I, 2, 3 and 4). 5.8.2 Visual Aids Record on the appropriate examination form the identity of all visual aids or replication methods used. (Use backside of form if necessary). Page 4 of 14
OCI 7-1 Rev. 0
5. 9 Submittals Examination records shall contain the following information:

a. Nuclear project number

b. Oate of Examination

c. Identification and signature of examiner

d. Identification of part examined

e. Examination results

f. Other information as required on examination data form prepared for specific components

g. Instruction number and revision The recorded data shall be reviewed by an individual certified to at least a Level II in Visual Examinations to determine if additional examination and/or evaluation is required and for further disposition.

5. 10 Evaluation of Oiscontinuities All parts listed below having indications exceeding the acceptable limits of this instruction shall be recorded.
~~~~When visual examinations performed in accordance with this instruction detect evidence of discontinuities, those discontinuities shall be evaluated per the following:~~~~
~~~~5. 10. 1 Recordable Indications (a) -Only indications with major dimensions greater than )/16 in.~~~~
( 1.6mm) shall be considered relevant. (b) Unless otherwise specified in this Subsection, the following relevant indications are unacceptable: (1) Any cracks or linear indications; (2) Rounded indications with dimensions 'greater than 3/16 in. (4.8 m); (3) Four or more rounded indications in a line separated by 1/16 in. (1.6mm) or less edge to edge; 2 (4) 10 or more rounded indications in any 6 sq. in. (3870mm ) or surface with the major dimension of this area not to exceed 6 in. (152mm) with the area taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indications being evaluated.
~~~~5. 10.2 Broken Parts Broken components or reduced cross sections shall be recorded.~~~~
Page 5 of 14
QCI j-l Rev. 0 5.10.3 Threaded Parts Bolts and bolting material which have longitudinal or circumferential indications shall be recorded. Components which have evidence of unequal wear shall be recorded. Components which have galled or spalled parts shall be reported.
~~~~5. 10.6 Misali nment/Movement Components which appear to be misaligned or appear to have moved shall be recorded. Abnormal misalignment or movement of the component part shall be reported.~~~~
5.10.7 Erosion-Corrosion Components exhibiting evidence of either erosion or corrosion shall be recorded. If either erosion or corrosion has readily discernible depth the area shall be evaluated to the extent that its minimum wall thickness is determined and recorded. 5.11 Evaluation of Data The recorded data shall be reviewed by a certified Level II or Level III examiner to determine: if additional examination or evaluation is required prior to disposition; arrange for the additional activity; witness the additional examinations as required; prepare any additional evaluation.
5. 12 Dis osition of Recordable Indications Recordable indications which exceed the acceptance limits specified in this instruction or where no acceptance limit is given shall be dispositioned by processing a "Request for Disposition: RFD Form.

5. 12. 1 The RFD (Figure 5) is used to report and track deficiencies or suspected deficiencies detected during the preservice examination
~~~~'instructions for completing an RFD are found in Figure 6).~~~~
5. 12.2 One RFD shall be issued for each data sheet with indications requiring disposition.

5. 12.3 A RFD log (Figure 7) shall be established and maintained by the Manager Central Maintenance group which records and tracks each RFD issued.
Page 6 of 14
QCI 7-1 Rev. 0 5.12.4 Instructions for routing of RFD's are: (a) The examiner/originator completes the applicable sections of the RFD, assigns it a number from the RFD log, and completes the applicable RFD log entries. (b) The examiner/originator shall insert a copy of the RFD in the log book and transmit the original to Manager Project Engineering. (c) The project cognizant engineer determines the disposition, arranges for any necessary corrective actions, completes the RFD form and returns it to the originator. (d) The examiner/originator completes the log and files the closed out RFD in the log book.
5. 13 Review and Control of Data The recorded data shall be reviewed by a certified Level II or Level III examiner to:

a. Assure that the data sheets are complete, legible, and reproducible.

b. Assure that all recorded indications which exceed the acceptable limits specified in this instruction have been identified and recorded in accordance with paragraph 5. 12 of this instruction.

c. Assure that components which are repaired due to reported indications are reexamined to provide a new baseline.

d. Sign-off all data sheets to indicate approval and close out of data sheet.
Following sign-off of the data sheets the reviewer shall file them in the Central Maintenance ISI files. The requirements for final control of the data sheets shall be specified in Section 12 of the Central Maintenance ISI/NDE Program Manual. Page 7- of, 14
~~~~) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I I f $ 4 J~~~~
~~~~~ l I I ~ i ~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I $~~~~
~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~
~~~~I I~~~~
~~~~'I I~~~~
~~~~~ < l 4 ' a ~ J~~~~
~
l}QV SH)ET..NO.. Art-. fidb. f(0. BOLTIHG Aff0 RPi/ IHTERHALS VISUAL EXAffIHA!IOH DATA SHEET QCI 7-1 Rev. 0 DATE I TE'1 EXP/il f1 ED: PHOTO ID: ROLL;" FRAl1E j E:(Ai~1 IVER' HAf!E: (}UALIFICATIOf1 LE'/EL AUTHORIZED INSPECTOR'S SIGffATURE: FINDING YES NO N/A Location and Other Information (Additional Comments on Reverse Side CRACKS THREAD ROOT AREA SYllPTQf1S OF STRUCTi'-RAL DISTRESS SCRATCHES P ITS GOUGES GALLING BREAKAGE tiISALIGHr EffT i~10'I/ EiviEi'fT CORROSIOH OTHER AODITIO'1AL COfff1EHTS AHD '/ALUATIOH: REi/IE!fED BY: LE'/EL FfGnPF 2 Page 9 of 14
~~~~) ~~~~~
I ~ ~ ~ I I ~ I
f l 0 I I'I I o ~ . ~
~~~~- t 0~~~~
~~~~I I t~~~~
~~~~~ ~~~~~
I
~
~~~~QCI 7-1 Rev. 0~~~~
~~~~1. R.F.D.~~~~
~~~~RE(VEST FOR DISPOSITION~~~~
2. PROJECT 3. DATE

4. ORIGINATOR 5. TYPE OF EXNINATION

6. INSTRUCTION HO. REV. NO.

7. ITEN EXAMINED

8. ITEN I.D. NO.

9. LOCATION

10. DESCRIPTION OF REPORTABLE CONDITION DISPOSITION

11. ACCEPTABLE AS IS / f

12. UNACCEPTABLE / /

13. UNACCEPTABLE CONDITION RECORDED ON:
~~~~RFI 8 OTHER~~~~
14. CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN

15. REINSPECTION RE(UIRED YES // NO ~

16. COMPLETED BY DATE FIGURE 5 Page 12 of 14
~~~~QCI 7-1 Rev. 0 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING RFD FORM ITEMS 1 - 10: To be completed by Examiner/Originator.~~~~
1. Enter RFD number from log book.

2. WNP Project Number.

3. Date of Repor t.

4. Name of Examiner/Originator.

5. Type of Examination used to discover reportable conditions.

6. Number of instruction governing examination and revision number.

7. Description of item where reportable condition exists.

8. Part number and serial number of item where reportable condition exists'.
~~~~Describe location of item includirg building area, elevation, installed, not installed etc., as applicable.~~~~
~~~~10. Enter complete description of reportable condition. Include any pertinent facts which may help in the disposition.~~~~
~~~~ITEMS ll - 17: To be completed by Dispositioner. 11 8 12. Check either item as applicable.~~~~
13. Enter Request for Information (RFI) number or document type and number on which unacceptable condition was recorded for further disposition.

14. Brief description, of corrective action taken.

15. Check appropriate box depending on corrective action taken.

16. Signature. of Project Engineer and Date.
FIGURE 6 Page 13 of 14
Xl JD 8 A ( O R.F.D. LOG O R.F.D. DATE REINSPECTION NO. ORIGINATOR DATE SENT TO RESOLUTION RESOLVED DATE REt1ARKS FIGURE 7
Lambert ~ AacGill o i homas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Trorning kP4: 771East Brokaw Aoad San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SIIEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. UTP-40 Revision No. 0 Procedure Title REHOTE .ULTRASONIC EXAHINATION OF REACTOR GITUDINAL AND CIRCUHFERENTIAL WELDS LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval Quality Assurance Officer) Client Approval Authorized Nuclear Inspector Appxaval Specific Qualification Record Component .Examiners Date
(I 0 tf
WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS WNP. ISI KNQ INEKR DATK ~g O~ cZW y gu g CONTRACT NO+ c-iQ Q2-CONTRACTOR
~~~~&T V IC,'eg Q I NS'55 5'sc d'orccrc MUclc'av TI Ih c.l6 4~7 Vac, DOCUMENT TITLE QV7 o II 7 E mme~ o~~~~~
~~~~4 o+ e 74S~u~ @ASS ( l PI '+O I'I V'4 i< W 4~F'Wn+Id I ~~~~~
~~~~) J8 PRKVIOUSI Y REVIEWED ~YES NO IDATK IF YE5) J2 R. '80 PRKVIOU5LY APPROVED CI YE5 NO IDATK IF YES)~~~~
~~~~REASONS FOR RK SUBMITTALIIF PRKVIOUSLY APPROVKD) DISPOSITION D vl O 0 DD I-W ww REVIEWER~~~~
~~~~.0 ) O" 0 C~~~~
5x gU C +z CL ~K K 4f K ot-D "Zm-7/ SUPKRVISORi I AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT KNQI PRCLIKC NQ MANA KR/PLANT TKCHNICAI SUPKRVISOR EN/INK D,QE KR TO K e-6 P C
)
~~~~A AQ Rg 0 &el Ct 4 NOTES/COMMENTS) LOI PuCt)nk/ rtI, CirC.ulvi 4O) '4VOQ C Bl<g Ig~~~~
~~~~~ 2y WP.702 KDP SeO~~~~
Lambert o MacGiil ~.Thomas, inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training 771 East Brokaw Road San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET AND QUALIFICATION RECORD Procedure No. ~A-28 Revision No. 0 Procedure Title Inspection LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval ( ality Assurance Officer) Client Approval 2.22, 7 Authorized Nuclear Inpsector -Appeal+ Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date
~~~~. ~ L~~~~~
~~~~iVASHINGTON PUBL1C POIVER SUPPLY SYSTEM REVIEW OF CO."I TRACTOR SUBI~1ITTALS ISI ENGIN R O (r ""Z 5/ CONTRACT ND.>> C~~~~
~~~~-/Ad 2.~~~~
0 N T R A gT 0 R T ITL 52 nl c I/t/Q g / / /'~ Ag7 Stv c, Pro L'. DOCUMENT TITLE Ac l -2 l rrmrII/CCS~r Zc RKV c3 PREVIOUSLY REVIEWED PREVIOUSLY APPROVKD
~~~~@YES g NO IDATE IF YES)~~~~
~~~~NO (DATE IF YES) REASONS FOR RE.SUBMITTAI IIF PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) DISPOSITION 0 0 00 ld vl 0 R EV I EWER LU ~ 0 z"X~~~~
~~~~~ 0 C~~~~
00
~~~~<Z C Qg ~U C 0~~~~
~~~~II, Vl C Ol C CC UC 4 PE VISOR, ISI AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT ENGI EE PROJK PA ENGINEERING MANAGER/PI ANT TKCMNICAL SUPERVISOR SUPERVISOR>> ISI/NDE>> K <<ERATION SERVICES~~~~
~~~~~l ~l~~~~~
MANAGER. DUALITYSERVICES NOTES/COMMENTS WP TOZ KDP S.O
Lambert e Macaill I Thomas, Inc. P ROC. PAGE 1 NO. QA- 2 8
~~~~. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 2 14030 Elvira St.~~~~
Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 TITLE: DOCUMENT CONTROL FOR THE WNP-2 PRESERVICE INSPECTION I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE A. ~Pur oee This procedure provides rules for the control of job-related documentation during the Preservice Inspection of the WNP-2 Nuclear Power Plant with the following objectives:
1. to ensure performance of all required examinations;

2. to provide the status of examinations being performed;

3. to minimize the loss of data sheets;

4. to verify the accuracy and completeness of data via proper reviews.
~~~~B. ~Sco e File Complement Job-related documentation includes, but is not limited to, the following:~~~~
1. Procedures

2. Material Certifications

3. Instrument Calibration Reports QUALIFICATION:
ApproveS for uee Q 'l/i<.(qq ~IL S-rs.PS C:
PROC. NO. QA-28 LsmbeN o Macoill 7homas, Inc.
~
PAGE 2 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 3 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga. Ca. 95070 REVIS ION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 I. B. 4. Quality Related Forms (test reports, etc.)
5. Quality Related Drawings

6. Personnel Documentation

7. Equipment Manuals and Drawings

8. Test Calibration Records

9. Examination Reports

10. QA Reports and Correspondence II. REFERENCES A. This procedure is in compliance with the applicable portion of the following reference documents:

1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components", 1974 edition, Summer 1975 addenda.

2. LMT Operating and Quality Assurance Manual, Addendum to Revision 10, approved for the WNP-2 PSI by WPPSS.

3. WNP-2 PSI Program Plan.
III. DEFINITIONS as a separate entity. The following Major Tasks will be associated with the PSI:
PROC. NO- QA-28 Lambert o MacGill Thomas, Inc.
~
PAGE 3 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 4 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 ZZZ. A. WPS-001, "Remote Vessel Examination System" WPS-002, "Contract Management/Procedures" WPS-003, "Procurement of Expendables" B. Recordable Indication An indication which equals or exceeds Owner recording criteria. The Owner recording criteria may be more restrictive than the Code require-ments. C. Re ortable Indication - Any indication which equals or exceeds Code reporting criteria. ZV. RESPONSIBILITY A. The Technical Manager, LMT, Znc., is responsible for the generation and control of this procedure and shall so indicate by a dated signature on the procedure cover sheet. B. The responsible Level III Field Supervisor, LMT, or his designated Level ZIZ alternate, LMT, shall implement this procedure.
~~~~V. PROCEDURE~~~~
QUALIFICATION This procedure shall be considered qualified upon acceptance by WPPSS.
PROC. NO. QA-28 Lambert o Macaill ~ Thomas, Inc. PAGE 4 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 5 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 VI . PERSONNEL, REQUIREMENTS All LMT personnel shall be governed by the requirements of this procedure. VII. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Filin Cabinets
~~~~1. Cabinets for original data shall be fire resistant.'.~~~~
~~~~Cabinets for reproduced data and materials shall be conventional. B. ~Su lies~~~~
l. Examination data forms and associated printed matter shall be of a quality capable of providing at least two generations of copies.

2. Reports shall be I completed using black felt or fiber tipped pens.

3. "White-out" is not permissable.
VIII'REPARATION A. Documentation The following documentation shall be approved by WPPSS before acceptance in the job file:
PROC. NO ~ QA-28 Lsmbert o MIco ill 7homas, Inc.
~
PAGE 5 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 6 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 VIII. A. l. a) Procedures b) Forms c) Certifications B. Ph sical Pre aration The file area shall be complete and LMT personnel on site before initiation of the filing system. ZX. LIMITATIONS This document control procedure has been prepared for the PSI of the WNP-2 plant of Washington Public Power Supply System (WPPSS) and is not neces'sarily applicable to other situations. X. THE PERMANENT DOCUMENT PELE A. General
~~~~1. Examination documentation generated in the field shall be maintained according to the following rules:~~~~
a) Original documentation shall become the property of WPPSS upon turn-over at the completion of the PSZ. Original documentation which may be included as reference material for additional reports shall be generated from copies.
Lambert ~ Ilgeo ill e Thomas, Testing ~ Engineering ~ Inc. Service ~ Training PROC. PAGE 6 NO. QA-28 FOLLOWING PAGE 7 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. A. 1. b) Field storage facilities shall provide a safe storage area, and access to files shall be limited to the LMT Field Supervisor and his designated representatives, WPPSS representatives and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. c) Documentation shall be maintained in a file in a trailer or similar facility provided by WPPSS in or adjacent to plant buildings for LMT use. The filing system shall be alphanumeric, i.e., alphabetic, subdivided according to item number or date. When this system cannot be applied, the file shall be either alpha-betic or numeric. C. File Cate pries
1. Tasks Each major task of the PSI shall be assigned a unique job number, and all related documentation will be maintained in file, under this number. The following items will be maintained under each major task:
Lambert I MacG ill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. PAGE 7 NO. QA-28 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 8 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. C. l. a) Correspondence Correspondence shall carry a WNP number and date and copies shall be filed in a numerical corre-spondence file as well as the appropriate job file. b) Procedures Procedures shall be filed in numerical order. c) Material Certifications Material Certifications.shall be filed alphabet-ically by vendor in chronological order. d) Instrument Calibration Records Calibration reports shall be filed alphabetically by item or manufacturer in chronological order. e) Unused Quality Related Forms Quality related forms shall be filed by form number. f) Quality Related Drawings Quality related drawings not generated by LMT will be filed in the appropriate task file or with the equipment manuals to which they apply. g) Personnel Documentation Personnel documentation shall be filed alphabet-ically.
PROC- NO. QA-28 Lambert o MacG ill o Thomas, Inc. PAGE 8 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 9 14030 Eivira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. C. 1. h) Equipment Manuals and Drawings Equipment manuals and drawings will be filed in alphabetical order according to trademark identi-fication. i) Test Calibration Reports Completed calibration reports shall be filed according to calibration number as described in Section X.D.3. j) Examination Reports Completed examination reports shall be filed according to report number as described in Section X.D.4. k) Quality Forms Quality forms and completed quality report forms shall be filed according to form number or the appropriate task number.
2. The LMT Field Supervisor will prepare an Examination Report Cross Reference/Tracking Log (Figure 1). The purpose of this log is three-fold. First, the log is a cross reference between the report number, WPPSS identification number, WPPSS Weld and Component Identification Diagram number, the calibration report number, and the examination results. Second, the log
PROC- NO- QA-28 Lambert MacGill Thomas, Inc. o ~ PAGE 9 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Senrice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 10 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca, 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. C. 2. is used for tracking examination report forms to minimize loss of these forms. Third, the log is used as a permanent file number log by sequentially listing all examinations by system and technique on a separate page or pages (See Section X.D.4). For example, a page entitled "RHR-201, Ultrasonic" will be used to log data for the ultrasonic examinations of the welds and components shown on drawing RHR-201.
3. The LMT Field Supervisor will maintain a master system drawing display upon which the examination report will be marked for each component examined. This display utilize thet'ill WPPSS Weld and Component Identification Drawings.

4. The LMT Field Supervisor will maintain a master system table mark-up. The WPPSS Program Plan and Schedule Tables will be marked with the permanent file number when examinations and WPPSS review are completed.

5. The LMT Field Supervisor will ensure all documents transmitted to WPPSS are complete and legible and that recordable indications are flagged by marking them in red.
QA-28 Lambert ~ MacGill ~ Thomas, Inc. PROC - NO PAGE 10 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 11 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. D. Rules for Documentation Inclusion in the Permanent File
1. Job Related Documentation a) Identification of Task Related Documentation Each task will be given a unique number composed of six characters. The first three will be an abbreviation of the client name; e.g., WPS for Washington Public Power Supply System and the last -,,
~~~~three represent the number of the major task. Thus, there will be~~~~
~~~~'I only one task utilizing the number "001."~~~~
2. Personnel Documentation a) Certifications A Certifica'tion Statement will be prepared for each qualified examiner. The statement will list in concise form the.examiner's education, experience eyesight and test grades.
b) Each LMT employee will prepare h resume which includes the examiner's signature and initials as used in the reports. The resumes will be put in standard form and filed with the Certification.
PROC. NO ~ QA-28 Lambert o MacQill o 7hornas, Inc. Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training PAGE ll FOLLOWING PAGE 12 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. D. 3. Calibration Reports Calibration reports will be assigned a number con-sisting of the first and last initials of the examiner primarily responsible for the calibration, followed by a sequence number for each calibration; i.e., JD-10 represents the tenth calibration performed by John Doe. It is the responsibility of each examiner to maintain the proper sequence number. of his own calibrations; however, all calibrations will be reviewed by the LMT Field Supervisor. a) Original calibration report sheets will be forwarded to the WPPSS Data Controller for review as a "package" with all associated examination report sheets. The date the sheets are transmitted to WPPSS will be entered into the Calibration Report Tracking Log (Figure 2) at that time.
4. Examination Reports Examination Reports will utilize an alphanumeric numbering system and will be numbered by the LMT Field Supervisor. Prior to assignment of a report number, the report will be identified by the WPPSS ISI identi-fication number of the component examined and will be maintained in a "daily" file. Upon assignment of the
QA-28 Lambert o Macoiil e Thomas, inc. PROC. PAGE 12 NO ~ Testing ~ Engineering ~ SeNice ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 13 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 X. D. 4. report number, the document will be transferred to the WPPSS Data Controller and the appropriate entries made in the Examination Report Cross Index/Tracking Log (Figure 1). Examination reports will be filed according tb the WPPSS Weld and Component Identification Diagram number and will be grouped by examination type, i.e., ultrasonic, liquid penetrant or magnetic particle. For example, a file folder will be labeled RCIC-101-1, and within that folder will be all data sheets for all examination items shown on that drawing. Examina-tion data sheets'or each procedure used (i.e., ultra-, sonic, penetrant, visual) will be grouped by procedure within the folder. Following is a description of the examination report permanent file numbering system: a) The file number will consist of a six-character number composed of three letters and three numbers separated by a hyphen. The first two letters will identify the system and the third letter will identify the examination technique. The three numbers will be used to sequentially number the
PROC. NO. QA-28 Lsrnbert ~ Macoill 7hornss, Inc. o PAGE 13 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 14 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga. Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109, DATE 2/16/79 X. D. 4. a) reports according to completion date as assigned by the LMT Field Supervisor. Table 1 is a listing I of the system designations and the examination technique designators. System echnique RP - Reactor Pressure Vessel U manual ultrasonic RI Reactor Core Isolation Cooling P liquid penetrant HP - High Pressure Core Spray M magnetic particle LP Low Pressure Core Spray R - radiographic RH - Residual Heat Removal V visual MS Main S team A - automated ultrasonic FW - Reactor Feedwater RR - Reactor Recirculating Cooling RT Reactor Water Clean Table 1 Example: RIU-001 is the first examination performed on the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System using the manual ultrasonic technique.
5. When examination and calibration report forms are received from WPPSS, the date will be entered into t the Examination Report Cross Index/Tracking Log and the Calibration Report Tracking Log, respectively.
Lambert ~ Mscaill o Thomas, Inc. PROC. NO- QA-28 PAGE 14 Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 15 14030 Elvira St. Saratoga, Ca. 95070 REVISION 0 408-867-4109 DATE 2/16/79 XZ. THE TEMPORARY FILE SYSTEM As the PSI proceeds, examination reports generated by each examination team will accumulate faster than they can be reviewed by the LMT Field Supervisor. It is the LMT Field Supervisor's task to prepare reference indexes, summaries, and tables from these reports and to assign the permanent file numbers to each report. During the time these operations are being performed, the reports will be segregated in a daily file for examination reports and calibrations with each day's documentation jointly transmitted to the WPPSS Data Coordinator in accordance with X.D.3.a. XII. REVIEW The WPPSS ISI Field Coordinator or his designees and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector shall have full access to the documentation files.
ISI Drawing No. EXAMINATION REPORT CROSS INDEX/TRACKING LOG WPS Technique Examination Results Date Date Significant WPPSS ISI Calibratio Exa to from No Ins j.g. Indications Report No. Identification No. No. Date WP PS S WPPSS Filed Indic. Indic. Geometric Other hj
~~~~r. t4 aQ C~~~~
~~~~o 8 n 4 0~~~~
~~~~-28 WPS-ADM-2 PROC. NO.~~~~
PAGE F CALIBRATION REPORT TRACKING LOG Date Date Calibra'tion to from Examination Report No. Date WPPSS WPPSS Filed Report No. Fig re 2
WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM PROCEDURE APPROVAI. ROUTIN(l SHEET OCEDURK/INSTRUCTION NOa TITLE:
~~~~,INP 3-3 Preservice Inspection AL:~~~~
QCS&I" ROUTINQ SEQUENCE: CONCURRENCE 5 QNATURE ORQA IZATION NAME (APPROVAL 0 NTENT) OATK Generation Services R. E. Smith System Operations G. E. Deegan 3 -v-> T Cent. Maintenance J. E. Mil1 s WNP-2 J: R. Holder QCS&I K. J. Hannah S 5-B Oesign Engineering L. T. Harrold 9 jz~/ZF
~~~~~&it@ Syste Test & Startup W. C. Bibb Gen. Admin. File X NEW REVISED INTERIM (EXPLAIN BELOW)~~~~
REASONS FOR CHANQE: Ini ti al issue COMMENTS WERE MINOR AND RESOLVED AND/OR AS NOTED BELOW: C C ORDINATORE DIVISION) OATKs R. Masterson/D.L.Heber Generati on 3/5/79 WP 222 R2
~~~~)t p1 0~~~~
ND: WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTE!II REV: ISl/NDE PROGRAM RESP. ORGI APPROVEO: APPROVED: DIV. MCR. ASST. 0 IR. TITLE: EFFECTIVE DATE: 8-24-79 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure describes the activities of Quality Control Services 8 Inspection (QCS81) personnel. It assigns responsibilities for the implementation and completion of shop and field preservice examina-tions for the WNP-2 Project. 1.2 The scope of activities covered by this procedure shall be accom-plished in accordance with the applicable Preservice Inspection Program Plan prepared or approved by the Supply System Engineering Department. 1.3 Preservice Inspection activities herein are quality affecting and shall conform to the guidelines by the Supply System Operational Quality Assurance Program Description (WPPSS-QA-004).
2. 0 DEFINITIONS 2.1 Evaluation Review Team - The group responsible for evaluating report-able indications submitted to the team by the ISI Engineer, and issuing any resulting nonconformance reports. The team consists, as a minimum of the ISI Engineer as team leader and a representative from Project Engineering, Generation Services, and the PSI Contractor.
2.2 Operations Support Engineering Section, assigned by the Supervisor of the section, responsible for implementation of the ISI Program Plan, and Evaluation Review Team Committee leadership. 2.3 ISI Field Coordinator - The NDE Specialist responsible for the Field Preservice Inspections and on-site liaison with the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. 2.4 assigned by the Superivsor, QCSEI, responsible for the
'""""ubsection technical conduct of the Preservice Inspections, including the review and approval of HDE documentation.
2.5 'Plant Technical En ineer - The individual within the'Plant Technical staff who has been assigned by the Plant Superintendent or the Assistant Plant Superintendent to participate in the Preservice Inspection activities. 2.6 Preservice Ins ection Pro ram Plan - The Preservice Inspection Program Plan is a formal Supply System document developed by ISI and Operations Support Engineering for each WHP unit. The program delineates the scope of work required and examinations needed to satisfy ASt<E Section XI Code and other Regulatory Guide requirements. ISSUE DATE SUPERSEDES ISSUE DATED QUALITYAFFECTING 8/24/79 g YES NO OaIIP 1 ver
INP 3-3 Rev. 1 2.7 Pro ect En ineer - The individual within the Project Engineering Section assigned responsibility by the Project Engineering Manager for Project Engineering activities associated with PSI examinations. Department, assigned by the Startup and Operations Manager, responsi-ble for association with all PSI examinations, 3.0 PROCEDURE 3.1 Field Preservice Examinations Action ISI Engineer .1 Provides an approved Preservice Inspection Program Plan and appropriate IOM's describ-ing the activity requested from OCS8I.
~~~~.2 Develops Request for Proposal to obtain a Preservice Inspection Contractor.~~~~
~~~~ISI Field Coordinator .3 Reviews, comments and concurs with the Request for Proposal.~~~~
.4 Participates in the review of proposals submitted by PSI Proposers. .5 Participates in the technical evaluation of the PSI Contractor. .6 Prepares instructions per Reference 4.3.d for conduct of the Preservice Examinations within the gCSEI work scope. .7 Arranges with Projects for preparation of a PSI work area, to contain offi,ce materials and HDE equipment including calibration blocks. .8 Fabricates, accepts, controls and inventories all calibration blocks within the OCSEI work scope per Reference 4.3.b. .9 Participates in the planning meetings with the PSI Contractor. .10 Integrates the PSI Contractor's equipment and manpower availability into the overall PSI Schedule.
Page 2 of 6
IHP 3-3 Rev. 1 3.1 (Cont.) Res onsibilit Action Performs or supervises the visual examination of welds and components within the gCSKI work scope following installation and weld preparation for PSI.
.12 Performs or supervises the HDE examinations within the gCSKI work scope per PSI Program Plan. .13 Maintains an NOE data control system per Reference 4.3.c for the PSI records generated by the gCS8I personnel. .14 Performs Technical surveillance of the PSI Contractor's NOE activities per Reference 4.3.a to determine compliance with the PSI Program Plan and the Contractor's HOE procedures. .15 Reviews NDE calibration and data sheets for completeness and accuracy, including the necessary signatures. .16 Submits the data records and evaluation documents to the Authorized Nuclear Inspector to obtain the Inspector's signature. ;17 Resolves discrepancies between the Authorized Nuclear Inspector and the PSI Contractor to obtain the Inspector's signature.
ISI Field Coordinator/ISI .18 Meet on a, recurring basis to assess schedule Engineer status of PSI Contractor. ISI Field Coordinator .19 Documents any accessibility problems for NDE examination and recommends corrective action or alternative examinations. Submits "Access Verification Finding Report" (AVFR) (form WP-578) to the ISI Engineer. ISI Engineer/Test Engineer .20 Reviews and takes appropriate action per Reference 4.4.a. ISI Field Coordinator .21 Evaluates NDE data and flags indications that are significant under the guidelines set by Reference 4.3.d. Page 3 of 6
INP 3-3 Rev. 1 3.1 (Cont.) Resoonsibilit Action
.22 Transmits NDE data and evaluations to the Supply System PSI data file in accordance with Reference 4.3.c ~ .23 Transmits NDE data and evaluations of signi-ficant indications along with the RFD, to the ISI Engineer for action by the Evaluation Review Team in accordance with Reference
~~~~4. 3. d.~~~~
ISI Engineer .24 Schedules the Evaluation Review Team as necessary. Evaluation Review Team .25 Reviews, evaluates, and confirms or rejects the acceptability of reported NDE data, evaluations and documents, the disposition of reported indications on an "Evaluation Review Team Report" per Reference 4.4.a. 3.2 Shop Preservice Examinations Action ISI Engineer .1 Provides appropriate IOM's describing activity requested from gCSRI.
.2 Develops necessary interfaces with the shop examination Contractor and the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. .3 Submits Shop PSI Examination Contractor's Plan, Procedures and Personnel Certi,ications to gCSEI in accordance with Reference 4.4.a.
~~~~NDE Specialist .4 Reviews, comments, or concurs with the Shop Examination Contractor's Plan, Procedures, and Personnel Certifications per Reference 4.3.a,~~~~
~~~~. 5 Concurs with the resolution of technical NDE questions within the scope of the Shop Preservice Examination.~~~~
ISI Engineer/NDE Specialist .6 Documents the discussions and agreements reached between themselves and the shop Examination Contractor. Page 4 of 6
INP 3-3 Rev ~ 1 3.2 (Cont.) Res onsibilit Action e7 Maintains liaison with the Authorized Nuclear Inspector to obtain his concurrence with the Shop Preservice Examination Plan, Procedures, and Personnel Certifications.
~~~~.8 Provides technical surveillance during the Shop Preservice examination per Reference~~~~
~~~~4. 3.a.~~~~
.9 Reviews and accepts Shop PSI examination data records and evaluation documents after verifying their technical content and compl eteness. .10 Submits the data records and evaluation documents to the Authorized Nuclear Inspector for signature. .11 Resolves discrepancies between the Authorized Nuclear Inspector and the Shop Examination Contractor.
4;0 REFERENCES 4.1 Preservice Ins ection Pro ram Plan (Plant Unique Program) containing Code Edition/Addenda applicability. 4.2 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections III, V and XI. a 0 Section III, Nuclear Power Plant Components
~~~~b. Section V, Nondestructive Testin C. Section XI, Rules for Inservice Inspection Of Nuclear Power Plant~~~~
~~~~~con onents - Division 1 4.3 Central Maintenance qCS8I Program Manual Instructions~~~~
a. INP 3-6 Examination Contractors

b. INP 3-9 NOE Calibration Blocks and Standards C. INP 3-10 Examination Data

d. INP 3-11 Data Evaluation

e. INP 3-14 Pre aration and Control of CSEI Instructions 4.4 Engineering Oivi sion Procedures

a. EOP 9-3, Conduct of Preservice Examinations Page 5 of 6
INP 3-3 Rev. 1 4.0 (Cont ) 4.5 Topical Report WPPSS-gA-004 Operational ualit Assurance Pro ram 5.0 ATTACHMENTS None Page 6 of 6
WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM PROCEDURK APPIAN()VAl, R()UTIN('III'.ET OCEDURE/INSTRUCTION NOt TITLE: NP 3-1 Examination Data QCS&I Manual ROUTING SEQUENCE? CONCURRENCE SIGNATURE 0 R C ANI 2 ATI 0 N NAMK (APPROVAL F CONTENT) DATE Generation Servi ces R. E. Smith 3'.7-System Operations G. E. Deegan 71 Cent. Haintenance J. E. Hills T-S-7 llNP-2 J. R. Hol der Q(.S& I K. J. Hannah Design Engineering L. T. Harrold a/>>l7F Qual ity System R. T. Johnson Test & Startup M'. C. Bibb Gen. Admin. File REVISED INTERIM (EXPLAIN BKLOW) R EASO NS FO R CHANC E: Initial issue COMMENTS WERK MINOR ANO RESOLVED L j AND/OR AS NOTED BELOW'C COORDINATOR DIVISION: R. Nasterson/D.L. Heber Generation 3/5/79 WP 22$ R2
j NOl INP 3-10 WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM RKV: Rev. 0 ISI/NDE PROGRAM RESP. QRG QCS&I APPROVKO: APPROVKO: OIV. MGR. ASST. OIR. TITI E: EFFECTIVE OATE: EXAMINATION DATA 3/15/79 1,0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure details the practice to be followed by QCS&I Personnel, in the collection, distribution, control, evaluation and storage of ISI/NDE examination data resulting from the performance of the WNP-2 Preservice Inspection (PSI), Inservice Inspection ( ISI) and other Quality affecting NDE activities. Data indicating potential deficiencies is further processed in a separate procedure, INP 3-11, to obtain acceptable resolution of the suspected conditions. Z. 0 DEFINITIONS 2.1 Data Controller - The individual delegated by the ISI Field Coordinator responsible for the maintenance of records from the time of receipt from the Field Supervisor until the final transmittal to Engineering Document Control. 2.2 ISI Field Coordinator - The NDE'pecialist within Generation I, responsible for Services'CS8 I Subsection assigned by the Supervisor, QCS8 the Field Preservice Inspections and on-site liaison with the Authorized Nuclear Inspector. 2.3 ~dd! h i d id I ( p1 d ylPPSS responsible for the conduct of the examination ~- 2.4 Recordable Indication - An indication which equals or exceeds Owner recording criteria. The Owner recording criteria may be more restrictive than the code requirements. 3.0 ,PROCEDURE Rt 3.1 Preservice ISI Field Coordinator Inspection at
~~~~.1 WNP-Z.~~~~
Action Delegates Data Controller by ION to QCS8 I Supervisor, cognizant WNP-2 Project Engineer, WNP-2 ISI Engineer and Field Supervisor. Data Controller .2 Establishes a filing system using the guides established in Reference 4.3. Field Supervisor .3 Obtains records generated by the group under his direction.
~~~~.4 Review records generated for completeness, legibility, accuracy and acceptability.~~~~
ISSUE OATK: SUPERSKOES ISSUE OATKO: GUALITY AFFECTING: 3/15/79 'X vES'o PAGE 1 OF 6 WP SSt 12
IHP 3-10 Rev. 0 3.1 (Cont.) Res onsibilit Action
.5 Assigns numbers to examination reports using his own procedures/instructions. .6 Flags data which contains recordable indica-tions and forwards all records to the data controller.
NOTE: WPPSS personnel to use Attachment 5.3 or similar. Subcontractors to use the applicable approved procedure. Data Controller .7 Reviews all records for completeness of data and legibility. Returns incomplete records to the Field Supervisor for completion and resubmittal, per steps 4-6.
~~~~.8 .Logs in completed records using the Log Sheet (Attachment 5.4 or similar). ,n .9 Forwards completed records to the ISI Fie]d Coordinator, using. Attachment 5.3.~~~~
~~~~V IS I Field Coordinator .10 Reviews all records received. or Designee Processes all.deviations in accordance with Reference 4.1.~~~~
~~~~-~r~~~~
~~~~.12 Forwards completed records to the ANI for review, verification and returns records to Data Controller.~~~~
~~~~Data Control 1 er ~ 13 Makes two copies of records: forwards one copy to the ISI Engineer, using Attachment~~~~
~~~~5. 3.~~~~
~~~~.14 Returns original Report to responsible Field Supervisor for filing in permanent file. .15 Places the second copy in the gCSKI file:~~~~
Field Supervisor .16 Following completion of PSI, compiles applicable records into a completed package and forwards to ISI Field Coordinator. Page 2 of 6
INP 3-10 Rev. 0 3.1 (Cont. ) Action ISI Field Coordinator . 17 Verifies completed package contains all or Designee applicable records.
~~~~.18 Maintains resulting guality Assurance records in accordance with Reference 4.2.~~~~
~~~~3.2 Inservice Ins ections - (To be formulated at a later date).~~~~
~~~~4.0 REFERENCES~~~~
4.1 INP 3-11 Data Evaluation 4.2, 'INP 3-15,Records 4.3 gCS8 I-008 llNP-2 Baseline Data Filin System 5.0 ATTACHMENTS 5.1 Flow Sheet 5.2 Log 5.3 Transmittal Sheet Page 3 of 6
Ifli 3-]0 Rev. 0 PSI PSI FIELD 151 FIELD DATA AtiI EXAMltiERS SUPiRVISOR COORDINATOR COtiTROL!.iR
~
ESTABLISHES ESTABLISH".5 TEMPORARY tt FILING LOG PiRMAtliNT SYSTEM REVIEW FILE F ILES SYSTEM AtiD CONTEtiTS PERFORMS DISTRIBUTES EXAMIHATIDtt QUALITY FORMS TO EXAMItliRS COMPLiTES REVIEWS CAL CAL I BRAT I Oti I FORMS EXAMIHAT IOti REPORT FORMS FLAGS R'CORDABLE INDICAT IOttS h ASSI GtlS ti0. FORWARDS LOGS COMPLETE COMPLETED FORMS RECORDS IH TO DATA CONTROLLER LOG FILE REVIEWS ALL FORWARDS COMPLETED RECORDS RECORDS TO RECEIVED ISI FIELD COORDINATOR PROCESSES DEVIATIONS PER ItiP 3-11 FORWARDS COMPLETED RECORDS TO ANI RcVIEWS, FOR REVIEW AHD VFRIFIES 5 SIGNATURE RETURNS RECORDS TO ISI FIELD COORDINATOR RETURtiS RECORDS TO DATA CONTROLLER FORWARDS COPY OF RECORDS TO IS I EtiGItiiER FILES ORIGItiAL RECORDS Iti PERM FILE RETURNS ORIGINAL RECORDS TO PSI FIELD SUPFRVISOR COMPLETES PIS EXAMINATION VERIFIES AND FORWARDS COMPLETE FORWARDS COMPLETE PACKAGE TO ISI PACKAGc TO FIELD COORDINATOR EtiG I NEER ItiG DOCUMEtii CONTROL Page 4 of 6 ATTACHtlENT 5. 1
DATA FROM LMT ITEM . DATE REPORT RE V I EilED RECORDABLE EVALUATION RFD RFD RE V IEIIED CLEARED NO. RECEIVED NO ~ BY DATA Y/NO SHEET NO. NO. TE OUT DATE, IN BY DATE
~~~~~ j $~~~~
~~~~0 1 ~ l~~~~
~~~~) I I I~~~~
I I ~ ~ ~ ~
NOt WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM iVP -11 RKVt Rev. 0 1Sl/NDE P ROGRAM RESP. ORCi QCS&I APPROVKOs APPROVEDs DIV. MCR. ASST OIR m~ v y ~ w
~~~~' C< 'I TITI E: EFFECTIVE DATE:~~~~
DATA EYALUATION 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure describes the method for PCS&I personnel by which indica-tions, recorded during the performance of the 'HNP-2 Preservice Inspection (PSI), Inservice Inspection (ISI), or other specialized examinations, are
~~~~, documented and monitored during evaluation and disposition. Collection of data is described in a separate Procedure, 3-10.~~~~
2. 0 DEFINITIONS 2.1 Data Controller - The individual, delegated by the ISI Field Coordin-ator, responsible for the maintenance of records from the time of receipt from the Field Supervisor until the final transmittal to Engineering Document Control.
2.2 Evaluation - As used pertaining to indications, the process of apply-ing Code acceptance criteria to determine the acceptability or reject-ability of an indication. 2.3 Evaluation Review Team - The group responsible for evaluating report-ab e indications, submitted to the team by the ISI Engineer, and issuing any resulting nonconformance reports. The team consists, as a minimum, of the ISI Engineer as Team Leader and a representative from Project Engineering, Generation Services, and the PSI Contractor. 2.4 Indication - Evidence or signal, obtained by application of an exam-
.5 ~i. >net>on technique, revealing the presence of a f1aw or surface degra-1 i < 80% of the acceptance level / / Flaw Size > 80K of the acceptance level (requires Evaluation Review Team Action and RFD documentation)
14. JUSTIFICATION

15. COMPLETED BY DATE

16. LEVEL III NDE METHOD

17. CONCURRENCE ISI FIELD COORDINATOR

18. REEXAMINATION NO. RESULTS EVAL. SHEET r~
Page 4 of 6 :Attachment 5.1 (Sheet 1 of 1)
INP 3-11 Rev. 0
~~~~1. R. F. D.~~~~
~~~~RE(VEST FOR DISPOSITION~~~~
2. PLANT 3. DATE

4. ORIGINATOR 5. TYPE OF EXAMINATION

6. EVALUATION SHEET NO

7. ITEM FXAMINED 8 ~ ISI NO. 9. ISI DRAWING NO.

10. LOCATION

11. DESCRIPTION OF CONDITION REQUIRING EVALUATION REVIEW TEAM ACTION DISPOSITION

12. ACCEPTABLE AS IS / /

13. UNACCEPTABLE //

14. UNACCEPTABLE CONDITION RECORDED ON:
~~~~RFI~~~~
15. DISPOSITIONED BY DATE EVALUATION REVIEW TEAN LEADER

16. ERTR

17. AN(I) I - VERIFY/WITNESS 18. COMPONENT CLEARED FOR SERVICE BY ISI FIELD COORDINATOR.
S I GiNATURE DATE SIGNATURE Attachment 5.2 Page 5 of 6 (Sheet 1 of 1)
INP 3-11 Rev. O ISI FIELD DATA ISI 1 PROJECT ENGR COORDINATOR CONTROLLER ENGINEER 2 TEST ENGR EVALUATES DATA ACCEPTABLE ROUTES DATA DATA PER INP 3-10 UNACCEPTABLE REVIEWS RFD AND DATA, CREATES EVALUATION SHEET RFD NVENES EVALUATION REVIEW TEAM REVIEWS AND ERTR, ERTR, COMPLETES RFD ACCEPTABLE REJECTABLE DATA DATA CLEARS ROUTES DATA OBTAINS COMPONENT PER INP 3-10 CORRECTIVE FOR SERVICE ACTION
*1 RFI 2 SWR DOCUMENTS REVIEWS AND REEXAMINATION COMPLETES RFD AND CLOSES OUT ERTR CLEARS ROUTES DATA COMPONENT PER INP 3-10 FOR SERVICE Footnote:
~~~~1 Prior to sys.em Provisional Acceptance 2 Following system provisional Acceptance Page 6 of 6 Attachment 5.3 (Sheet 1 of 1)~~~~
~~~~NOT EDP-9.0 WASHINGTON PUBUC POWER SUPPLY SYSTElIl REVt 0 ENBINEERIHG PROCEDURE RESP. ORGN: Engineering APPROVED: APPROVKD:~~~~
~~~~/7 OIV. MGRe ASST+ DIR.~~~~
TITLE: CONTROL OF INSERYICE INSPECTION ACTIYITIES 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure identifies responsibilities and establishes guide-lines for all Supply System Inservice Inspection (ISI) activities within the Engineering charter, either by explicit coverage herein qr reference to other Engineering Division procedures. ISI includes Preservice Inspection (PSI) activities. This is the controlling procedure for the subordinate ISI procedures listed below. In case of conflicts between this procedure and those subordinate procedures, the responsibilities and guidelines of this procedure govern. The subordinate procedures are: EDP-9.1 ISI Access and Design Control EDP-9.2 Preparation of PSI Plan EDP-9.3 Conduct of PSI Examinations EDP-9.4 Preparation of ISI Plan EDP-9.5 Conduct of ISI Examinations EDP-9.6 PS I/IS I Final Repor t Pr epara tion Unless specifically stated otherwise, all responsibilities, definitions, and statements of applicability found in this procedure are applicable to all subordinate procedures. This procedure is applicable to ISI activities associated with ASME Section III, Class 1, 2, and 3 pressure boundary systems and components subject to the rules of ASME Section XI. Inservice testing of pumps and valves, also governed by ASME Section XI, articles IMP and IMY respectively, are not included in the scope of this or the subordinate procedures. 2.0 DEFINITIONS Tt idii 1 ill 1 E I Operations Support Section assigned by the supervisor of that S Sl section to assume primary responsibility for all ISI activities on a given project. ISSUK DATED: SUPERCEDES ISSUE DATKO'- QUALITYAF F ECTING< 2-28-79 X YKS NO 1 6 PACE OF WP.Ill R I
EDP-9.0 Rev. 0 Pro'ect Engineer - The individual within the Supply System Project Engineering Department who has been assigned responsibility by the Project Engineering Manager for the Project Engineering activities associated with ISI. i<<-Th idii 1 i i i S i H/NE Subsection assigned by the Supervisor, ISI/NDE, with responsibility for assisting the ISI Engineer in assuring the successful comple-tion of the ISI planning and examination activities.- Oualit Services Re resentative - The individual within the guality Services organization assigned by the Manager, guality Services, with responsibility for gA activities associated with the ISI planning and examination activities. 3.0 PROCEDURE 3.1 Assi nment of Res onsibilities for ISI - Desi n and Construction Phase of a Su 1 S stem Nuclear Power Plant Res onsibilit Action Project Engineering Authorizes ISI and Operations Support Manager Engineering to assuage primary responsi-bility for the completion of all ISI activities required by the ASME Code, the Supply System Project Safety Analysis Reports, and the NRC regulations applica-ble to ISI commensurate with project funds approved for ISI activities by the Project Manager. Authorization to proceed with all ISI activities is included except where written authorization is specifically required by a subordinate procedure, or unless otherwise stated by the Project Engineering Manager.
~~~~2. Assigns Project Engineer.~~~~
Supervisor, ISI and 3. Assigns ISI Engineer. Operations Support 4 Engineering Super visor, ISI/NDE 4. Assigns NDE Specialist(s) from Generation Generation Services Services to support ISI and Operations Support Engineering in completing ISI activities (specific tasks defined in subordinate procedures). Manager, guality 5. Assigns guality Services Representative Services responsible for gA activities associated with ISI activities. Page 2 of 6 n
EDP-,9.0 Rev. 0
~~~~6. Maintains formal contractual liaison with Authorized Nuclear Inspector (ANI),~~~~
the NRC, and the Chief Boiler Inspector, ensuring that they are cognizant of major ISI programs, activities, and schedules. . 3.2 Assi nment of Res onsibili ties for ISI - Plant 0 erations Phase of a Su 1 S stem Nuclear Power Plant Res onsibilit Action "To be added at a later date." 3.3 Review and Concurrence A royal of Contractor Submittals Res onsibilit Action ISI Engineer Coordinates the review, concurrence, and approval of contractor submittals, including revisions to previously approved documents, except for field changes (see step 6), in accordance with Table 9.0.1, "Review and ConcurrencejApproval of Contractor Submittals", using form WP-702, "WPPSS Review of Contractor Technical Submittals." r Reviewers 2. Reviews each document as designated in (Ref. Table 9.0.1) Table 9.0. 1 using the following guidelihes as appropriate and applicable.
a. Compliance with Supply System contract requirements.

b. Compliance with applicable codes, standards, and regulations referenced in the contract.

c. Compliance with Supply System guality Assurance requirements and commitments.

d. Identification of any exceptions to a, b, or c above, including areas requiring coordination with or notification of the Supply System Authorized Nuclear Inspector or the NRC.
Page 3 of 6
EDP-9.0 Rev. 0
~~~~3. Transmits comments and/or approval~~~~
~~~~.contractor submittal in accoraa~,t;:"~~~~
~~~~of'he wi th Table 9. 0. 1 using form WP-702, designating the document as "Approved,"~~~~
~~~~"Approved as Noted," or "Disapproved."~~~~
Disapproval by any one review renders the document formally disapproved. ISI Engineer Coordinates the disposition of comments and redistribution of documents revised during comment resolution in accordance with steps 1 through 3. Comment resolu-tion may require the return of the document to the contractor for revision and resubmittal.
5. Distribute copies of all "Approved" and "Approved as Noted" documents to all reviewers for their records.

6. Coordinates the review, concurrence, and approval of field changes to previously approved contractor submittals, either using s.eps 1 through 5 .or by obtaining telecon or telecopy approval from the appropriate reviewers prior to implemen-tation of the change. Such field changes shall be incorporated into the final report (see EDP-9.6).

8. Transmits completed review and approval forms and telecon/telecopy forms generated in steps 1 and 6 to Central Engineering Files in accordance with EDP-3.16, "Control of Engineering Records, Policy and Responsibilities."
3.4 Pre aration of ISI In ut to PSAR and FSAR Res onsibilit Action ISI Engineer Coordinates the preparation and review of ISI'nput for Supply System Nuclear Project PSARs and FSARs in accordance with EDP-8.2, "Preparation and Review of SARs." Page 4 of'
EDP-9.0 Rev. 0
~
~~2. Coordinates the review and approval of ISI input for Supply System Nuclear Project PSAR and FSAR ammendments in accordance with EDP-8.3, "Review and Approval of SAR and License Ammendments."~~
~~~~4.0 REFERENCES~~~~
4.1 EDP-3.16, Engineering Document and Record Control, Policy and Responsibility. 4.2 EDP-8. 2, Preparati on and Revi ew of SARs. 4.3 EDP-8.3, Review and Approval of SAR and License Ammendments. 4.4 QA-004, WPPSS Operational guality Assurance Program. 5.0 ATTACHMENTS 5.1 Table 9.0.1, WPPSS Review of Contractor Submittals. Page 5 of 6
TABLE 9.0.1 Xl Pl lD O WPPSS REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS C g
~~~~~ I 'ED O ~~~~~
C) PROCEDURES, DATA AND PROGRAM REVIEWER MANAGEMENT CERTIFI- EVALUATION PLAN/ DESIGN gA PLANS CATIONS RECORDS REPORT DOCUMENTS MANUAL OTHER 1 1 Supervisor, ISI and R, A R, A R, A R, A A Operations Support Engineer Project Engineering ~ R, A Manager 2) Plant Technical R, A Supervisor Supervisor, ISI/NDE, R, A R, A R, A R, A R, A Generation Services Manager, guality R, C R, C R, A Services R = Review for Information A = Comment and/or Accept/Approve C = Comment and/or concur N = No Action or Not Applicable Notes:
1) Approval as required by Supply System contract or specification.

2) Preservice only.
NO: WASHINGTON PUBLIC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM EDP-9.2, REVc ENGlNEERlNG P ROC ED ORE RESP. ORGN: Enoineerin APPROVEO> APPROVED( OIV. MGR. ASST DIR TITLEs PREPARATION OF PRESERVICE INSPECTION PSI PROGRAM 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure identifies responsibilities and establishes guide-lines for the preparation of the Preservice Inspection Program Plan for any WPPSS Nuclear Project. Each Program Plan will define those activities necessary to ensure that. the,preservice examination requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI; and the WPPSS Operational guality Assurance Program Description are satisfied. This procedure provides instruction for the preparation of a pre-service inspection plan which governs the planning activities that are performed on ASHE Section III, Class 1, 2, and 3 pressure boundary systems and components subject to the rules of ASME Section XI. Preservice Planning activities .for Inservice Testing .of Pumps and: Valves, governed. by AStlE Section XI, Articles IWP and IWV, respec-tively, are not included in the scope of this procedure. 2.0 DEFINITIONS PSI Pro ram En ineer--The individual within the ISI and Operations Support Engineering Section who has been designated to coordinate the preparation, implementation, and maintenance of Preservice Inspection Program Plans. Assistin En ineer--An .individual within the Supply System who has been designated to assist the PSI Program Engineer in the preparation of Preservice Inspection Program Plans. Note than one Assisting Engineer may be designated to accomplish this task. At least one Assisting Engineer shall be assigned from Project Engineering. Review En ineer--An individual(s) within the Supply System who as been designated to perform an independent review of those plans, diagrams, drawings, tables, instructions, and procedures provided by the PSI Program Engineer or an Assisting Engineer. Preservice Ins ection Pro ram Plan That document prepared in ac-cordance with the requirements of articles IWA-1000 and IWA-6220(a) of ASHE Section XI which defines those areas of components ISSUE DATED SUPERCEDES ISSUE DATED: QUALITYAPF ECTING: October 31, 1978 Q YES NO PAGG 1 GP 6 WP OS7 RI
EDP-9.2
,and .systems subject to examination, and the examination techniques ,,.. to..'be used. It contains', in part, ISI Boundary Diagrams, Weld and Component Identification Diagrams, Program Plan and Schedule Tables, Administrative Procedures, Examination Procedures, Requests for Relief, and various other. sources of information related to ,, the Preservice Examinations. This Program Plan is used by quali-fied examination personnel in performing Preservice Examinations iri accordance wi,th the requirements of 10CFR50.55a(g), the rules ':,of,ASNE* Section XI, and other regulatory requirements.- ';t.ISI Boundar .Dia rams--Drawings which define the ASNE Section XI * ,examination requirements for each of the ASNE Section III, Class 1, . 2,.and 3 systems.
~~~~Weld and Com onent Identification Dia rams Isometric and compo-,~~~~
. ::,nent roll-out drawings which depict piping and components, welds, weld and component identification numbers, access considerations, "platforms, spatial references, and other information that may be .
helpful to the examiner. Pro ram Plan and Schedule Tables A tabular listing of each weld and component which is identified on a corresponding Meld and Component Identification Diagram, giving the examination require-ments for each item. Examination Access--Capability to physically reach and examine a-weld or component. Typical examination access design features include: weld crown contour and surface finish to achi'eve ultra-
~~~~,sonic coupling, removability of insulation, adequate clearance from, hangers or restraints, and requirements for platforms, , ~ . ladders, or temporary scaffolding.~~~~
~~~~3.0 ~.,' PROCEDURE~~~~
~!bill. Action Supervisor, ISI and l. Assigns PSI Program Engineer,'ssisting Operati'ons S'uppor t . Engineer(s) and Reviewing Engineer(s)
Engineering for the Plan preparation. Assignment of Assisting Engineer(s) and Reviewing Engineer(s) participating from outside the ISI and Operations Support Engineer-ing Section shall be by the manager/super-a
~~~~"'t visor of the participating organization.~~~~
'PS I P'r'og'ram Eng'i'nee'r', 2. Establishes the ASNE Section XI Code Edition and Addenda, and related regu-latory requirements, that are applicable a gj 'I" to the MPPSS Nuclear Project for which I~ I the Preservice Inspection Program Plan
~~~~~ t'-~~~~
r is to be prepared. he Page 2 of 6
EOP-9.2 Note: The applicable ASME Code and Addenda is defined by 10CFR50:55a(g) and by the Safety Analysis Report (SAR) and addenda thereto. PSI Program Engineer/ 3. Prepares ISI Boundary Diagrams Ai hach Assisting Engineer .define for each Class 1, 2,- and 3 . system, the examination requirements of ASME Section XI. Boundary D'iagrams are based on the current issue of .the,.respec-tive flow diagrams (P 5 IDs). ---Submits draft of diagrams to Review 'Engineer and applicable Plant Technical Supervisor. Review Engineer/Plant 4. Performs a review, independent -of-.the Technical Supervisor PSI Program or Assisting"'Engineer".'of the Inspection Boundary Diagrams for .a'ccuracy and completeness, and documents .the review on ISI Boundary Diagram Review Checklist (WP-575). Returns draft and checklist to PSI Program Engin'ehr/Assisting Engineer. PSI Program Engineer/ 5. Resolves Review Engineer's and Plant Assisting Engineer Technical Supervisor's comments and has diagram original prepared by drafting or typing.
6. Proof checks the drafted or typed diagram, against the original, implements any corrections that are necessary', initials the diagram original, and submits the diagram original to the Review-Eigineer.
I Review Engineer 7. Reviews any corrections made and ini.t4ls diagram original as the "checker" and forwards to the Supervisor, IS1 and Operations Support Engineering. Supervisor, ISI and 8. Approves diagram and returns it to the Operations Support PSI Program Engineer. Engineering PSI Program Engineer/ 9. Reviews plant construction drawings to Assisting Engineer verify the examination access. ,Documents the review on Access Yerification Forms (WP-576).
~~~~10. Identifies design features which might result in exceptions to the requirements of the AHSE Section XI Code. Documents findings on Access Yerification Finding Report (AYFR) (WP-578).~~~~
Page 3 of 6
EDP-gr2 Establishes a weld and component number-ing system for the unique identification of each item and/or area subject to pre-service examination giving due consider-ation to commonality of project numbering
~~~~.systems.~~~~
~~~~12. Prepares Meld and Component Identifica-tion Diagrams which:~~~~
12a. Depict the general orientation of the piping systems and the compo-nents subject to preservice inspec-tion. 12b. Identify and locate each weld and component subject to preservice examination. 12c. Identify access problems and con-siderations identified in step 3.0.10 above.
~~~~13. Submits draft of diagrams.to Reviewing Engineer.~~~~
~~~~'h Review'ngineer 14. Performs review of the Meld and Component Identification Diagrams independent of the PSI Program or Assisting Engineer.~~~~
~~~~Documents the review on the Meld and Component Identification Dfagram, and Program Plan and Schedule Table Checklist (WP-5g4).~~~~
~~~~15. Forwards draft and checklist through preparation/review/approval cycle (3.0.5 through 3. 0. 8).~~~~
~~~~PSI Program Engineer/ 16. Prepares Program Plan and Schedule Assisting Engineer tables which identify the individual examrination requirements of each item or g~~~~
~~~~) ~~~~~
area subject to'reservice Examination. rh Submits draft to Review Engineer. Review Engineer 17. Performs independent review of the Pro-gram Plan and Schedule Tables. Docu-ments the review on the Weld and Compo-nent Identification Diagram, and Program h Page 4 of 6
EDP-9.2 Plan and Schedule Table Checklist (WP-594).
~~~~18. Forwards dra ft and checklist through preparation/review/approval cycle (3.0.5 through 3.0.8) with the exception that the tables are not initialed.~~~~
PSI Program Engineer/ 19. Reviews plant as-built configuration by Assisting Engineer direct observation at the construction site to verify examination access. Documents this review on Access Verifica-tion Forms (WP-576).
20. Identifies design and/or construction features identified during as-built review at the construction site which might result in exceptions to the requir-ements of the ASME Code, and documents these on AVFRs as in 3.0. 10.

21. Updates the Preservice Inspection Program Plan documents to reflect changes in plant design which are identified from review of latest available drawings and by direct observation at the plant site,~
and to reflect the information,'uch as exceptions to Section.XI examination requirements, which are recorded on AVFRs. Assures that any revisions to Weld and Component Identification Diagrams, Inspection Boundary Diagrams, and Program. Plan and Schedule Tables which result from the update receive the same review cycle as for the original issue. PSI. Progr am Engineer 22. Assembles all required information (including approved contract'or~andi" .'"'='. Supply System administrati;ve':and .examina:-.~ tion procedures, approved diagrams, gA program, drawings, and tables) into a completed Preservice Inspection Program Plan.
"f9- <. - we f '>e," ,23. Forwards completed Preservice Inspection Program Plan to the Supervisor, ISI 8 Operations Support Engineering; Plant Technical Supervisor; and the Project Engineering Manager with a cover sheet for concurrence signature.
Page 5 of 6
EDP-9.2 Supervisor, ISI 8 24. Assures that the Preservice Inspection Operations Support Program Plan has be n adequately reviewed Engineering and the various checkl'.sts are completed. Obtains concurrence with the Plan from the Manager, Operations equality Assurance;
~~~~. the Plant Technical Supervisor; and the Project Engineering Manager.~~~~
25. Rejects the plan and returns it to the PSI Program Engineer with comment, or approves the plan by signing sheet and returns it to the PSI the'over Program Engineer for implementation.
~~~~PSI Program Engineer 26. Obtains acceptance of the Preservice Inspection Program Plan from the Supply System Authori zed Nuclear Inspector.~~~~
~~~~27. Files the Preservice Inspection Program Plan with the Washington State Chief Boiler Inspector and requests Licensing Engineering to submit the Plan to the~~~~
~~~~'8.~~~~
Nuclear Regulatory Com;ission. Submits all guality Assurance records generated as a result of preparation of the Plan to Central Files. guality Class 1 items are transmitted using a guality Assurance Record Receipt form WP-174. guality Assurance records consist of originals of the forms used in developing the plan plus the signed cover sheet for the completed plan.
~~~~4.0 REFERENCES~~~~
4.1 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI. 4.2 WPPSS Operational guality Assurance Program Description. 4.3 10CFR50.55a(g). 4.4 Appropriate Safety Analysis Report (SAR). 5.0 ATTACHMENTS Hone Page 6 of 6
NOt V1ASHINGTON PUBLIC POSER SUPPLY SYSTEM EDP-9. 3 REVt ENGINEERING PROCEDURE RESP+ ORCNt'ngineerin APPROVED: APPROVKDt DIV. MGRi ASST. DIR TITI Et CONDUCT OF PRESERVICE EXAMINATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure identifies responsibilities and establishes guidelines for the conduct of shop and field preservice examina-tions for any Supply System nuclear project. Preservice examina-tion activities described herein are conducted in accordance with a Preservice Inspection Program Plan prepared by the Supply System in accordance with EDP-9.2, Preparation of PSI Program Plan, or by the -PSI Contractor . This procedure governs only the conduct of preservice examination-activities up through transmittal of final documentation to Supply System possession, which includes all gA data records and data reports. Note: Preparation of the Supply System final report for submit-tal to the NRC is governed by EDP-9.6, PSI/ISI Report, Preparation. 2.0 DEFINITIONS Preservice Ins ection (PSI Contractor An outside agency perform-ing PSI examination services under contract to the Supply System. Evaluation Review Team The group responsible for evaluating reportable indications submitted to the team by the ISI Engineer, and issuing any resulting nonconformance reports. The. team consists, as a minimum, of the ISI Engineer as team leader and a representative from Project Engineering, Generation Services, and the PSI Contractor. PSI Pro ram Plan Master Co --Sole copy of the PSI Program Plan used for controlling field changes to the plan. The master copy shall be dated and initialed by the ISI Engineer and shall be clearly identified as the. master copy. 3.0 PROCEDURE 3.1 Sho Preservice Examinations Res onsibilit Action r ISI Engineer l. Ensures that the PSI h Contractor prepares Shop Preservice Inspection Program Plan, including NDE and management procedures, drawings, and examination schedule; and ISSUE DATKD: SUPERCKDKS ISSUK DATED: QUAI ITV AFPKCTINGt 2-28-79 10-3'l-78 g VKS NO PA!I E 1 OP 7 WP.$ 57 R I
EDP-9.3 Rev. 1 submits the plan to the Supply .'.stem for review and approval. Coordin.-:es any required changes to the program with
~~~~)he Contractorh~~~~
~~~~2. Coordinates review and approval of Shop PSI Piogram Plan, and any changes thereto, t ~~~~~
~~~~with Generation Services,- Project~~~~
~~~~'h h" ~~~~~
Engineering, and guality Services in accordance with EDP-9.0; Control of ISI h Activities. guality Services 3. Perform surveillance of PSI examination
~~~~'epresentative(s) acti vities.~~~~
Appl'icibl e .Project 4 Noti fies Authorized Nuclear Inspector, NanageEr, equality (ANI), Chief Boiler Inspector, and the
'Assur'ance or'Manager, NRC of Shop Preservice Examination ,Prohject En'Qineering Schedule. Ensures that the Shop PSI Program Plan is submitted to the ANI for review and acceptance.
ISf Engineer) 5. Monitors shop preservice examination NDE Specialist activities and provides technical surveillance reports.
~~~~6. Reviews data evaluations and contractor nonconformance reports for technical adequacy. Obtains concurrence with~~~~
~~~~~ 'E 'I disposition of nonconformances from the 4~~~~
~~~~Project Engineer and assigned guality E hh ~ I ~ Services Engineer.~~~~
~
~~~~L )~~~~
~~~~7. Reviews and accepts shop PSI examination data records and evaluation documents per EDP-9.0, after verifying the complete-I hg I~~~~
~~~~ness of their technical content. E~~~~
~~~~8. Submits the data records and evaluation documents to the Authorized Nuclear Inspector (ANI) for signature.~~~~
Resolves discrepancies between the ANI E 9. and the shop PSI Contractor in order to hl obtain the ANI's signature. ISI Engineer/guality ,. 10. Reviews and concurs with disposition of Services:Representative =- nonconformances. '"-ISI Engineer/APE -- - Reviews and approves shop PSI Final Data
~~~~Specialist- Peport.~~~~
Page 2 of 7
EDP-9.3 Rev. 1 ISI Engineer 12. Submits all quality-related records to
~~~~,,Central Files, in accordance with EDP-3.16.~~~~
~~~~3.2 Field Preservice Examinations~~~~
~~~~'es onsibilit Action.~~~~
Supervisor, ISI, and Assign ISI Engineer to assume primary Operations Support responsibility for all PSI Program Engineering activities. ISI Engineer 2. Assesses the need for outsideexaminatjon" agency support for PSI gxapiigatioqs... > The overall scope of examina'tion "activ-ities is defined in the .f$ I Srogeam,;PMn, pr epared in accordance,.wHh EDP:9.;g., >"
~~~~-Coordinates with Generation .Services,,to define the outside jXaijioatiorj age'july<~~~~
scope, i.e., those exam>na'ti'on acti'vi't'ies which are beyond the capabilities of Generation Services personnel. Certain field NSSS major component exami,nations;~ . may be performed in accordance with:a Contractor-prepared PSI'Progr'am is reviewed and approved per PTan'hich EDP-9.0. Steps 4, 5, 7, and 8 of this procedure are not applicable under those circumstances.
.3. Prepares documents necessary to hire an outside agency (PSI Contractor) in accordance with EDP-4.11, Procurement of Materials and Services. Issues a purchase requisition and coordinates with Contract Formation Personnel to prepare and issue a request for proposals, evaluate proposals, and award a PSI Contract per EDP-4.24, Bid Analysis/Vendor Selection (Supply System Specifications). ~
~~~~4. Formally assigns, via IOM, to Generation Seevices those PSI examinations defined in. the PSI Program Plan but not within~~~~
~~~~.the.PSI Contractor's scope, and requests an examination schedule.~~~~
~~~~4'~f($ g~Jff f g1>>~~~~
~
5 Ensures that the PSI 'Contractorand Generation Services prepare NDE procedures. management plans, and other< igput. required to be submitted to the ISi Engine)r,for completion of the PSI Program Plan per EDP-9.2 and per the established schedule. 0 Page 3 of 7
EDP-9.3 Rev. 1 I
'i'oal'it/ Ser'vi'ces '"'"' "" " 6.'-'" Performs'"surveillance of PSI examination Representati've(sm) " 'activities. ~'-" "S 7: Assures the Authorized Nuclear Inspector/
~~~~'- Appffcable-.Project~~~~
'anage'r',,'Qual"ity." = 'hief Boiler Inspector and the are Assura'n'ces or Manager', " " . notified of the PSI NRC examination schedule.
~~~~Project Engineering - 'nsures that the PSI Program Plan is submitted to the ANI for revi ew and acce'ptance.~~~~
'NDE-'S'peci'alight's'"" " Ba Inventories and assembles all calibration 'blocks required.to complete the PSI examinations, unless specifically desig-nated in the PSI Contract as being within the PSI Contractor's scope.
~~~~Obtains calibration block design drawings, as required, from ISI Engineer. Calibra-~~~~
~ 4 tion block fabrication, if required, .'rt( ~ i shall be performed utilizing Engineering res instructions and design drawings which have been prepared and approved per EDP-4.4, Drawing Preparation and Control.
~~ISI. Engineer Coordinates the review and concurrence/ approval of Contractor submittals per EDP-9.0, and incorporates those sub-~~
~~~~~ A' mittals into the PSI Program Plan per EDP-9.2.~~~~
~~~~J I ~~~~~
~~~~$ 11~~~~
~~~~10. Com'pletes the PSI Program Plan and coordinates its final review and approval per EDP-9.2.~~~~
Conducts pre-examination planning meeting(s) with the participation of the PSI Contrac-Sr VS Sg ~ ~ tor, Project Engineer, NDE Specialist(s)
~~~~\ guality 'Assurance Representative, and Project Construction Management to S~~~~
~~~~S establish interfaces and the examination~~~~
~~~~.:schedul e.~~~~
~~~~f S f ~ I f ~ S IJ~~~~
~-
~~~~12. Administers the technical, planning, and scheduling portions of the PSI Contract.~~~~
~~~~~ )~~~~
~~~~13. Assures that the ISI Contractor performs PSI 'examinations within the PSI Contract~~~~
'scope in accordance with Contractor NDE and- administrative procedures approved ion schedule. = per'.EDP-9.0, and the established examina-Project Engineer/ 14-; Co'ordinates craft and utility support NDE Specialist(s) with Project Construction Management for all PSI examinations activities.
Page-4 of'p 7.;-,,
EOP-9.3 Rev. 1 Project Construction ...,')5 ,,provides utility support,(a.,g geap~ra- . Management ;1 ized wa'ter, compressed,ajar/sjftr~qi,; electr icity, 'trail"er space, 'i'gliting,
.scaf~folding, ladders, ~.+wan.-zoom.co i ,;"; .i'.ac,'i'ziti es as required',):; and<<crQ'0, support, j;requested by the,.NOE,.S jpci,a1iYf,.og "'.,Prospect Engineer.'
~~~~5~ ff Q~-cf ef Q f$ 16.'. :.P'rovides storage or transport of NDE~~~~
~~~~"'equipment or calibration blocks upon , . request by the NDE Specialist pr.,project ppjpeer.~~~~
~~~~NOE Specialist(s) ';.;.'12. fprforms PSI examinations not within the~~~~
~~~~<<",~ '," ..','.PSI Contractor's scope.~~~~
~~~~18.;,',',Tec4pically monitors the conduct of the PSI: Contractor s NDE activities, includ-i,ng'.examinations and evaluations of~~~~
.~,i.ndscations performed by the Contractor, , ,...,', , to ensure their compliance with the ~ '" 'pproved procedures applicable to each activity. .,;;1,9. Prov'ides site liason with the Authoriz'ed Nuclear Inspector.
ISI Engineer 20. Mogitors overall conduct of PSI Program activities to ensure compliance with the requirements and commitments of the PSI
,, '....,P'roqram Plan. '21. Coordinates PSI Program Plan revisions . pyp-EDP-9;2, except for field. changes ,:,.'(.see, Step 22). .';,.:,:22:,. Cont'rois field changes to the PSI Program ; Plan', by marking in the master copy (see ,.;; ",.;..defgnition in Section 2.0) the, required ~;,x'hange and dating and initialing the 'cha'nge. Field changes will be incorpora- ...., ,;Ped.,into <Formal revisions oF the PSI .;;,.>PJpjram Plan per EDP-9.2 on a periodic b'as i s. '.< .,'23...,,gnooJ porates changes into the examiner, ,;'orking files by ensuring that the .'.".,... ;,>,woiging documents are marked up and by ":daging and initialing those document ..:,.:"changes or by ensuring that those docu-ments are replaced with copies from the ,.master markup. i 'le2'rf-';-aaq". '} &A 6 p,43 ZQG $ 0'"1 2Cli Page 5"of 7-'.-s
~~~~EDP-9.3 Rev. 1~~~~
~~~~24. , Expedites activities of any other partici-i >>~~~~
~~~~~ ~~~~~
~~~~pant in PSI activities to ensure their a~~~~
~~~~~ ~ 4 r ~~~~~
~~~~completion on a schedule supportive of the application for the Plant Operating License.~~~~
~~~~25. Ens'ures" that the PSI Contractor and~~~~
~~~~-~ r Generation Services report indications to the'SI Engineer in accordance with ~~~~~
~~~~approved PSI Cpntractor or Generation Services procedures.~~~~
~~~~26. Submits reported indications to the Evaluation Review Team.~~~~
Evaluation Review 27. Reviews and evaluates indications reported Team to the Team. Disposition of indications shall be by the issuance of an ISI Evaluation Review Team Report form (WP-651) which designates the indication acceptable or unacceptable per ASHE Section XI evaluation/acceptance criteria. A copy of each report(s) of unacceptable indication(s) is transmitted to the Project Engineer for resolution. Project Engineer 28. Initiates a project request for informa-tion (RFI) in accordance with approved procedures as required to resolve un-acceptable indications identified in step 25.
~~~~29. Transmits a copy of each completed RFI from step 26 to the ISI Engineer.~~~~
ISI Engineer 30. Closes out the ISI Evaluation Review Team Report(s) by recording the appro-priate RFI number on form WP-651 and documenting the re-examination of the repair area(s).
31. Ensures that the PSI Contractor and Generation Services prepare and submit PSI Examination Data Reports to the ISI Engineer.

32. Coordinates review and approval of PSI Data Reports, with revisions as required, per EDP-9.0. Incorporates into the Supply System PSI Examination Final Report per EDP-9.6.
Page 6 of 7
EDP-9.3 Rev. 1
;-' - .- C,- t -~, '..33;-<-. Transmits al'I quality-related records- to .,'. Genital Fi 1 es in accordance, with EDP-3.16.
i
~~~~4.0 REFERENCES~~~~
4.1 EDP-9.0, Control,,of ISI,Activities.- 4.2 EOP-4.11, Procurgmenk,of,- Haterjals and Services. 4.3 EDP-4.24, Bi'd.gnaljsis/Vendor. Selection (Supply System Specification). EOP-9. 2, Preparatj on of. PS I;,Pj an. 4.5 EDP-9.6, PSI/ISI Report- Pr'eparation. rr&> 1&6 nOi-,g>>S
~~'i0i=. i <] ~ i Or riv ~ ~ - '.'s "C, ~ 'ic',~~
I': J' i*
~~~~~ i 'a .I i' t~~~~
~~~~lf "I ~ p rir i ~ i \ iK j p r i~~~~
~~~~'r, II 'tc" " ~,r r Page 7 of 7~~~~
~~~~ly 1 y~~~~
~~~~.LMT;.,OAF; 17 . 12/7.8 i>>>>~~~~
(
>> Testing ~ Engineering ~ Service o Training >>>> ,, 771 East.8rokaw Road Nl San Jose.Ca. 95112 408-297-8766 WNP-2 PROCEDURE COVER SHEET. AND>> "QUALIFICATION RECORD >>>>>>>>>>ii >>'>>> g>>>>
Procedure No. QA-3l Revision No. ' Procedure Title WNP-2 PSZ NOTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE INDICATION PROCEDURE LMT, Inc. QA Review and Approval-(Quality=--Assurance, Officer)
~~~~>> =>>~~~~
Client Approval 55 vw v-,8- / Authorized Nuclear Znpsector Apprevak >/1~7 '.M~~Pi Specific Qualification Record Component Examiners Date
>>[ >>'>>>>,,>>I >> i >>}>>
l>>
foal o n n.'l4 I'I (
~~~~~,I 4VASHINiGVS PUBLIC.PO)%BR SUPPLY LYSSA ~ '~~~~
~~~~r R'EYlEV 'OF COl!ITRACTOR SUB IIllTTALS~~~~
~~~~~ ~~~~~
~~~~WNP ISI CNGIN ER DATE CONTRACT NO e lpCQQrrrg rag r! ray -~~~~
--.)44>=Md NMJ~ . aF QSU'.~~4. Sum KC,d COCCTRACTOR r ) t' rr T'I r V '~ 'APviflta'")
~~~~DOCUMENT TITLE RCV, O'O 'i=IC pl rl~~~~
~~~~H 'I f r HAYES~~~~
~
~~~~PREVIOUSLY>>C~J REVIEWED r r>.. "~~~~~
~~~~rQg- Pg NO (DATE IF YES) f PREVIOUS)'Y APPROVED '~~~~
~~~~+YES' PQNO (DATE IF YES)~~~~
~~~~REASONS FOR RE SUB ITTALIIF PREVIOUSI Y,APPROVED).I,,'>>~ r ~~~~~
~~~~',';(<,J'ISPOSITION 0~~~~
~~~~III 00~~~~
>u lQ REVIEWER 0 ~ I r 4' ~ 0 00 C re - tJ !p. N C
~~~~0 SU VISO ~ Sl AND OPERATIONS SUPPORT CNGIN CR~~~~
~~~~<PEOJ CT'ENGIN QR IHG. MANAGER(V@ANT'QKCHNICALI SUPCRV ISO+~~~~
I e ~ '! UVC VISOR, tPI/r)OC, GCNr RATION SCRVICC ~ r r ~ 's i ~ ~ MANAGER. OUAI ITY SERVICES NOTES/COMMENTSI~~~~..
PROC, )rNO =iQA-31 Lambert o M acG'ill ~Thorn'ii+'lhc), .i i~=~<< ~)~~~lW~~ r~~-;.~ Enginee'nng ~a'SeivPce "~'Training 'Testingr'~ FOLLOWING PAG&~2.J
~~~~'-.2 " "; ~:"-a/;71,East Brokaw;boa,g; REVISION 0j""."'I"'. < ~~~~~
~~~~San Jose,Ca. 95112 DATE 2/2 2/Pg~2~~~~
~eB-Bog 408 '297 8766 ~ ~
~~~~tip .a~~~~
~~~~'ITLE:~~~~
i I NNP-2 PSI: NOTIFICATION).OF REPORTAELE~R(PA URE l "v AOI "Ail>: Q'0, I. This document. estabf'lispes,,'<~the= procedure-'-L'MT -w'i'llo'.fq,liow<tq formally notify..3H?PSS gg'he presence 'ofIrepoitaMq.<j'npjcy-dete'cted daring the~yer%rmace- oX-"nondestructive .-- T'ions examinations. ~=. '-<., Mggg .AC. ',f>> F,.Z"'P~Q~+A'A This document=-app3;-ies-'.to -those'indication.wj guixingo OW+ez " Kc'r 380,Pe <<DO~>48Q gag Qgnq ~ I + ~ notification,acco<<ruing .to Paragraphs=.>.9'-.4-;2:.>aq4-.;3-.-,9,;4:g-(Q)....,
~~~~~o v '.tRQ<<o." 3a" ," r g~4 fouvI 'N I~~~~
~~~~of the PSI Contract (14402).~~~~
':)2 -'3<< '3Iqfrdo .':.~' A QQ F qc'0';2 ) D4' v8 A. The referenced, <<AJAR', 'Q paragraph AA< 'C"'>> requires~C@~n WPPSS ~.4<>

2. Written ~d qUQ motifQ ication q>>$ i "within-one (1). aoPing day of g<<v gg rWO Iga y
~ v( I any. unacceptable.indications.'....,.'r ~
~~~~3. Written nFitxfic>>ati.:oii"withi'n'ive:.",('5);::working-:,days-~~~~~
~~~~ll l of any mndicatioyi;-exceeding .80% or-'trhe!~limits.,oX..~~~~
~~~~~a acceptability.'..".... ...,~~~~
c' v' hl llQ g n T v l(k) I'(B)- acceptability are shown in Tables ana" B. The limits.of QUALIF ICATION: AElProved for uee
~~~~-V<<<<t ~ g. E-~S,~~~~
h ~ V ~ Kh<<KI<<V)f VI Vh fh 4<<<<h A L <<r<<II<< IV ' K 4 ~ PROC. NO. QA-31 Lambe'rt M'acg ill ~ -Thomas,inc. hl k<< . ~ lh PAGE 2
. Testing ~ Engineering' $ eryIce ~ Training FOLLOWING PAGE 3 771East Brokaw Road San'o'se, Ca. 95112 REVISION 0 i'..;., ~ 408-297-8766 DATE 2/22/79 K<<VIV A I'
~~~~III. -'Formal:notification,~~~~
~~~~)hh 4 'v - '" ) )~~~~
~~~~4 4" ~ h shall corgi'st of completing and submitting~~~~
, to ")the-"WPPSS-,IS'I 'Coordinator-.LMT,Form-LMT-QAF-16, "Notifica- h
.tion,,af Reportable Indicati:on'" as shown in Figure 1.
'I ' I ~
~~~~Ih r,')~~~~
) ;.A.;, The "Notifica'tion of Repbrtable Indication" form shall be as'signed by the Level II or III ~ )I ~ ) ' 'ompleted examiner detecting the reportable 'i;ndication,) and reviewed and ) ~ ~ I I by the LMT Field'Supervisor. I'igned v V ~ << 'h ( , B., Two (2) copies ~ ~
of the completed form shall 14 %V be submitted to Ih I the WPPSS ISI Coordinator and one (1) copy shall be I I~ filed with the examination report. I h IVI 4 \ I I 4 fir 2L lr h C.'art II vof.the h r ~
~~~~;" "vNotifj,cation.of Reportable Indication".~~~~
if
~~~~~ ~~~~~
form shall-'be "completed:only re-examination is per-F If f<< formed following rewo'rk or repair, 4 hv II h
)VV )Vh l )r 4'I ~ ) ~ > r g ~4 II<< i i=<<;f 44 ~ ~
H ~ ~ ii = ~ I ~
~~~~~ I 4 ~~~~~
~~~~VV I hA f~~~~
~~~~~ ~~~~~
~~~~F f ~ I'Vh h I lh~~~~
-4='Ih t'4 If ~h l. ,,f~ h" At '
~~~~KKV<<IVIVV<<VV.I!h~ <<44<< ~ ~' ~ <<V~~~~
~~~~-I h<< ~ ~ <<4 ~ <<<<<< ~ ~ 4\ ~~~~~
Material: Ferritic steels that meet the requirements of NB-2300 and a specified minimum yield strength of 50 ksi or less Thickness Range: t, 0.1 to 6.0 in.
~~~~)',~~~~
Allowable Indica- Allowable Allowable Depth by tion by Surface Depth by Volumetric Examination Methods Examination Method Volumetric for Pipe Sizes >4" for Pipe ominal Wall Thickness Length <, on Sizes <4" Surface Indications Subsurface In]ications t, 1n. Outer Surface, in. a/t, a a/t, a a/t, S Report .Due Report Due Report Due Report Due lI 1 day ,5 days day 5 days 1( day 5 days 1, day; 5 Clast
~~~~~= t n~~~~
~~~~g < <3 =>op (R~~~~
~~~~'i (Rt 0~~~~
C R e,~< ) e 0 R l,,(P s e P eserviceExaminations 8 'I( 'r. t R ~ 1.P, Ra sa
~ )~,zdy=ge 0 )l (g ~g p '-.lent);
~~~~(3 " R 0.,1 .,to 0'. 312., 1/16 v. 050 RR~~~~
~~~~~ ~ ~ n ((;~ ~ ~~~~~
i
~~~~."8410". 4-'4)~~~~
~~~~R ((3~~~~
- 'ver -0. 312 to 2. 0 3/16 I '.15b 8%; .(10 .4-.9t) 4-.9t) (1(33. 4-. $ t) R Over 2. 0 to 6. 0 1/4 ! -~ 20.0 (10 . 4...9t.) ;~ (1"O. (lg. 4-. P t) !.s~~j',g .g.t) ll 'a c )
~~~~ai Il I a"- ~a '(*~~~~~
~
~~~~( j'0;, I-; a '(u-r i)f R n'~~~~
- i e r tt 5'RS all ' ih a user.v,ice Examinations ~ '1 ~,'
~~~~I~I~~~~
~
~~~~(I '~~~~
~~~~~ a 3,!IQ a RR ~~~~~
~~~~((g R c e' 3t'0% t, ~ ~~~~~
) <0.,1 to 0.312 1/8 -..16'0 ~ (e ~ (.R e ~ )= ~ ~ ~
Over 0.312'to 2.0 9/32 '-.. 2)5 10(% r 8% ~(15 .3-.,1.3t) 8 (15. 3-1:: (1 f. 3-Q .3t) [ 8 (15. 3-,",1! 3t) Over 2.0 to 6.0 ",'=- -5/16 ..250--
~ R R ~ \ )R13 ps :(15 . 3:.3..3.t) ;.8 (15. a 3t'=l;,
~~~~(15. 3-1 .3t) ' (15. 3M k3t) u )I ~~~~~
~~~~~ 'I R 7 R s t R ~~~~~
~~~~RR I ~ NOTES: l C a'llowable- length, <, of- eitRer 1~~~~
.a surface'.or.subsurface " ~- t)-- -=-r r. -- ~ =not'.e .indgcati'on,.hhalp ('1)."The r~=-
~~~~ceed u Q (2) t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or ".the'.actual -wall thickness. as <d~termiQed i---'(:~~~~
~~~~y. UT~ examinati n',~~~~
(3 ' (3) The total depth of an'llowable subsurface indication is twice the "listed value. XD;0 O 3
;)A n s c R 'R 'r 0 )l ments for Written Owner Notification lO Table 1 (A) I
1 I r ~ e 1 tov 3'0 t1 i C
~~~~~ ~~~~~
~~~~l i ~ 1 i Iu i us ks'i ort legs: 3 with Is ecified,'minimuin ytelut strength of 35 I~~~~
>Magerigl: Austenitxc st e s 1 e ;Tijlickness Range,: t', 0.'1 to 3;0 in.
1 ~ Ij i i
~
~~~~if ~ r= t f~ t j 1 s 3 I~~~~
)
~~~~1 I~~~~
~~~~'rl I~~~~
~~~~f Altlowfble'n/ication ; A'1 lcIwable i Al'lowable'Depth gaby ,";~~~~
)
i f by'upfaceIExamina-. Depth by poldmetrjc Examination Methodq i-.> i'>-'or P,-ipe'izds >.,4" l ti~on" Methol'- ':
-.Vol~et'c'I 1 f I -for 'Pipe )
~~~~oIttin'd 1 Metall! Thickness 1~~~~
'ength.'- <;;"on': '"Sizes -<P"--" '- 'Surface.2lndications, .;- " ubsur face.
a/t, a/t, Indjcations'/to l t, in'.2 Outere Surface, ih. S',-'; 0 ! i: 0 ! i e I u e ) Duet = I'.Report-Due=--'= i 3 1 II Re ort Due f ',= Re ort i Re ort Due rj I. 1 d'ay .- - 0 days 1 day 5 days 1 dayu t :5 days".: 'g'ays I " 02, r 2 1
>1 3 lu io $ day'u, "t"
Gr tt1cpu 0, ~ r r hes-
'r'u u ' ~ hu h 0 ~ "~
Prjservice, J Examinations rgb u lu 0 0
,, Ovei.0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~~~1/16, 0 10 ~ ~ ~~~~~
~
~~~~0. $ tP 0.812:, . 050.~~~~
3 3~ to -2..0'. 3/16 '-- t .150" ~ .3.0% ~ 8% (EO. 1-. 76) . 8(10. 7t) (XO-: 7-. 7t) .8(12.'7-.9t) r.'
; Over2.0 tto 4't/32 '175',,'- (XO. l.-. 7t) .8 (10. 1--7t) (1007 .7t) . 8 (12'7-. 9t) 3.0,fu ~ -'.'( ~
t
~~~~,'.225I='-.~~~~
~~~~1 u V; 1 e~~~~
-'- 1, I ~- iu 'u IjservigtL .Ejaminationst 0 -. i 1 1
~~~~I i 1 1 1~~~~
~ ' ~ ~ m ~ s 0 ~ 1 G 0 0 0 0 1 ',0; 1, to, 0..!312; 1/8 -"-; . ioo~-. e I ~1 1 ~ ~ )
~~~~1 0 ~ ~~~~~
'ver 0.33I2 to-'2;0 $ /4 '300I cl'0 :8% i (g2. 7,'-. 9t) . SI(12. 7-.P t) ;f12'7..9t) . 8 (12; 7-. 9t) 7,.9t) . 8;(12. 7-.:9t) '('12~ r7= 9t) . 8 (12~sP- 9t) 2.0:to 3.0.' 'ver 9/32.'*i i ($ 2. -r - 1= . ~ =- t .== s~ ~
~~~~Ir .I h' 1 I~~~~
~~~~= ~ ~ + '~~~~
~~~~u 1 i 1~~~~
~~~~~ r ~ 1 u~~~~
NOTES: (1) The allowable length, of either a surface or subsurface indication shall not exceed 6 x a. (2) t is the nominal pipe wall thickness, or the actual wall thickness as determined by UT examination (3) The total depth of an allowable subsurface indication is twice the listed value. 0 M A The Re uirements for Written Owner Notification Table 1- (B) u
>>>>PP>>>>>>>l AVIV4e>> ~ > >>>PP>>P> P rr rp ~ v>> ~ >>p ~ >> PP>>PP>>P P P I PRQC~ NO. QA-3J.NPS-QAF-16 79 ',
6
~~~~~ ~~~~~
Job LBIYlbel'l~ M8$ 4lll ~ TlloM88 Inc ~, k.ocation I Tqsttng ~ Engineering. ~ Sejvice!O'Trajn!ng -: Report No j
?'l1 fast 8rjIkaw goad ~P -San daseICa>95 18- Exam Date ~ V 406-667)-J3/66I I
~~~~II I NOTIPICATIQN QP - EEPORIBABS,E INOIOATION-" jv>~~~~
~~~~.+arrt 4~~~~
~~~~I- C, LMT Windin s v>> v 7 W>> t wake~~~~
~~~~= n '.i I LMT Job No. ~P I/O No.~~~~
I\ i' NDT Method: UT .PT NT I .. I ET.": - -VT I. ': i i I Descrxp won o i Xn xca P on: S etc p otograp"A',attic e .AQs I IPP ') I P>> j g> IQ ~ 'I ~
~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~
r
~~~~~ >>4 Ir I ~ j CJ '~~~~
~~~~I I~~~~
~~~~>> 4 ~ ~ I Exatnlnatxon Re erence:~~~~
Signature of ExamxngZ'q~x, Leve ' ' "'Date:,".,; Signature o LMT Pre ~Supervxsor Al j ;
'I I 'a'te:c.'. >j Notxfxcatxon Ac now e ge y Client Re resentative': '
~~~~etc M~ LL =Me-examination otograp attac e Yes~~~~
~
~~~~No Fxn xngs: S p j r j>> \~ I~ I '5 P ~ 'P jV C~~~~
'I ~ ~ 'I ~) >>> I ~I I 'l>>>> I>,'l j'T I ~ ~
ij> Yh I" l I Re-examination Referee+. ~ 4 Signature of Examiner/Cert'. Leve'1" I i" I-. Date: I Signature of I4T:. Supegviporj Da,'te: I . A I, Q ~ J Da'te: Closed Client Representative Figure 1
~~~~~ I j~~~~
~~~~44 4441 QM/7< ~D'4 LC+JCC444'r ~ 4 6 4-j cC il Cj J~~~~
~~~~'%. 14:~ %~ % SOCC - X~~~~
~~~~7: 4~~~~
~~~~~1L2%W.~ ~ =4 F 44 47 ( -4 C4 4-}}~~~~

ML17272A430

Contents

Text

SUBJECT:

Subject:

Dear Mr. Varga:

SUBJECT:

V. PROCEDURE

V. PROCEDURE

SUBJECT:

Dear Bill:

Reference:

V. PROCEDURE

4.0 REFERENCES

4.0 REFERENCES

4.0 REFERENCES

4.0 REFERENCES

Navigation menu